Regulations
A. Property Development Standards.
1. The following property development standards shall apply for all manufactured home parks established after the adoption date of this title; however, no manufactured home park presently existing shall be expanded except in conformity with this section.
2. The manufactured home park shall be subject to the density provisions of the district in which it is located; provided, however, there shall be not less than 3,000 square feet of lot area for each space provided on the site. This space ratio shall include access roads, automobile parking, accessory building space and recreational area. Height of manufactured homes shall not exceed 30 feet, and height of accessory structures shall be as regulated by the applicable zoning district per Title 17.
A. Purpose. In order to accomplish the general purpose of this title it is necessary to give special consideration to certain uses because they are unique in nature, require large land areas, are potentially incompatible with existing development, or because the effects of the uses cannot definitely be foreseen.
1. The conditional uses set out in this article shall be subject to compliance with the regulations in this article and with the procedure for authorizing conditional uses as set forth in § 17.54.030.
2. The Planned Development Overlay District allows the Planning Commission to approve an application containing amendments to the development standards in the underlying zone district chapter. The Planned Development Overlay District shall not be used to add additional land uses that are not listed as permitted uses or conditional uses within the underlying zone district. As applicable an application for a conditional use permit and Planned Development Overlay District may be combined into the same application provided the underlying zone district lists the proposed use or uses as a conditional use. Planned Development Overlay Districts shall be subject to compliance with the regulations in this article and with the procedure for authorizing conditional uses as set forth in § 17.54.030 as applicable.
3. The Planned Unit Development Zoning District allows for the rezoning of property to allow land uses and development standards not listed within any of the specific zone districts within this title. Planned Unit Development applications shall be subject to compliance with the regulations in this article and with the procedure for rezoning property as set forth in § 17.54.040 as applicable.
4. The administrative exceptions section applies to all zone districts allows the Director to approve applications for minor amendments to the development standards in all zoning districts within this title. Administrative exceptions shall be subject to compliance with the regulations in this article.
B. The uses set out in this article shall also be subject to compliance with the regulations for building in the flood fringe building district if the lands concerned lie within the flood fringe building district.
A. If the requirements of § 17.50.030 are met, townhouses shall be permitted uses within the LDR-2, MDR, and HDR zoning districts and conditional uses in the LDR-1 zoning district.
B. In the LDR-1 and LDR-2 zoning districts, there shall be no more than 2 attached dwelling units on any townhouse development lot.
C. In the MDR and HDR zoning districts, there shall be no more than 12 attached dwelling units on a townhouse development lot.
D. Prior to issuance of a building permit, the area upon which a group of attached townhouses are to be constructed must be a platted lot which shall be referred to as a townhouse development lot.
E. Proposed individual townhouse lot lines for a group of townhouses shall be submitted on a site plan and approved prior to issuance of a building permit. Following the start of construction, the final location of individual townhouse lots shall be determined and platted.
F. In order to permit openings in exterior walls, each townhouse structure and its appendage and projections shall have a minimum 6-foot setback from individual townhouse lot lines which are not common to other individual townhouse lots, unless approved otherwise in a planned development or in a conditional use permit.
G. Townhouses shall have a 6-foot exterior maintenance easement on either side of a common lot line to provide adequate room for maintenance, repair and alterations.
H. Townhouses shall conform to city’s Building and Utility Codes.
A. Minimum lot size. There shall be no minimum lot size of a townhouse development lot or an individual townhouse lot. However, all applicable setback, density and open space requirements of this article must be met.
B. Front yard setback. The front yard setback shall comply with the requirements of the underlying zoning district.
C. Side yard setback. A group of townhouses shall have a minimum side yard setback of 8 feet for single-story structures and 12 feet for 2-story structures, measured from the property line of the townhouse development lot to the group of townhouses.
D. Rear yard setback. A group of townhouses shall have a rear yard setback of 25 feet, measured from the property line of the townhouse development lot to the group of townhouses.
E. Lot width. An individual townhouse lot shall have a minimum width of 16 feet.
F. Lot area. Individual townhouse lots shall have land area in addition to the area upon which the structure is built. This land area shall, at a minimum, meet open space requirements for individual townhouse lots.
G. Density. Maximum density for townhouses located in LDR-2, MDR and HDR zoning districts shall be 4,000 square feet of land area for each townhouse unit located on the townhouse development lot.
H. Maximum coverage. Main and accessory buildings shall not cover more than 40% of the townhouse development lot.
I. Open space requirements. Individual townhouse lots shall have a minimum of 300 square feet of open space. A townhouse development lot shall have a total of 600 square feet of open space per unit overall. Open space does not include driveways, parking or service areas.
J. Height regulations. No building shall exceed 2½ stories or 35 feet.
K. Off-street parking. Two off-street parking spaces shall be provided for each townhouse.
A. If a proposed townhouse development meets all of the requirements listed in § 17.50.030, a building permit may be issued, provided all other applicable city codes are met.
B. Procedure.
1. The standard requirements for lot area, density, lot coverage and open space for individual townhouse lots may be reduced if, in the opinion of the Planning Commission and the Common Council, variation of these particular requirements will encourage the development of previously platted smaller land parcels and/or permit innovative land development which is consistent with the intent of this article. Any variation from the standard requirements will require special review and the conditional use procedure shall be followed.
2. If the conditional use permit procedure is utilized, density should not exceed 1 dwelling unit per 2,250 square feet. The requirements of open space on individual townhouses lots may be waived, but the overall open space requirements of 600 square feet per unit for the townhouses development lot shall remain. The Planning Commission and the City Council may also allow an individual townhouse lot to consist of only the townhouse structure and minimum setback, if a determination is made that common open space is adequate in size and appropriate in location.
3. In order to permit adequate review proposal, the petitioner shall submit the following information on a site plan at a scale no greater than 1 inch equals 50 feet:
a. Location and proposed setbacks of all structures including accessory structures;
b. Off-street parking facilities including parking spaces, loading/unloading areas and traffic circulation areas and curbs cuts;
c. Landscaping plans;
d. Location of all common areas and designated open space;
e. Location of proposed lot lines;
f. Location, width, grade of all proposed public and private streets;
g. Topography at a maximum of 5-foot contour intervals;
h. Proposed grading plans;
i. Location of proposed fencing; and
j. Documentation of ownership and maintenance responsibility of common open space, structures, facilities, private streets, drainage and utility easements.
4. This information shall be reviewed by the Department, Building Official, Fire Marshal and Public Works Department in order to determine the appropriateness of a proposed conditional use for a townhouse project.
C. Townhouses, may also be permitted within planned developments. The requirements of §§ 17.50.020 and 17.50.030 may be altered if the proposed townhouses are part of an approved planned development.
A. Created. The Planned Development shall replace the following planned development ordinance designations in effect prior to May 11, 2012:
1. Planned development designation (PDD);
2. Planned residential development (PRD);
3. Planned unit development (PUD);
4. Planned commercial development (PCD);
5. Planned light industrial development (PLID); and
6. Planned industrial development (PID).
B. Intent. The intent of the planned development (PD) is to offer a conditional use in certain zoning districts which permits greater flexibility and promotes development that is more economically efficient while being compatible with adjacent land uses than would otherwise normally be allowed by the underlying zoning district. It is further intended:
1. To allow deviations from the minimum or maximum distance, area, density, or other location criteria contained in the underlying zoning district standards;
2. To simplify and enhance the development review and approval process by allowing a conditional use permit application and planned development application to be processed as a single application;
3. To promote compatibility with adjacent land use and available public facilities; and
4. To provide optional methods of land development and encourage imaginative design.
C. General provisions.
1. All provisions of any existing PDD, PRD, PUD, PCD, PLID and/or PID approved by the city prior to May 11, 2012 shall remain in effect.
2. Any major amendment to an approved PRD, PUD, PCD, PLID and/or PID shall follow the procedures outlined in § 17.50.050F.
3. Property owners may request and be granted a revocation of any PDD approved prior to May 11, 2012, by the Director, provided it was not approved in conjunction with a rezoning application. Revocation of a PDD approved in conjunction with a rezoning application may be approved by the Planning Commission following the procedures outlined in § 17.50.050F.
4. A request for a conditional use in addition to the PD itself, may be included within the submittal of a final planned development application. When requesting a conditional use within a planned development application the more restrictive requirements shall apply.
5. Where a conflict exists between an approved planned development and the regulations of the underlying zoning district, the approved planned development shall prevail.
D. Definitions.
1. DEVELOPMENT REVIEW TEAM. The DEVELOPMENT REVIEW TEAM (DRT) is composed of city staff and representatives of outside agencies that have an interest in or would be affected by a proposed PD application. The Director shall maintain a list of current members and may revise the list. The Director or designee within the Department will select members from the DRT list and forward PD applications to the selected members for review and comment. Copies of the list are available for inspection in the office of the Director.
2. PLANNED DEVELOPMENT DESIGNATION (PDD). A procedure designating a property as a planned development by the Director prior to approval of an initial or final planned development. A PDD indicates that the city acknowledges there are sufficient factors associated with the property that a future planned development may be warranted but provides no assurance that an initial or final planned development application will be approved. PLANNED DEVELOPMENT DESIGNATIONS shall have no expiration period. A PDD is optional and not required prior to submittal of an initial or final development plan.
3. INITIAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT. An INITIAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT is a preliminary development plan submitted for a planned development and may be used for projects with several phases. An INITIAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT may be formally acted upon by the Planning Commission after review by the DRT. An initial development plan can be filed concurrently with a final planned development. An INITIAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT is optional and not required prior to submittal of a final planned development.
4. FINAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT. A FINAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT is a detailed development plan that is formally acted upon by the Planning Commission after review by the DRT. A FINAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT shall be approved prior to issuance of building permits unless the development proposal is for a single family dwelling on a single property and complies with the underlying zoning district requirements.
E. Planned Development Designation application requirements.
1. Information required for a PDD.
a. A completed application signed by the owner of record;
b. A written letter of intent stating why the planned development designation is being requested;
c. Project name, legal description, and contact information for the land owner and developer;
d. A floodplain development permit may be submitted but is not required; and
e. Other information deemed pertinent to the review of the planned development designation by the Director.
2. Planned development designation review and approval. The owner and/or designated agent shall submit the required application and other specified information to the Department. Upon receipt of a complete application and the required information, the Director shall provide all information to the DRT. The DRT shall have 13 working days from receipt of the application to complete their review and to recommend approval, denial, or suspension of the application. If the DRT recommends approval, the PDD shall be approved by the Director. An application not acted on within 13 working days of submittal (approved, denied or suspended) shall be deemed approved. No notice or hearing shall berequired prior to the planned development designation being approved. A denial of the planned development designation may be appealed to the Planning Commission within 7 working days of the denial. The Planning Commission’s decision may be appealed to the City Council.
F. Initial and Final Planned Development application requirements. The following documents shall be included with each application, as follows:
1. Information required for Initial Planned Development application.
a. A completed application signed by the owner of record including the project name, legal description, and contact information for the land owner, developer and design professional(s) and fee;
b. A written letter of intent stating the reasons an initial planned development is being requested;
c. A floodplain development permit, if applicable, may be included, though it is not required at this stage of development;
d. Other information in order to meet city, county, state, and federal rules and regulations shall be submitted for approval when required by DRT or the applicable approving authority; and
e. A site plan drawn at a suitable scale including:
1) Proposed conditional uses including the maximum number of dwelling units and/or the maximum square footage and type of nonresidential buildings;
2) Proposed minimum setbacks from the perimeter of the planned development for all structures, including accessory buildings;
3) Any proposed deviations from the minimum, maximum, or location criteria listed in the underlying zoning district standards including but not limited to setbacks, development density, floor area, lot coverage, lot area, building height, parking ratios, landscaping, signage, fencing, lighting, pedestrian and bicycle facilities, curb cut, driveway, drive aisle, and deck projections;
4) General location of parking and loading areas except for single-family, 2-family, and townhouse units;
5) Location and size of all proposed curb cuts other than for single-family, 2-family and townhouse units;
6) Location of existing and proposed water mains, sanitary sewer mains, and disposal systems;
7) General location of proposed recreation areas and open spaces;
8) General locations of any outdoor lighting except for public lighting and lighting for single-family, 2-family, and townhouse units;
9) Location of proposed lot lines as applicable;
10) General location, width, and grade of existing and proposed improvements to public and private streets;
11) Topography at no greater than 5-foot contour intervals;
12) General location of proposed storm drainage facilities; and
13) General phasing plan if applicable.
2. Information required for the Final Planned Development application.
a. A completed application signed by the owner of record including project name, legal description, subdivision name (when applicable), and contact information for the land owner, developer and design professional(s) and fee;
b. A written letter of intent stating the reasons a final planned development is being requested;
c. If new construction is proposed, all necessary utility, drainage, and access easements shall be submitted along with public facility plans drawn by a registered professional engineer;
d. When applicable, documentation of ownership and continuing perpetual maintenance responsibility for common open space, structures, facilities, private streets, and easement areas, via either a deed to a homeowners association, a joint ownership agreement, or other legally binding agreement acceptable to the City Attorney;
e. Other information in order to meet city, county, state, and federal rules and regulations shall be submitted when required by DRT or the applicable approving authority; and
f. A site plan drawn at a suitable scale including:
1) Proposed conditional uses, including the maximum number of dwelling units and/or the maximum square footage and type of nonresidential buildings;
2) Proposed setback for all structures including accessory buildings;
3) Proposed building heights;
4) Off-street parking facilities including parking spaces, loading spaces, circulation areas and fire access lanes;
5) Location of all pedestrian and bicycle facilities;
6) Detailed landscaping plans showing specific location and types, sizes and quantities of trees, shrubs, sodded or seeded areas, streams, ponds, and berms, except for single-family, 2-family, and townhouse units;
7) Location and size of all proposed curb cuts except for single-family, 2-family and townhouse units;
8) Location and type of existing and proposed water mains, sewer mains, and disposal systems drawn at a horizontal scale of 1 inch equals 20 feet and a vertical scale of 1 inch equals 5 feet;
9) Location and description of proposed recreation areas, common areas, and open spaces;
10) Location of any outdoor lighting except for public lighting and lighting for single-family, 2-family, and townhouse units;
11) Location, height, and materials description of proposed fencing except for single-family, 2-family, and townhouse units;
12) Location, height, size, and setback dimensions of proposed signs including building material specifications;
13) Location of proposed lot lines as applicable;
14) Name, location, width, and grade of proposed improvements to public and private streets drawn at a horizontal scale of 1 inch equals 20 feet and a vertical scale of 1 inch equals 5 feet;
15) Proposed final ground contours at no greater than 2-foot contour intervals;
16) Storm drainage plan and grading plan, shown at 2-foot contour intervals, indicating the location of proposed storm sewers, drainage ways, structures, the direction of water flow, and a permanent and temporary erosion control plan drawn at a horizontal scale of 1 inch equals 20 feet and a vertical scale of 1 inch equals 5 feet with runoff calculations and detailed on-site and off-site hydrologic and hydraulic calculations;
17) If a planned development is to be developed in phases, a development schedule shall be submitted. A scaled map indicating the proposed location and sequence of the future development phases shall be submitted;
18) Floodplain development permit and certificate, as applicable, including first floor elevation and minimum opening elevation for any structure located within a floodplain area; and
19) Location of decks and other projections from proposed structures.
3. Initial and final planned development review and approval.
a. The owner and/or designated agent shall submit the required application, number of copies of the planned development, and the appropriate supporting documents to the Department for review. Upon receipt of a complete application and the required information, the Director and DRT shall complete their review and provide a recommendation to be forwarded to the Planning Commission with or without stipulations.
b. Upon review by the DRT, if it is determined that the application is incomplete, the applicant shall be notified in writing of the deficiencies and the application will not be scheduled for a public hearing before the Planning Commission until such time as the deficiencies in the application have been corrected. An applicant may appeal a DRT determination that an application is incomplete to the City Council within 7 working days of the date the written notice is sent by DRT. The Council shall determine whether the application is complete or whether additional information or documents are required.
c. Once the application is complete, the DRT recommendation shall be provided to the owner and/or designated agent, and the Director shall place the application and recommendation on the next available Planning Commission agenda, with consideration for the required public notice. The Planning Commission will review the application and DRT recommendations and formally act on the application. The Planning Commission may deny the application, approve the application, or approve the application with stipulations. The stipulations for approval may be as recommended by DRT, or may be as found by the Commission to be reasonable and necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Section. The Planning Commission’s decision shall be final unless such decision is appealed to the City Council.
d. The Planning Commission’s decision may be appealed to the City Council within 7 working days. On appeal, the City Council shall review the application and recommendation de novo. The Council may take one of the following actions on the planned development application: approve, approve with stipulations, or deny. The stipulations for approval may be as recommended by DRT, or may be as found by the Council to be reasonable and necessary to accomplish the purposes of this section.
4. Public notice. An applicant for an initial or final planned development shall provide notice to property owners within 250 feet of the property under consideration, inclusive of public right-of-way, by first class mail, not less than 7 days prior to the public hearing before the Planning Commission hearing. Notice is also required, via first class mail, to all property owners located within the planned development. The city may require the applicant to sign a certified affidavit prior to the public hearing as evidence to document compliance with the requirements of this section. The city may decide to perform the adjacent property owner mailing and shall notify the applicant in writing prior to scheduling the public hearing. Additionally, a sign noting the fact that a planned development application is pending shall be posted on the site not less than 7 days before the Planning Commission hearing. Approved signs shall be provided by the Department and include a reasonable deposit sufficient to cover the cost of replacement of the sign. The sign shall be maintained on the site until the later of the Planning Commission’s approval of the initial or final planned development, the City Council’s action on an appeal is final, or the application is withdrawn.
5. Criteria for review. In reviewing applications for an initial planned development and/or final planned development, the following criteria shall be considered by the DRT, as applicable, in its recommendation for approval or denial:
a. There are conditions pertaining to the particular piece of property in question because of its size, shape, or topography that justify a deviation from the underlying zoning district standards or promote an alternative method of development;
b. The application of the underlying zoning district’s requirements or regulations to this particular piece of property would create either a practical difficulty or an undue hardship;
c. Exceptions to the underlying zoning district, if granted, would not cause undue hardship to the public good or impair the purposes and intent of the underlying zoning district’s requirements or regulations;
d. A literal interpretation of this title would deprive the applicant of rights that others in the same zoning district are allowed;
e. Any potential adverse impacts will be reasonably mitigated; and
f. Any requested exception to the underlying zoning district standards is related to an alternative or innovative practice that reasonably achieves the objective of the standard sought to be modified.
Any one or more of the foregoing criteria may be relied upon by the Planning Commission or City Council, as applicable, in approving an application.
G. Initial and final planned development amendments.
1. A major amendment to an initial or final planned development shall require approval of the Planning Commission or City Council, as applicable, following the process outlined above.
2. Minor amendments shall be submitted to the Director on a revised initial or final planned development plan showing the requested changes. Minor amendments that may be approved administratively by the Director include:
a. An increase in overall density, intensity or area of use less than 20%;
b. Any proposed change in the approved phasing plan;
c. A decrease in setbacks less than 20%;
d. An increase in height of buildings less than 20%;
e. A decrease in the size of designated open spaces or recreation areas less than 20%;
f. A decrease in the number of parking, loading, or unloading spaces less than 20%;
g. A decrease in the amount of landscaping less than 20%;
h. A change in the street pattern which would not adversely impact adjacent property;
i. Changes in the location and number of curb cuts;
j. Changes in items such as location of landscaping, fencing, fire access lanes, parking, loading, or unloading spaces, trash and service areas, signage and sidewalk location which the Director determines to be insignificant in nature; and
k. Any other proposed change deemed by the Director to be a minor change to the approved planned development.
H. Administrative dissolution of planned developments.
1. A planned development may be dissolved administratively if the reason the planned development was needed is mitigated due to redevelopment of the property to meet current zoning district requirements, if zoning regulations change such that the property becomes compliant, or if the property is rezoned to a district where the property is in compliance. However, if a planned development was approved in conjunction with a rezoning application, then it cannot be administratively dissolved.
2. Subsection H.1. shall also apply to any PRD, PUD, PCD, PLID and/or PID in effect prior to May 11, 2012.
A. Purpose. The purpose of the Planned Unit Development (PUD) Zoning District is to provide a process for the creation of a zoning district that allows for a mix of land uses and development standards that would not otherwise be permitted within the conventional zoning districts of this chapter. Once approved by City Council a PUD secures the land use and development standards for the property as a separate and unique zoning district. A PUD may be approved for a range of project sizes including but not limited to large scale projects with multiple lots and a mix of land uses or for a small-scale single lot project which requires flexibility because of unique circumstances or to promote unique design.
B. Intent. The intent of the Planned Unit Development (PUD) regulations is to permit greater flexibility of use and, consequently, more creative and imaginative design for development than generally is possible under conventional zoning regulations. It is further intended:
1. To promote more economical and efficient use of land;
2. To provide flexible zoning entitlements for projects that may be subdivided and developed in multiple phases;
3. To establish a method for providing future connections between existing and proposed developments in order to achieve an integrated community with common open space, transportation, transit, and public services networks; and
4. To allow for innovative development projects.
C. Definitions.
1. DEVELOPMENT REVIEW TEAM. The DEVELOPMENT REVIEW TEAM (DRT) is composed of city staff and representatives of outside agencies that have an interest in or would be affected by a proposed PUD application. The Director shall maintain a list of current members and may revise the list. The Director or designee within the Department will select members from the DRT list and forward PUD applications to the selected members for review and comment.
2. PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD). A zoning district designation for a tract of land controlled by one or more landowners, which is developed under a plan for either residential, commercial/retail, industrial, public, agricultural, open space, or recreation uses or a combination thereof.
3. PUD CONCEPT PLAN. A preliminary development plan submittal to be reviewed by the development review team prior to the preparation and submittal of a PUD zoning document. The PUD CONCEPT PLAN is designed to aid the city and applicant in preparing a complete PUD zoning document application.
4. PUD ZONING DOCUMENT. A zoning entitlement document to be reviewed by the Planning Commission and approved by the City Council. The PUD ZONING DOCUMENT is not an overlay district and once approved is the official zoning district designation for the property. An approved PUD ZONING DOCUMENT is recorded at the County Register of Deeds and is used to guide the future subdivision and development of the property.
D. PUD concept plan application requirements and approval process.
1. PUD concept plan submittal requirements. A completed application form shall be submitted with the PUD concept plan. The PUD concept plan shall be submitted on a single sheet at a suitable scale and contain the following information:
a. Perimeter property lines with measurements;
b. Existing and platted streets within or adjacent to the proposed development with right-of-way dimensions and street names;
c. Proposed collector or arterial streets within or adjacent to the proposed development with right-of-way dimensions and street names;
d. Land use and zoning district designations for adjacent properties;
e. The development areas or parcels within the property shall be labeled with the proposed land use(s), total acres and square feet, development density by dwelling units per acre and/or floor area ratio, and maximum area to be used for outdoor storage and large vehicle parking;
f. Location and type of existing and proposed vehicle access points along the perimeter of the property;
g. Location of existing irrigation ditches, flood plains, drainage courses, parks, trails, storm water facilities, culverts, easements and underground utilities, existing buildings to remain, wooded areas, wetlands and other significant natural features;
h. Locations of proposed storm detention and/or retention facilities;
i. Topography at no greater than 5-foot contour intervals; and
j. A title box with the name of planned unit development; name, address, and phone numbers of the landowner(s); applicant, if different from landowner(s), and any entity charged with the preparation of the PUD concept plan; and date of submission with provisions for dating revisions.
2. PUD concept plan approval process.
a. The applicant shall submit the PUD concept plan to the Department for referral to DRT.
b. The DRT shall have 13 working days to review the PUD concept plan. Comments from development review team are collected by the Department and returned to the applicant. The applicant may choose to revise the PUD concept plan and submit for an additional review. There is no formal approval by the city of a PUD concept plan. All comments from the DRT are designed to assist the applicant in the development of the PUD zoning document application.
E. PUD zoning document application requirements and approval process.
1. PUD zoning document application requirements. The PUD zoning document application shall include the following:
a. A completed application form and fee;
b. Proof of ownership;
c. A letter of consent to file the PUD zoning document application signed by the land owner(s) if that owner is not the applicant;
d. An accurate legal description for the property;
e. Preliminary drainage report and preliminary drainage plan (if required by the Director of the Department of Public Works);
f. Traffic study (if required by the Director of the Department of Public Works);
g. Copies of the PUD zoning document at a suitable scale and sheet size to be determined by the Department. Each sheet shall be numbered and contain a title box with the name of planned unit development; name, address, and phone numbers of the landowner(s); applicant, if different from landowner(s); and any entity charged with the preparation of the PUD document; and date of submission with provisions for dating revisions. In most cases the PUD zoning document will consist of multiple sheets and shall be formatted as follows:
1) Section 1 cover sheet.
a) Vicinity map at a suitable scale showing all roadways within ½ mile of the property;
b) Legal description;
c) Signature blocks in accordance with city standards; and
d) Table of contents for all sheets within the PUD zoning document.
2) Section 2 land plan sheet(s).
a) North arrow and scale (written and graphic) on all sheets at a suitable scale. If it is not possible to contain the entire development on the first sheet at this scale then the first sheet in this section shall contain a composite drawing showing the entire development with match lines and designated sheet numbers;
b) Perimeter property lines with measurements;
c) Existing and platted streets within or adjacent to the proposed development with right-of-way dimensions and street names;
d) Proposed collector or arterial streets within or adjacent to the proposed development with right-of- way dimensions and street names;
e) Land use and zoning district designations for adjacent properties;
f) The development areas or parcels within the property shall be labeled with the proposed land use(s), total acres and square feet, development density by dwelling units per acre and/or floor area ratio, and maximum area to be used for outdoor storage and large vehicle parking;
g) Location and type of existing and proposed vehicle access points along the perimeter of the property;
h) Location of existing irrigation ditches, flood plains, drainage courses, parks, trails, storm water facilities, culverts, easements and underground utilities, existing buildings to remain, wooded areas, wetlands and other significant natural features;
i) Locations of proposed storm detention and/or retention facilities; and
j) Topography at no greater than 5-foot contour intervals.
3) Section 3 building bulk standards and site development standards.
a) A building bulk standards table including the proposed development parcels and building type(s) permitted within the parcel (i.e., single-family detached, townhouse, commercial, industrial) along the vertical axis (rows) and the proposed standards (i.e., lot size, lot frontage, building setback, building height, floor area, dwelling unit area, lot coverage, parking and loading) along the horizontal axis (columns). Additional tables may be added for landscaping requirements and signage or a statement shall be added that the city development standards as adopted and amended shall apply.
b) A section may be added granting the Director the authority to approve variances to the bulk standards and site development standards provided there is a specific maximum percentage or amount that can be approved administratively. All other administrative approvals shall be subject to those permitted by § 17.50.060F.
4) Section 4 land use schedule.
a) A land use table including the proposed development area(s) along the horizontal axis (columns) and a list of specific land uses along the vertical axis (rows). The table shall indicate whether a specific land use is a use-by-right, conditional use, accessory use, temporary use, or excluded use within each proposed development area.
5) Section 5 public and private improvements.
a) A narrative description and/or graphic plan detailing landscape standards for public and private parks, open spaces, and drainage facilities within the property as applicable.
b) Street cross section design for all streets within and along the perimeter of the property.
6) Section 6 design standards.
a) A narrative description and/or graphic drawings defining the character of the buildings and site development improvements to be constructed in each development parcel including the color, type, and percentage of materials used in construction of the proposed buildings, building massing, roof line slope and type, and other specific architectural features that may be provided or a statement shall be added that the city development standards as adopted or amended shall apply.
b) A narrative of architectural elements or building materials that the applicant may want to prohibit within the PUD zoning document may be added.
2. PUD zoning document approval process. The PUD zoning document approval process shall follow the city rezoning procedure in § 17.54.040.
F. PUD zoning document amendments.
1. An amendment to the PUD zoning document shall follow the city rezoning procedure as set forth in § 17.54.040. Minor amendments to the PUD zoning document, that do not require the applicant to follow the city rezoning procedure as set forth in § 17.54.040, can be approved administratively by the Director including:
a. An increase or decrease in building lot coverage, housing density or floor area ratio less than 20%;
b. An increase or decrease in lot frontage, lot depth, and lot area less than 20%;
c. An increase or decrease in building setback or building height less than 20%;
d. An increase or decrease in the size of a PUD zoning document parcel less than 20%;
e. An increase or decrease in overall density, intensity or area of use less than 20%;
f. An increase or decrease in the size of designated open spaces or recreation areas less than 20%;
g. An increase or decrease in the number of parking, loading, or unloading spaces less than 20%;
h. An increase or decrease in the amount of landscaping less than 20%;
i. An increase or decrease in width of a proposed street section, right-of-way, or easement less than 20%;
j. A change in the street pattern which would not adversely impact adjacent property;
k. Changes in the location, number or classification of curb cuts or street intersections;
l. Changes in items such as location of landscaping, fencing, fire access lanes, parking, loading, trash and service areas, signage and sidewalk location which the Director determines to be insignificant in nature;
m. Any proposed change in an approved phasing plan; and
n. Any other proposed change deemed by the Director to be a minor change to the approved planned unit development.
G. Minor PUD zoning document amendment application requirements and approval process.
1. Application requirements. A minor PUD zoning document amendment application can be filed for all or a portion of the land area within an approved PUD zoning document. Minor exceptions, modifications, or variances for individual lots shall follow § 17.50.070 Administrative Exceptions or § 17.54.020 Variances as applicable. The application for a minor PUD zoning document amendment shall be submitted to the Department and include the following:
a. An application form signed by the property owner or authorized representative;
b. A written narrative explaining and justifying the request;
c. A revised PUD zoning document sheet(s) with the revisions clearly documented including signature blocks for recording as determined by the Department.
2. Minor PUD zoning document approval process. The Department shall review the application for completeness within 7 working days of submission. Incomplete or improper applications will be returned to the applicant. Within 10 working days of receipt of a completed application, the Director shall approve the application; approve the application with conditions; or deny the application.
3. Documentation of a minor PUD zoning document amendment. The Director shall note any terms of the approved amendment directly on the minor PUD zoning document amendment sheet(s) and affix his or her signature and the date of approval. As applicable, such amended plans shall be recorded.
A. Purpose. The purpose of the administrative exception process is to allow for the administrative approval of minor deviations from the zoning district standards, development standards, and area regulations within all zoning districts. An administrative exception is a form of relief granted to a landowner when the strict application of a particular regulation would result in peculiar, exceptional, or practical difficulties upon the property owner. Such relief shall only be granted provided there will be no substantial detriment to the public health, safety, and welfare of the present and future inhabitants of the city.
B. Intent. The intent of the administrative exception process is to allow the Director to approve minor variations from the zoning ordinance. It is further intended that minor variations to the code may be approved to address:
1. A property constraint such as lot configuration or lot area;
2. A topographic, geological, hydrological, or environmental factor;
3. A non-conforming issue for pre-existing structures;
4. A new construction issue caused by survey or construction error; and
5. A new construction proposal that is innovative and/or would not cause substantial detriment to the public good or significantly impair the purposes and intent of these regulations.
C. General provisions. The Director is authorized by the City Council to approve minor exceptions provided the application complies with the process outlined within this section. In no circumstance shall the Director approve a minor modification that results in a change in permitted land uses that would require the approval of a conditional use permit or rezoning of the property.
1. The Director is authorized to grant deviations of up to 20% of any minimum or maximum zoning district standards, development standards, and area regulations including but not limited to:
a. Development density or intensity;
b. Building lot coverage;
c. Lot frontage, lot depth, and lot area;
d. Building floor area, setback and height;
e. Parking, loading and unloading spaces;
f. Landscape standards; and
g. Fence height and setback.
2. The Director is also authorized to grant deviations from any specific location and/or material requirements prescribed in this chapter including but not limited to:
a. A change in the requirement for screen fence and/or open style fence;
b. A building material type or amount;
c. Location and height of fencing;
d. Location of landscaping and landscape buffer;
e. Location of trash and service areas;
f. Location of parking areas, access lanes, and loading stalls;
g. Location of sidewalk, pedestrian and bicycle facilities;
h. Location of utility cabinets and appurtenances; and
i. Any other location and/or building material requirement which the Director determines to be insignificant in nature.
3. In the Urban commercial district, the Director is authorized to grant deviations under subsections C.1. and 2. and is authorized to grant other exceptions as identified in Chapter 17.66 when an exception is supported by the adopted comprehensive plan.
D. Application requirements. To initiate an application for an administrative exception, an application shall be submitted to the Department and include the following:
1. An application form signed by the property owner or authorized representative and fee;
2. A written narrative explaining and justifying the request; and
3. A site plan drawn to scale showing all property lines with dimensions, location of buildings and other structures, north arrow, street numbers, lot and/or parcel number, locations of setback lines or other dimensional requirements from which the administrative exception is sought.
E. Approval process. Upon receipt of a complete application and the required information, the Director shall have 7 working days from receipt of the application to complete the review and to recommend approval, denial, or suspension of the application. If the Director determines that the application does not contain the specified and required information, the review timeline shall be suspended and the applicant shall be notified of the deficiency. When complete and sufficient information is provided by the applicant, the review timeline shall be re-engaged, with an additional 3 working days added to the remaining balance of the review timeline. The Director shall approve the application, approve the application with conditions, or deny the application. An administrative exception may be approved by the Director upon determination that 1 or more of the following findings exists:
1. There are certain conditions pertaining to the particular piece of property in question because of its size shape, or topography;
2. The application of these regulations to this particular piece of property would create a practical difficulty or undue hardship;
3. Exceptions, if granted, would not cause undue hardship to the public good or impair the purposes and intent of these regulations;
4. A literal interpretation of this chapter would deprive the applicant of rights that others in the same district are allowed;
5. Any adverse impacts will be reasonably mitigated; or
6. The requested exception is an alternative or innovative practice that reasonably achieves the objective of the existing standard sought to be modified.
F. Appeals. The decision of the Director to approve the application with conditions or deny any application under the administrative exception review process may be appealed to the Board of Adjustment following the application procedures in § 17.54.020.
G. Documentation of approval. The Director shall note the terms of the approved exception directly on the amended plan and affix his or her signature and the date of approval.
A. Definitions. For the purpose of this section, §§ 17.50.090 and 17.50.100, the following definitions shall apply unless the context clearly indicates or requires a different meaning.
ABANDONED SIGN. An on-premises or off-premises sign which meets 1 or more of the following:
a. No longer correctly directs or exhorts any person, advertises a bona fide business, lessor, owner, product or activity conducted or product available on or off the premises where such a sign is displayed;
b. The business it advertises has discontinued business in the city of Rapid City;
c. Any sign declared unlawful by the Building Official;
d. Any sign not properly maintained or which no longer displays an advertising message.
ADVERTISING MESSAGE. The copy on a sign which advertises goods, products, services, persons, or public messages.
ANIMATION. Any sign which includes moving graphics, symbols, designs, pictures, or animated creations produced on a digital display, plasma display, LCD display, or other similar technology. For purposes of this code, this item does not refer to flashing, which is separately defined.
AWNING. A shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building.
AWNING SIGN. Any sign attached or incorporated into an awning.
BANNER. A sign composed of lightweight material either enclosed or not enclosed in a rigid frame, secured or mounted so as to allow movement of the sign caused by movement of the atmosphere.
BUILDING FACE OR WALL. All window and wall area of a building in 1 plane or elevation.
BUILDING OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of this code.
CANOPY. See AWNING .
CHANGEABLE COPY SIGN. A sign on which copy is changed manually in the field.
CITY. The city of Rapid City.
COMMON COUNCIL. The Common Council of Rapid City.
COPY. The message on a sign surface either in permanent, temporary or removable form.
COUNTY. Pennington County, South Dakota.
DIRECTIONAL SIGN. Any sign which serves solely to designate the location or direction to a place or area.
DISPLAY SURFACE. The area made available by the sign structure for the purpose of displaying the advertising message.
EARTH TONE. A color such as tan or light brown as approved by the Building Official.
ELECTRICAL SIGN. Any sign containing electrically illuminated utilization equipment with words or symbols designed to convey information or attract attention.
ELECTRONIC MESSAGE CENTER. An on-premises sign capable of displaying words, symbols, figures or images that can be electronically or mechanically changed by remote or automatic means.
ERECTED. Attached, altered, built, constructed, reconstructed, enlarged or moved, and shall include the painting of wall signs, but does not include changing the copy on any sign.
EXEMPT SIGN. A sign for which a permit is not required.
FLAG. A piece of cloth or other similar material, usually rectangular, of distinctive color and design which is used as a symbol, a standard, a signal, or an emblem.
FLASHING SIGN. Any sign displaying a pattern of rapidly changing light illumination where the illumination on the sign alternates suddenly between high and low intensity for the purpose of drawing attention to the sign.
FRONTAGE. The length of the front property line or lines of any premise, which is/are parallel to and along each street right-of-way it borders.
GROUND SIGN. A sign erected on a foundation, free-standing frame, mast or pole which is not attached to any building or other structure.
HEIGHT OF SIGN. The vertical distance from the top of the sign or sign structure, whichever is greater, to the ground directly below, measured from a point equal distance from the sides or edges of the sign.
ILLUMINATED SIGN. Any sign which emanates light either by means of exposed tubing or lamps on its surface, or by means of illumination transmitted through the sign faces.
INDEXING SIGNS. A multi-face sign capable of showing multiple advertising messages in the same area through the manual rotation of vertical or horizontal sections of the sign face.
LAWFUL NONCONFORMING SIGN. A sign or sign structure which does not comply with all provisions of this code, but which was legal at the time it was constructed.
LOT. A parcel of land which is or may be occupied by a building, group of buildings, their accessory buildings, signs, or uses customarily incidental thereto, together with such yards or open spaces within the lot lines.
MAINTAIN. To allow a sign to exist or remain, or to repair or refurbish a sign in order to prevent decay or deterioration.
MARQUEE. A permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and projecting out from a building or structure.
MARQUEE SIGN. Any sign attached to or constructed in or on a marquee.
MESSAGE. A communication through written words, symbols, signals, or pictures.
OFF-PREMISES SIGN. Any sign identifying or advertising a business, person, activity, goods, products or services located off the premises from where the business, person/activity, goods, products, or services are located.
ON-PREMISES SIGN. Any sign identifying or advertising a business, person, activity, goods, products or services which are located on the premises where the sign is installed and maintained.
ORIGINAL TOWN. Blocks 71-76, 81-86, 91-96, 101-106 and 111-116 of the original town plat of Rapid City.
OUTLINE LIGHTING. An arrangement of incandescent lamps or electric-discharge lighting to outline or call attention to certain features such as the shape of a building or the decoration of a window.
OWNER. Any person(s), agent(s), firm(s) or corporation(s) having a legal or equitable interest in the property or premises.
PARAPET or PARAPET WALL. That portion of a building wall that rises above the roof level.
PEDESTRIAN SIGN. A sign that advertises to pedestrian traffic as regulated by § 17.50.080S.
PERSON. A person, heirs, executors, administrators or assigns, and also includes a firm, partnership or corporation, or their successors or assigns, or the agent of any of the aforesaid.
PREMISES. A legally described parcel of land where a sign is physically located.
PROJECTING SIGNS. A sign other than a wall sign which is attached to and projects from a building, structure, or building face.
PUBLIC SERVICE INFORMATION SIGN. See CHANGEABLE COPY SIGN.
RAPID CITY SIGN CODE. Sections 17.50.080, 17.50.090 and 17.50.100 of the Rapid City Municipal Code.
REAL ESTATE or PROPERTY FOR SALE, RENT OR LEASE SIGN. Any sign pertaining to the sale, lease or rental of land or buildings.
ROOF LINE. The top edge of the roof or the top of the parapet, whichever forms the top line of the building silhouette.
ROOF SIGN. Any sign erected upon, against or directly above a roof or on top of or above the parapet of a building.
ROTATING SIGN. Any sign or portion of a sign which moves in a revolving or similar manner.
SCROLLING. The horizontal and/or vertical movement of an advertising message across the face of an electric messaging center sign.
SIGN. Any identification, description, illustration or device illuminated or non-illuminated, which is visible from any public place or is located on private property and exposed to the public, and which directs attention to a product, service, place, activity, person, institution, business or solicitation, including any permanently installed or situated merchandise, or any emblem, painting, banner, pennant, placard or temporary sign designed to advertise, identify or convey information, with the exception of window displays and sign structures; however, for the purpose of removal, signs shall also include all sign structures.
SIGN AREA. The total area or areas of all signs within the outer edges of the sign or advertising message.
SIGN STRUCTURE. Any structure which supports, has supported, or is capable of supporting a sign, including a decorative cover.
STREET. A public or private right-of-way which affords the principal means of access to abutting property.
STRUCTURAL ALTERATION or STRUCTURAL CHANGE. Any change, modification or alteration of a sign or sign structure, except changing the copy or advertising message on a sign, painting the sign, changing light bulbs, performing routine maintenance and upgrades on a sign’s wiring or electrical systems, or installing energy saving technology or maintaining or replacing the digital components or digital modules on existing digital signs up to and including replacing the entire digital cabinet and adjusting the mounting methods as necessary, so long as the change does not require any other changes or modifications to the sign structure in addition to the device being installed.
TEMPORARY SIGN. A sign which is not permanently erected or affixed.
UNLAWFUL SIGN. A sign or sign structure which is unlawfully erected or is unlawful for reasons of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, obsolescence, fire hazard, disaster, damage, or abandonment as declared by the Building Official.
USE. The specific purpose for which land or a building is designed, arranged, intended, or for which it is or may be occupied or maintained.
WALL. Any wall or element of a wall, or any member or group of members which defines the exterior boundaries or courts of a building and which has a slope of 60 degrees or greater with the horizontal plane.
WALL SIGN. A sign painted directly on the surface of a building, fence, awning or marquee; or a sign attached to or erected against the wall of a building, fence, awning or marquee, with the face in a parallel plane to the plane of the building wall.
B. Administration. The provisions of this section apply to the Rapid City Sign Code.
1. The Building Official is authorized and directed to enforce all the provisions of this code.
2. The Building Official shall have the power to render interpretations of this code and to adopt and enforce rules and supplemental regulations in order to clarify the application of its provisions. The interpretations, rules and regulations shall be in conformance with the intent and purpose of this code.
3. The Building Official may deputize inspectors or employees as may be necessary to assist in carrying out the administration and enforcement of this code.
4. When it is necessary to make an inspection to enforce the provisions of this code, or when the Building Official has reasonable cause to believe that there exists a sign or a condition which is contrary to, or in violation of this code, the Building Official may enter the premises at reasonable times to inspect or to perform duties imposed by this code, provided credentials be presented to the occupant and entry requested, if premises are occupied. If premises are unoccupied, the Building Official shall make a reasonable effort to locate the owner or other person having charge or control of the premises and request entry. If entry is refused, the Building Official shall have recourse to the remedies provided by law to secure entry.
5. Whenever the work is being done in contrary to the provisions of this code, or other pertinent laws or ordinances implemented through the enforcement of this code, the Building Official may order the work stopped by notice in writing served on any persons engaged in doing or causing the work to be done. Work must then be stopped until otherwise authorized by the Building Official.
6. This code shall not be construed to relieve from or lessen the responsibility to any person owning, operating or controlling any sign or sign structure for any damages to persons or property caused by defects, nor shall the city be held as assuming any such liability by reason of the inspections authorized by this code or any permits issued under this code.
7. All provisions of the laws and ordinances of the city and the state shall be complied with, whether specified herein or not. In the event that portions of this section conflict with other portions, or portions of this section conflict with state or federal law, the more restrictive requirement shall apply. In addition, compliance with this code does not presume to give authority to violate, cancel or set aside any of the provisions of the building code, municipal code or other local law, or ordinance regulating construction or the performance of construction in the city.
C. Enforcement.
1. The Building Official may declare any sign unlawful if it is not properly maintained, if it is not structurally sound, if it has been abandoned, if it was erected without a proper permit, if it does not qualify as a legal non-conforming sign and violates some provision of this code, or if it is in violation of any other provision of the city code, state law or federal law.
2. Upon determining that a sign is unlawful, the Building Official shall prepare a written notice and order which shall describe the sign and specify the violation involved and shall state that if the sign is not removed, or the violation is not corrected within a specified period of time as determined by the Building Official, the sign shall be removed in accordance with the provisions of this section. The owner of the building, structure, premises, or sign shall be responsible for the cost of removing the sign or sign structure.
3. Service of the notice and order shall be made upon all persons entitled thereto either personally or by mailing a copy of the notice and order by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to each such person at their address as it appears on the last equalized assessments roll of the county or as known to the Building Official. If no address of any such person so appears or is known to the Building Official, then a copy of the notice and order shall be mailed, addressed to the person, at the address of the premises where the unlawful sign is located. The failure of any such person to receive the notice and order shall not affect the validity of any proceedings taken under this section. Service by certified mail in the manner herein provided shall be effective on receipt of mailing.
4. Notwithstanding any other provision of this code, an unlawful sign is declared a nuisance and may be abated as such under applicable state laws and city ordinances.
D. Prohibited signs. The following types of signs are expressly prohibited, except as otherwise provided by this code:
1. Off-premises or public purpose signs incorporating animation, graphics, pictures or video which is in motion.
2. Signs incorporating noise, blasts, vibration or dust;
3. Signs incorporating flashing, blinking or traveling lights;
4. Any sign or portion of a sign which moves or assumes any motion constituting a non-stationary position, except barber poles and signs attached to or placed upon a motor vehicle;
5. Abandoned signs or unlawful signs;
6. A sign attached to, or painted on, a motor vehicle or trailer that is parked on, or adjacent to, property for more than 24 consecutive hours, the principal purpose of which is to serve as a stationary advertising device and to attract attention to a good service, business or product, not including vehicle sales. A logo or business name on a motor vehicle or on equipment, shall not be prohibited unless the motor vehicle or equipment is being used as a stationary advertising device. However, this prohibition shall not include trailer-mounted signs when the gross weight of the sign and the trailer is less than 1,000 pounds;
7. Signs located in the public right-of-way unless otherwise allowed by another provision of city ordinance, state law or federal law;
8. Banners, pennants, search lights, streamer, twirling signs, sandwich board signs, sidewalk or curb signs, balloons, air and gas-filled figures shall be prohibited except when permitted pursuant to § 17.50.080S.1.;
9. Flags displaying an advertising message, excluding flags of any nation, state, political subdivision, or corporate flag;
10. Projecting signs, except pedestrian-oriented signs that do not exceed 8 square feet;
11. Off-premises roof signs;
12. On-premises roof signs;
13. Off-premises wall signs;
14. Indexing signs, as defined herein;
15. Signs advertising words or pictures of obscene or pornographic material, signs that emit sound, odor, visible matter or which are similar to traffic control signs or signals and which advertise words such as “Stop,” “Go,” “Danger,” “Warning”; or signs that obstruct the vision of traffic control signs or signals or lights in the public right-of-way;
16. Off-premises sign constructed with more than 1 display surface per side;
17. Off-premises sign in a position or shape other than horizontal whose height is greater than its width;
18. Off-premises ground signs with faces constructed at any angle greater than 20 degrees as measured by any angle between the 2 faces;
19. Off-premises signs with a face width greater than 30 feet or a face height greater than 15 feet;
E. Off-premises sign license.
1. Every off premises sign shall have an off-premise sign license issued by the Building Official. The Common Council shall establish the fee for each off-premises sign license by resolution. One license shall be required per structure.
2. Off-premises sign licenses expire on December 31 of the year in which the license is purchased.
3. Any off-premises sign that does not have an off-premises sign license by February 1 of any year is an unlawful sign as defined under this code and is subject to removal under the provisions of § 17.50.080C.
4. No off-premises sign license shall be issued for a new off-premises sign unless the owner of the sign shall surrender to the Building Official 2 off-premise sign credits which have been previously issued pursuant to this code or under the provisions of earlier versions of this code.
5. All funds paid to the city pursuant to this section shall be deposited in a separate fund designated the Sign Code Enforcement Fund. The Building Official shall use the funds in this account to enforce the provisions of §§ 17.50.080, 17.50.090 and 17.50.100 of the Rapid City Municipal Code.
6. No sign shall be deemed unlawful for being unlicensed under this section until 90 days after the enactment of this section. Any off-premise sign that is not licensed within 90 days of enactment of this section is a prohibited sign subject to removal under the provisions of § 17.50.080C. of this code.
F. Sign contractor license required. No person shall engage in the business of constructing signs without obtaining the required contractor license(s) issued by the Building Official.
G. Sign building permits.
1. Except as otherwise provided in this code, it shall be unlawful for any person to erect, construct, enlarge, move or convert any sign in the city, or cause the same to be done, without first obtaining a sign building permit from the Building Official as required by this code.
2. Every sign building permit issued by the Building Official shall expire and become null and void if construction of the sign does not commence within 60 days from the date the permit is issued. All sign building permits shall expire 120 days from the date the permit is issued. For good cause, the Building Official may extend the time limitations for up to an additional 120 days. Any extension granted shall be accompanied by a fee equal to one-half of the original permit fee paid to the city.
3. No new off-premise sign shall be permitted unless the applicant has first obtained an off-premise sign license as required by § 17.50.080E. of this code.
H. Exemptions. The following types of signs and activities are exempt from the provisions of § 17.50.080G.:
1. So long as structural changes are not made, changing the advertising copy or message; painting, maintaining and/or repairing an existing lawful sign; changing light bulbs; performing routine maintenance and upgrades on a sign’s wiring or electrical systems; or installing energy saving technology or maintaining or replacing the digital components or digital modules on existing digital signs up to and including replacing the entire digital cabinet and adjusting the mounting methods as necessary, so long as the change does not require any other changes or modifications to the sign structure in addition to the device being installed.
2. One construction sign shall be allowed per lot. The sign shall not exceed 32 square feet in area, and shall not be erected until a building permit has been issued. The sign shall be removed within 14 days after the issuance of a certificate of occupancy;
3. Directional signs entirely on the premises where the sign is located. Directional signs under this provision shall not exceed 5 square feet in area;
4. Corporate flags or emblems limited to a maximum of 1 per premises;
5. Flags of any nation or political subdivision with a maximum number of one flag type per premises, per street frontage;
6. Traffic control devices and other similar signs placed by the city or state, directional signs placed by the city, state or authorized by the city or state and signs authorized by the city’s Traffic Engineer pursuant to the authority granted to him or her by the city code;
7. Signs located within the interior of any building, or within any enclosed lobby or court of any building, or signs located within the inner or outer lobby, court or entrance of any theater, or within any sports field, stadium; or ice rink; provided such signs are not intended or designed to be viewed from any public property or to other adjacent property. Determination of intent and design shall be based upon the size, location, orientation and legibility of such signs, and whether they are reasonably suited to convey a message to patrons of the property upon which they are located, rather than to persons viewing the sign from any public property or from adjoining property, and the extent to which reasonable measures have been taken to limit the conveying of a message to persons viewing the sign from any public property or from adjoining property. Specifically, design and intent shall be determined by a good faith standard and with an intent that this exemption shall not be used as a subterfuge to allow off-premises advertising under a pretext of conveying a message to patrons of the premises upon which such sign is located. Nothing herein shall be construed as exempting the signs from any other provision of this code or any other ordinance, law, rule or regulation;
8. “No trespassing” or “no dumping” signs;
9. Plaques or name plate signs, not more than 2 square feet in area, which are fastened directly to the building and which do not contain an advertising message;
10. Window signs covering up to 25% of the area per window;
11. Temporary political signs are allowed so long as they are not located within the public right of way, a required sight triangle or a required parking stall or parking area. Temporary political signs are limited to 32 total square feet and a maximum height of 8 feet;
12. Identifying logos on municipally owned water storage reservoirs, when directed by the City Council;
13. Real estate signs, subject to the following restrictions:
a. Residentially zoned lots or parcels.
i. Less than 1 acre. One sign per street frontage not to exceed 6 square feet per sign.
ii. At least 1 acre but not greater than 5 acres. One sign per street frontage not to exceed 32 square feet per sign.
iii. Greater than 5 acres but less than 10 acres. Two signs not to exceed 32 square feet per sign, or 1 sign not to exceed 64 square feet.
iv. Ten acres or more. Three signs not to exceed 32 square feet per sign, or 2 signs not to exceed 48 square feet, or 1 sign not to exceed 96 square feet.
b. All other zoned lots or parcels.
i. Less than 1 acre. One sign per street frontage not to exceed 32 square feet per sign.
ii. At least 1 acre but not greater than 5 acres. One sign per street frontage not to exceed 64 square feet per sign.
iii. Greater than 5 acres but less than 10 acres. Two signs not to exceed 64 square feet per sign, or 1 sign not to exceed 128 square feet.
iv. Ten acres or more. Three signs not to exceed 64 square feet per sign, or 2 signs not to exceed 128 square feet per sign.
c. Real estate signs, removal. Real estate signs are to be removed as required by the provisions of state law which regulate real estate listings.
d. Directional real estate signs. These signs are intended to be used for the advertising of vacant lots that need traffic to be directed to the lot for sales purposes. One sign not exceeding 20 square feet shall be allowed per vacant lot of 1 acre or less upon which the sign is erected. One sign not exceeding 32 square feet shall be allowed per vacant lot of more than 1 acre upon which the sign is erected. Signs are to be removed within 24 hours of the expiration of the listing. Landowner permission is required for sign erection.
e. Model complex signs. These signs shall be located on the project site and conform to the following requirements:
i. One sign per complex not to exceed 32 square feet;
ii. One sign per model not to exceed 6 square feet;
iii. Two traffic direction signs, not to exceed 4 square feet each; and
iv. Signs are to be removed when complex ceases to be model home complex.
f. Off-premises open house signs. Off-premises open house signs are permitted, subject to the following criteria:
i. A maximum of 4 signs are allowed per open house;
ii. Signs may be put up 1 hour before opening and must be removed 1 hour after closing the open house;
iii. Landowner permission is required before a sign may be placed on their property; and
iv. Signs may not be placed in the public rights-of-way or medians.
I. Sign permit application, fees, and inspection requirements.
1. Application for a sign permit shall be made in writing upon forms furnished by the Building Official. The following information shall be provided:
a. Name and address of owner of the sign and licensed sign contractor if applicable;
b. Name and address of owner or the person in possession of the premises where the sign is located or to be located if not the same as the sign owner;
c. Clear and legible drawings drawn to scale with description showing the location of the sign which is the subject of the permit and all other existing signs whose construction requires permits;
d. Site plan of premises; and
e. Other such data and information as may be required by the Building Official.
2. The fees for sign building permits shall be based on the most recent building code fee tables adopted by the City Council by resolution. The permit fee for electrical signs or outline lighting shall be identical to the fees established in the State Wiring Bulletin, as adopted by the City Council by resolution.
3. All signs and sign structures shall be subject to inspection by the Building Official for compliance with the city code.
J. Construction specifications.
1. Supports for signs and sign structures shall be built to conform to the requirements of the current building codes as adopted by the city for wind loads, seismic loads, and other combined loads.
2. Signs shall be constructed to a minimum standard of quality as specified by the city municipal code for non-combustibility, steel, smoke density, ignition properties, and classification of plastics.
3. The Building Official may require an applicant for a sign permit to submit a stamped set of engineered drawings for any sign in accordance with the adopted building codes.
K. Electrical signs.
1. Electrical signs shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of the Administrative Rules of South Dakota (ARSD) 20:44:22, the National Electrical Code and the city's Municipal Code. Signs constructed in a UL shop must be energized by a licensed electrician. If a sign is constructed in a shop that is not UL, then wiring of the sign and energizing of the sign must be done by a licensed electrician.
2. Electrical permits are required for electrical installations serving outdoor signs. Electrical wiring requiring a permit shall be installed by a licensed electrical contractor. The minimum permit fee shall be identical to the fees established by the State Wiring Bulletin, as adopted by the City Council by resolution. Electrical signs and outline lighting shall be listed and labeled in accordance with ARSD 10:44:22:02, 20:44:22:03 and 20:44:22:04 and the National Electrical Code 600-3.
3. Electrical signs and outline lighting shall be marked with the manufacturer’s name, voltage input, and current rating. The marking required by this section and the label of a recognized testing lab, shall be located in a visible location and readable from both grade and the sign’s electrical disconnect.
4. All metal parts of electrical signs and outline lighting shall be grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code.
5. Each electrical sign or outline lighting system shall have an externally operable disconnect means located within sight of the sign or outline lighting transformer.
6. Electrical signs may be illuminated internally or externally so long as all lighting is directed away from the public right-of-way and adjacent residential areas. In addition, off premise signs must comply with the requirements of § 17.50.080N.
L. Maintenance. All signs and sign structures shall be in good repair, and shall be maintained so as to protect from deterioration, damage, decay and/or abandonment.
M. Advertising message required. All signs shall display an advertising message. If any sign fails to display a full face advertising message for 30 consecutive days, the Building Official shall notify the owner of the sign that the sign is in violation of this section, and that if the violation is not corrected within 60 days (the cure period), the sign will be subject to immediate removal pursuant to § 17.50.080C. of this code.
N. Sign brightness.
1. Any sign that is internally illuminated, or which displays electronic variable messages through light emitting diodes, liquid crystal display, plasma image display, or any other light emitting mechanism must be equipped with automatic dimming technology that automatically adjusts the display’s brightness based upon ambient light conditions. The brightness level for signs shall not exceed a brightness level of 0.3 foot candles above ambient light as measured using a foot candle (Lux) meter at a preset distance depending on sign area, measured as follows:
Area of Sign Sq. ft. | Measurement Distance (ft.) |
|---|---|
10 | 32 |
15 | 39 |
20 | 45 |
25 | 50 |
30 | 55 |
35 | 59 |
40 | 63 |
45 | 67 |
50 | 71 |
55 | 74 |
60 | 77 |
65 | 81 |
70 | 84 |
75 | 87 |
80 | 89 |
85 | 92 |
90 | 95 |
95 | 97 |
100 | 100 |
2. For signs with an area in square feet other than those specifically listed in the table (i.e., 12 square feet, 400 square feet, etc.), the measurement distance may be calculated with the following formula: The square root of the product of the sign area and 100.
Example using a 12-square-foot sign:
Measurement Distance = (12 sq. ft. × 100) = 34.6
3. The brightness measurement shall be performed as follows:
a. At least 30 minutes after sunset or 30 minutes before sunrise, the Building Official shall measure and determine the sign’s brightness by aiming a foot-candle meter directly at the sign. The measurement will be taken as close as possible to the above prescribed distance from the sign face being measured.
b. After the sign brightness has been determined, the Building Official shall contact the sign owner or the owner’s agent to schedule a time to measure and determine the ambient light conditions with the electronic messaging center off or while displaying all black copy. The ambient light reading shall be taken with the same foot-candle meter at the same location used to establish the sign’s brightness.
c. Once the 2 light readings have been determined, the second measurement reading shall be subtracted from the first measurement reading. To be in compliance with this standard, the difference of the two readings shall be 0.3 foot-candles or less.
O. Existing digital, LED or video type signage. Existing off-premises signs and public purpose signs displaying variable messages through the use of internal illumination technology or through light emitting diodes, liquid crystal displays, plasma image displays, or any other similar light emitting technology may only display static messages. Full motion images, graphics or video are prohibited. Static copy on these signs may be changed at a minimum interval of 8 seconds.
P. Sign benches. Sign benches displaying off-premises advertising may be located only on commercial premises. The display area on any sign bench shall not exceed 12 square feet. No more than 3 sign benches shall be located on any premises. Sign benches must be located within a 50-foot radius of each other.
Q. Historic sign requirements.
1. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to create historic sign districts. The boundaries of the historic sign districts shall correspond to the same boundaries as any historic district or property listed and regulated by the National Register of Historic Places, including the environs.
2. Historic Sign Review Committee. The Historic Sign Review Committee, as previously established, is hereby continued. The Committee shall consist of 5 persons.
a. Four members shall be appointed by the Mayor and approved by the Common Council. The members appointed by the Mayor should include individuals with knowledge and experience in historic preservation, architecture, sign industry, and/or be a property owner or business owner within a historic district.
b. The Historic Preservation Commission shall nominate 1 of its members to serve on the Historic Sign Review Committee as a standing member. The Historic Preservation Commission shall also nominate an alternate from its membership to serve in the absence of the standing member.
3. Length of term. Members appointed by the Mayor and approved by the Common Council shall serve terms of 3 years. The member and alternate chosen by the Historic Preservation Commission shall serve for a term of 1 year. The Committee shall elect a Chairperson from its membership to serve for a term of 1 year.
4. Meetings. Meetings of the Committee shall be held at the call of the Chairperson or the Building Official. All meetings of the Committee shall be open to the public. The Committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote of each member upon each question; or if absent or failing to vote, indicating such fact. A majority of the voting members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum.
5. Committee approval. Approval for any sign located within a historic sign district shall be granted by the Historic Sign Review Committee. The Committee may delegate some approvals to the Community Development Director or his or her designee in conjunction with guidelines further described in § 17.50.080Q.6. Decisions of the Community Development Director or his or her designee may be appealed to the Committee. Appeal requests must be made in writing within 14 days of a decision.
6. Criteria for approval. In considering sign permits within historic districts, the Historic Sign Review Committee shall consider the following criteria: size and position, projection, color, message, texture, materials, illumination and lettering style for the historic era for which the building or structure was constructed. The Committee may adopt guidelines administrable by the Community Development Director or his or her designee. Any such guidelines shall further describe the criteria in this section and identify conditions under which signs located within a historic sign district may be administratively approved. In order to adequately review these factors, the applicant for a sign permit must, in addition to the requirements of § 17.50.080I., submit the following: a photograph of the property and structure, a photograph or scaled drawing of the property or structure with the proposed sign sketched on it, color chips or color samples of the same colors that are to be used for the sign, and a scaled drawing of the proposed sign depicting the sign fonts and other attributes as they will actually appear on the sign.
7. Rules. The Historic Sign Review Committee may adopt bylaws and rules in accordance with the authority granted by this section.
8. Permit issuance. If the Historic Sign Review Committee approved an application for a sign which meets the criteria established by this section, then a sign permit may be issued. In order to ensure compliance with the provisions of this section, the Committee may approve applications with stipulations that must be met before a sign permit may be issued by the city. If the Historic Sign Review Committee denies an application for a sign which does not meet the criteria established by this section, the applicant shall be notified in writing as to the reasons for denial. Decisions of the Historic Sign Review Committee may be appealed to the City Council.
9. Register of Historic Signs. The Committee may create a Register of Historic Signs. The Committee may add signs to the Register that are lettered or symbolic messages
a. Affixed to or associated with historic buildings, or
b. Signs that otherwise merit inclusion on the register due to the following:
i. Association with historic figures, events, or places;
ii. Historic significance of the product, business, or service advertised;
iii. Attributes that are characteristic of a specific historic period;
iv. Significance as a local landmark, that is, recognized as popular focal points in the community.
Inclusion of an historic sign on the Register shall allow the sign to be maintained, repaired, and preserved, notwithstanding provisions of this chapter to the contrary. While maintenance and preservation shall be allowed, no expansion or increase in any nonconformity shall be allowed. Property owners shall not have any obligation for maintenance, repair, or preservation by virtue of a sign’s inclusion on the Register.
R. Shopping center entrance signs.
1. The provisions of this section apply to shopping center entrance signs. A shopping center entrance sign is a sign placed at the entrance of a community shopping center that is part of a Planned Development Overlay District or Planned Unit Development of at least 25 acres. For the purposes of this section, a community shopping center must consist of a grouping of retail shops and stores planned and designed as an integrated unit which provide goods and services for people within a 30-minute drive.
2. Shopping center entrance signage may be on-premises or off-premises so long as it is located within 2,500 feet of the exterior boundaries of the development it is part of.
3. Shopping center entrance signage can only identify the shopping center and/or the businesses and shopping center tenants that are located within the development.
4. Shopping center entrance signs shall be ground mounted, monument style signs. Signs that are raised off of the ground or are mounted on poles or pylons are not allowed.
5. Shopping center entrance signs shall not exceed 15 feet in height and 200 total square feet in area per sign.
6. The location and design of any shopping center entrance sign must be reviewed and approved as part of a Planned Development Overlay District or Planned Unit Development. Specific attention should be paid to the location of the proposed shopping center entrance sign in relation to other off-premises and on-premises signs in the vicinity. Any alteration of the sign other than the changing of names located on the sign shall follow the planned development overlay amendment process § 17.50.060G. or planned unit development amendment process amendment process § 17.50.060F. and G.
7. Shopping center entrance signs shall not be located within any clear sight triangle as set forth in the Rapid City Municipal Code.
8. Shopping center entrance signs are exempt from the following provisions of the Rapid City Municipal Code:
a. Section 17.50.060E.4.;
b. Section 17.50.090B.; and
c. Section 17.50.100B.
S. Miscellaneous signs. The following sign requirements are intended to provide exceptions or qualify and supplement the other requirements of this code:
1. A permit may be issued to a business, public entity, or a civic, charitable or fraternal organization for a temporary banner, pennant, sandwich board sign or air gas filled figure. A temporary sign shall not exceed 15 feet in height. A permit may be issued up to twice a year to the same business or organization and shall be issued for a maximum duration of 30 days. The permit may authorize temporary signage at multiple locations throughout the city. The fee for this permit will be calculated in the same manner as the permit fee for on on-premises sign permit.
2. The City Council may authorize the placement of banners on public light poles and structures which promote the city, any educational institutions within the city, or which promote community events, activities and celebrations. Such banners may not convey a commercial message, but may identify sponsors. The City Council may impose conditions upon which its authorization to mount banners under this section has been given, including the length of time the banner(s) may be located in the authorized location. The City Council may also establish rules and administrative procedures for the mounting of banners under this section and may further enter into agreements with public or private groups to mount and maintain banners on light poles or other public structures within the city.
3. Public or private institutions, school, nonprofit membership organizations, and philanthropic institutions that are educational, cultural, religious or recreational in nature and located in a zoning district that does not otherwise provide for on-premises signage may display on-premises signs. However, such sign or part thereof shall not contain a commercial advertising message. The signs shall comply with the following:
a. One on-premises ground sign shall be allowed per street frontage. The maximum height and area of the sign shall be based on its distance from the street frontage based on the following table:
Distance from Street Frontage | Maximum Height | Maximum Area |
|---|---|---|
0 to 50 ft. | 8 ft. | 32 sq. ft. |
50 to 200 ft. | 15 ft. | 64 sq. ft. |
Over 200 ft. | 20 ft. | 120 sq. ft. |
b. One on-premises wall sign shall be allowed per street frontage. The maximum area for the signs is based on the distance from the street frontage and is identical to the area allowed for on-premises ground signs. The height of the wall sign is dependent on the height of the building and is not subject to the restrictions on height for on-premises ground signs. If a wall sign is directly adjacent to a walking or other paved surface, it must be at least 8 feet from the lowest part of the sign to the surface grade;
c. Signs shall not be placed within a required sight triangle or a required parking area; and
d. Electric signs shall comply with § 17.50.080K.
4. For home businesses or occupations located in residential zoning districts, the total area of wall signs or ground signs is 1 square foot for each dwelling unit. Wall signs or ground signs for all residential entities on the premises must also meet the following:
a. A maximum of 1 such sign per street frontage is allowed;
b. The maximum height of the sign shall be 5 feet; and
5. Wall signs or ground signs for a commercial use in a residential district or a home occupation may be 1 square foot in size per commercial use or home occupation.
6. Miscellaneous signs shall not be located within any clear sight triangle as set forth by city’s Municipal Code.
7. In addition to any applicable requirements of § 17.50.080N., the light from any light source intended to illuminate a miscellaneous sign, or emanating from an internally illuminated miscellaneous sign, shall be so shaded, shielded, directed or of such an intensity that the brightness shall not adversely affect surrounding or facing premises, nor adversely affect safe vision of pedestrians or operators of vehicles moving on public or private streets, driveways or parking areas. If a miscellaneous sign is located in a residential zoning district, any illumination will be turned off from 10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.
T. Joint identification signs.
1. A JOINT IDENTIFICATION SIGN is defined as a sign designed to identify multiple business located in a specific area that has been designated as a development complex by the Director or their designee regardless of whether said establishments occupy separate structures or are under separate ownership.
2. A DEVELOPMENT COMPLEX is defined as a shopping center or 3 or more businesses in close proximity to each other that are part of a common development where joint identification signs will be allowed. The factors to consider in determining if a shopping center or 3 or more businesses in close proximity to each other are part of a common development are the layout of the site, the ownership of the land and whether or not the businesses share access, customer parking areas or other common areas. It is not required that the lots within a development complex be under common ownership if other factors which support the finding that a shopping center or grouping of 3 or more businesses are part of a common development are present. If the area being designated as a development complex for purposes of allowing a joint identification sign contains lots that are under separate ownership, all the lot owners must consent to the designation.
3. In addition to a sign permit, an applicant requesting to designate an area as a development complex must submit information relating to the factors described in § 17.50.080T.2. The Director or their designee will review the information submitted and in addition to determining whether or not the proposed joint identification sign is in compliance with the requirements of the code pertaining to joint identification signs, will determine whether or not to designate the requested area as a development complex. Any person or group aggrieved by the decision of the Director or their designee to designate an area as a development complex may appeal such decision to the City Council. The time for appealing this determination shall be limited to 7 days. The Building Official cannot issue a sign permit until the time for appeal has expired.
4. Joint identification signs will be treated as on-premises signs for all businesses located within the development complex whether or not they are located on the same legally described parcel as the sign. Joint identification signs can only identify those businesses or activities that are located within the development complex.
5. Each development complex shall be permitted 1 monument sign per public street frontage. For purposes of this section, a MONUMENT SIGN is defined as a freestanding sign not erected on 1 or more poles or other similar supports but erected to rest on the ground or on a base designed as an architectural unit with the sign. Individual on-premises ground signs will not be allowed for business located within the development complex. There shall be a minimum distance of 100 feet between joint identification signs. Each business will be allowed to have on-premises wall signs as allowed under this code.
6. Joint identification signs will be allowed to have a maximum area of 100 square feet or 1 square foot of sign for each 2 linear feet of street frontage of the development complex, whichever is greater. Provided that the total area of all signs on each frontage shall not exceed 200 square feet.
7. The maximum height of a joint identification sign shall be 15 feet.
8. Joint identification signs must be located on property that has been designated as part of the development complex. No joint identification sign can be located closer than 10 feet from any external boundary of the development complex.
U. Non-conforming signs. Any sign which was legal at the time it was constructed is a legal non-conforming sign. A legal non-conforming sign which is moved, relocated, structurally altered, or damaged by more than 50% of the sign’s value at the time the damage occurs, must be brought in to full compliance with all requirements of the Rapid City Municipal Code. Any legal non-conforming sign which is structurally altered and is not brought into compliance with all requirements of the Rapid City Municipal Code shall be deemed unlawful by the Building Official and removed in accordance with § 17.50.080C. of this Rapid City Municipal Code or any other applicable regulations related to unlawful signs.
V. Severability. If any section, sentence, clause, phrase or other portion of this section is held invalid or unconstitutional by any court of competent jurisdiction, it shall in no way affect the validity of any remaining portions of this section.
W. Variances. Applications for variances for sign height, sign area, sign setback, sign spacing, and total number of signs within this section, §§ 17.50.090 and 17.50.100 are subject to the review and approval process requirements outlined in §§ 17.50.050, 17.50.060, 17.50.070, and 17.54.020 as applicable.
X. Replacement of condemned signs. Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, any off-premise sign which is removed under the eminent domain authority of any governmental unit as a part of a publicly funded construction project may be replaced in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Prior to removal, the governmental unit proposing to relocate the off-premise sign shall make an application to the Building Official for permission to relocate an off-premise sign. The governmental unit applying for permission to relocate an off-premise sign shall provide on its application its certification that the sign is being removed pursuant to its eminent domain authority for the purpose of undertaking the construction of a publicly funded construction project, the location, size, and a description of the existing off-premise sign, and all information required for applications for new off-premise signs for the proposed location of the new sign. The governmental unit is not required to supply off-premise sign credits to make the application under this section.
2. Upon receipt of the application from a governmental unit, the Building Official shall review the application for completeness. The Building Official shall have the request placed upon the next available Public Works agenda.
3. Prior to the next available Public Works agenda, the Building Official shall make an on-site inspection of the off-premise sign. If the Building Official determines that the off-premise sign that is the subject of the application for relocation is an illegal sign, he or she shall proceed in accordance with the provisions of this section regarding the removal of illegal signs. No illegal sign may be relocated. If the Building Official determines that the sign is not an illegal sign, he or she shall report that fact to the Public Works Committee.
4. Upon receipt of the application for relocation of the off-premise sign and the report of the Building Official, the Public Works Committee shall recommend to the Council whether to authorize the relocation of the off-premise sign.
5. Upon receipt of the recommendation of the Public Works Committee, the Council may authorize the removal and relocation of the off-premise sign. The decision of the Council is final.
6. Any off-premise sign relocated under the authority of this section shall be constructed in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of this section pertaining to the size, height, and all structural requirements of this section and all other provisions of the Rapid City Municipal Code regulating the construction of structures.
7. Upon the approval of the application for relocation, the governmental unit or the owner of the relocated sign may apply for a conditional use permit as required by Title 17 of the Rapid City Municipal Code. No sign authorized to be relocated under the provisions of this section shall be constructed until all the requirements of Title 17 are met.
Y. Substitution of noncommercial speech for commercial speech. Notwithstanding any other provision of this section to the contrary, any lawfully erected off-premises or other sign displaying a commercial message may, at the option of the owner, display a noncommercial message. The noncommercial message may occupy the entire sign face or any portion thereof. The sign face may be changed from commercial to noncommercial messages, or from 1 noncommercial message to another, as frequently as desired by the owner of the sign, in compliance with the rest of this section, provided that the sign is not a prohibited sign or sign-type and provided that the size, height, setback, dimensional and other criteria contained in this section are satisfied.
Z. Penalty. In addition to any administrative actions or remedies authorized by this code, a violation of this section shall be subject to the city's general penalty provision, § 1.12.010 of this code.
A. Off-premises signage.
1. Off-premises signs, where permitted, shall be regulated by the requirements of this section and § 17.50.080 of the Rapid City Municipal Code, as well as any other applicable requirements found in the Rapid City Municipal Code.
2. The owner of an off-premises sign is required to obtain a sign building permit pursuant to § 17.50.080 prior to building a new off-premises sign or making structural alterations to an existing off-premises sign.
3. If any zoning district requires a conditional use permit for an off-premises sign, prior to a sign building permit being issued pursuant to § 17.50.080, approval of the conditional use permit must be obtained. A conditional use permit is required for any new off-premises sign. A conditional use permit is not required for any work to an existing or approved off-premises sign, including converting to a digital sign. A major amendment to a conditional use permit is not required for work to an existing or approved off-premises sign if that work is in compliance with the requirements of this title.
4. Approval of a conditional use permit is required for the conversion of an on-premises sign to an off-premises sign as defined by this section and § 17.50.090F. and prior to a sign permit being issued pursuant to § 17.50.080.
B. Size, height and spacing regulations for off-premises signage. Off-premises signs shall be constructed in accordance with the following regulations:
1. Off-premises signs shall be ground signs only. Off-premises wall or roof signs are prohibited. Off-premises ground signs shall have no more than 1 structural support or pole. Off-premises sign structures shall be earth tone.
2. Off-premises signs shall have no more than 2 faces. Each face of an off-premises sign may have a maximum area of 250 square feet, except as provided in subsection B.4. The faces on an off-premises sign may be mounted parallel to each other, or may be angled to each other up to a maximum angle of 20 degrees.
3. The maximum height of an off-premises sign is 30 feet, except as provided in subsection B.4. Off-premises signs with a minimum clearance of less than 10 feet from grade shall be setback at least 10 feet from all public rights or way and property lines. Off-premises ground signs with a minimum clearance of 10 feet or more from grade may be setback 0 feet from all public rights of way or property lines. The lowest point of an off-premises sign which extends over an area intended for pedestrian use shall not be less than 8 feet above the finished grade below it. The lowest point of an off-premises sign which extends over an area intended for vehicular use shall not be less than 14 feet above the finished grade below it.
4. For off-premises signs which are located within 100 feet of the right of way for Interstate 90 and which advertise to traffic on Interstate 90, an off-premises sign may have a maximum area of 672 square feet and may have a maximum height of 40 feet.
5. Electrical service to all off-premises signs shall be provided by an underground service lateral. In no case shall overhead wires be attached in any manner to an off-premise sign.
6. New off-premises signs shall not be located less than 1,000 feet from any other off-premises sign. The distance between off-premises signs shall be measured from the base of the sign in all directions (radial feet). No off-premises sign shall be located nearer than 1,500 feet from the nearest off-premises signs as measured by the distance over a public road between a line that extends from the base of each sign to the nearest mid-point of any public road from which the sign is intended to be viewed.
7. All off-premises signs shall be at least 50 feet from any on-premises sign. This subsection B.7. shall not prevent the construction of an on-premises sign within 50 feet of a previously existing off-premises sign.
8. Off-premises signs shall be identified by a label, nameplate, or trademark identifying the owner of the sign, except those signs which are exempt under § 17.50.080H. of this code.
9. Off-premises signs shall not be placed in any railroad right-of-way.
10. Off-premises signs shall not be located within any clear sight triangle as set forth by the city's Municipal Code, Design Criteria Manuals or standard specifications.
11. Off-premises signs shall not be placed on any property without written consent of the property owner or the owner’s authorized agent. Applicants for an off-premises sign building permit shall provide the city with a copy of an easement or other legally binding document before receiving a permit. The city is not responsible for verifying the legality of the document, but will maintain a copy for its files.
C. Lighting of off-premises signs. In addition to any applicable requirements of § 17.50.080N., the light from any light source intended to illuminate an off-premises sign, shall be so shaded, shielded, directed or of such an intensity that the brightness shall not adversely affect surrounding or facing premises, nor adversely affect safe vision of pedestrians or operators of vehicles moving on public or private streets, driveways or parking areas.
D. Off-premises sign credit system.
1. Off-premise sign credit system. After March 22, 2013, off-premises sign credits shall be issued by the city’s Building Official to those owners of off-premises signs who have completely removed a previously existing, lawfully erected off-premise sign and all associated structures. Any outstanding sign credits issued by the city prior to adoption of this section will remain valid and can be used in an identical manner to sign credits that are issued under this section. All sign credits, including those previously issued are subject to the provisions of this section, §§ 17.50.080 and 17.50.090 of this code.
2. Requirements prior to issuance of credit. The process for issuance of off-premise sign credits is as follows:
a. The owner of the sign completes an application for an off premises sign credit.
b. The owner of the sign provides proof to the Building Official that the sign for which a credit is sought was lawfully erected and in existence prior to the adoption of this section.
c. The Building Official determines the sign is not currently a prohibited sign as defined by this code and otherwise conforms to all applicable federal, state or local laws and regulations.
d. If the Building Official is satisfied that the first 3 requirements are met, a certificate of eligibility for an off-premises sign credit shall be issued. Certificates of eligibility for off-premise sign credit shall expire and become null and void 21 days after they are issued.
e. The Building Official, or their designee, confirms by on-sight inspection that the off-premises sign has been completely removed and that the certificate of eligibility for off-premise sign credit has not expired. No request for inspection shall be made to the Building Official until the structure has been completely removed. The Building Official, or their designee, shall make an inspection within 2 working days of a request for inspection.
f. An off-premise sign credit may not be issued if there are more than 20 sign credits outstanding.
3. Off-premise sign credit basis. The number of off-premises sign credits that may be issued for removal of an existing off-premises sign is determined as follows:
a. For any existing off-premises sign which complied with § 17.50.090B.5. the Building Official may issue 1 off-premises sign credit. For any existing off-premises sign which did not comply with § 17.50.090B.5., the Building Official may issue 2 off-premises sign credits. If the face of the existing off-premises sign being removed is smaller than the maximum size for sign faces established in this code, the sign credit will only authorize construction of a new off-premises sign which is the same size as the one which is removed. In all other situations, an off-premises sign credit will authorize construction of an off-premises sign with a face as large as the maximum size legally allowed at the time the credit is used.
b. The square footage permitted by 1 off-premise sign credit may not be transferred or added to the square footage of another off-premise sign credit.
4. Transferability of sign credits; notice of transfer required. Off-premise sign credits are freely transferable through legal means; however, a transferee shall provide written notice of the transfer to the city by registered mail, return receipt requested, within 90 days following the transfer of the credit(s) or the sign credit(s) shall be void.
5. Usage. Off premise sign credits may only be used to erect a new off-premise sign if the proposed new sign is in full compliance with all requirements of the Rapid City Municipal Code and all applicable federal, state or local laws and regulations. The city has no obligation to guarantee that a sign credit may be utilized within the city during the life of the credit.
6. Sunset date for sign credit. An off-premises sign credit shall not exist in perpetuity. An off-premises sign credit shall terminate 2 decades after it has been issued unless utilized within 20 years from the date of issuance by the Building Official or unless the same has become void by operation of the provisions of this section. This section shall not apply to sign credits issued prior to June 9, 2011.
7. The city shall maintain a list of all unused off-premises sign credits and their expiration dates.
E. Alteration of existing off-premises signs.
1. Notwithstanding any other provision of this code, any legal non-conforming off-premise sign may be reconstructed by the current permit holder in the same location as it currently exists so long as the alterations or reconstruction of the sign bring it into compliance with all of the provisions of the City Code with the exception of any spacing requirements between signs. A sign building permit is required to make the alterations allowed by this subsection E.1.
2. Whenever any off-premise sign is structurally altered, the current permit holder of the sign shall be eligible for off-premise sign credits as follows:
a. The current permit holder of the sign completes an application for an off-premise sign credit;
b. The current permit holder of the sign provides proof to the Building Official that the sign for which a credit is sought was lawfully erected and in existence prior to the adoption of this section;
c. The Building Official determines the sign is currently not a prohibited or unlawful sign as defined in this code;
d. The Building Official issues a certificate of eligibility for off premise sign credit. Certificates of eligibility for off-premise sign credit shall expire 21 days after it is issued;
e. The Building Official confirms, by on-sight inspection, that the sign has been brought into compliance with all the provisions of the city's Sign Code with the exception of any spacing requirements between signs and that the certificate of eligibility for off-premise sign credit has not expired. No request for inspection shall be made to the Building Official until the alterations to the sign have been fully completed. The Building Official shall make an inspection within 2 working days of a request for inspection; and
f. Upon compliance with all provisions of this subsection, the Building Official shall issue 2 off-premise sign credits to the current permit holder of the sign.
F. Conditional use permit requirements for off-premises signs.
1. Submittal requirements. In addition to the requirements set forth in §§ 17.50.080, 17.50.100, and 17.54.030 of this code, all applications for conditional uses for off-premises signage shall include the following:
a. Site plan drawn to scale showing proposed sign location, adjacent property lines, distance to nearest surrounding off-premise signage, and other such data and information as may be required by the Planning Director or his or her designee;
b. If necessary, the applicant shall submit a drawing prepared by a professional land surveyor identifying the proposed sign location and distances to the nearest adjacent off-premise signs;
c. If applicable, a letter from the South Dakota Department of Transportation indicating that all state requirements are being met;
d. A site-specific, engineered stamped drawing for the sign structure; and
e. An elevation drawing of the sign showing all sign features, including, but not limited to the post, sign structure, sign face and lightning.
2. Criteria for review. The following criteria shall be considered in considering applications for conditional uses for off-premises advertising:
a. The minimum requirements of the city’s Sign Code;
b. The standard requirements for all conditional uses set forth in § 17.54.030;
c. Size of the proposed off-premises sign;
d. Spacing from adjacent off-premises signs;
e. Density of off-premises signs in the neighborhood;
f. Height of the proposed off-premises sign;
g. Proposed lighting;
h. Impacts upon significant urban or natural viewsheds;
i. Impacts upon nearby residences;
j. Location with respect to any major community entryways, historic property, parks, schools, churches, playgrounds or similar public and recreational uses;
k. The potential height, size, lighting, and impacts of a future off-premises sign under the Sign Code;
l. The city’s comprehensive plan; and
m. Other criteria deemed pertinent to the review of the conditional use.
A. On-premises sign general regulations. On-premises signs, where permitted, shall be regulated by the requirements of this section and § 17.50.080 of the Rapid City Municipal Code.
1. Unless it is otherwise exempt, the owner of an on-premises sign is required to obtain a sign building permit before constructing a new on-premises sign or before making structural alterations to an existing on-premises sign.
2. The owner of an on-premises sign may not sell advertising on such sign or otherwise enter into contracts which allow the sale of advertising on the sign.
3. A property where an on-premises sign is permitted may have both on-premises ground and on-premises wall signs.
4. No on-premises sign may be converted to an off-premises sign except as provided in § 17.50.090G. of this code.
5. Any on-premises sign which is illegally converted to an off-premises sign is declared unlawful and subject to removal pursuant to § 17.50.080C. of this code.
B. Size, height and spacing regulations for on-premises ground signs. On-premises ground signs shall be constructed in accordance with the following regulations:
1. The maximum size of all on-premises ground signs for a single premises is 2 square feet in size for every lineal foot of lot frontage on a public street, except for premises which are located in the central business district and urban commercial district which shall be limited to 1.5 square feet in size for the first 25 feet of lot frontage on a public street and .5 square feet for the remaining lot frontage on a public street.
2. The maximum height of an on-premises ground sign is 45 feet.
3. On-premises ground signs with a minimum clearance of less than 10 feet from grade, or monument type ground signs, shall be setback at least 10 feet from all public rights of way and property lines. On-premises ground signs with a minimum clearance of 10 feet or more from grade may be setback 0 feet from all public rights of way or property lines.
4. There shall be a minimum separation distance of 100 feet from all on-premises ground signs located on the same premises.
C. Size, height and spacing regulations for on-premises wall signs. On-premises wall signs shall be constructed in accordance with the following regulations:
1. The maximum size of all on-premises wall signs for a single premises is 2 square feet in size for every lineal foot of lot frontage on a public street, except for premises which are located in the central business district and urban commercial district which shall be limited to 1.5 square feet in size for the first 25 feet of lot frontage on a public street and .5 square feet for the remaining lot frontage on a public street. A premises with 16 feet or less of frontage on a public street may have an on-premises wall sign with a maximum area of 32 square feet in size, except for a premises located in the central business district and urban commercial district which shall be limited to an area of 24 square feet in size.
2. On-premises wall signs may be displayed on any side of a building or structure on the premises.
3. The face of an on-premises wall sign shall be parallel to the plane of the wall it is mounted on. An on-premises wall sign shall not project above or beyond the plane of the wall it is mounted on. In the area of the central business district and urban commercial district, each separate business entity may display 1 pedestrian-oriented sign for each wall of the building that faces a public street. These signs are limited to 5-foot projection, 8 square feet, 9-inch letters and 8-foot clearance.
D. On-premises roof signs. Notwithstanding § 17.50.080D.12. of this code, on-premises roof signs on buildings 6 or more stories in height and located in the “original town” of the City of Rapid City, which lawfully existed on January 1, 2012, may be structurally altered or replaced subject to the following regulations:
1. Only the name or logo of the primary occupant of the building may be displayed on a roof sign.
2. The square footage of the new or structurally altered roof sign may not be greater than the existing roof sign.
3. If an existing roof sign is removed, it must be replaced within 180 days to be subject to this exception.
E. Electronic message centers incorporating varying message display technology.
1. On-premises electronic message centers, reader boards and other signs that allow for the display of varying messages through either manual means, or by the use of a digital, plasma, or LCD display, or other similar technology are allowed.
2. The maximum area of an on-premises sign authorized by this section is 60 square feet.
3. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this code, on-premises signs utilizing a digital display or other similar technology authorized by this section may incorporate graphic, animated or scrolling messages, but may not incorporate full motion video.
F. Lighting of on-premises signs. In addition to any applicable requirements of § 17.50.080N., the light from any light source intended to illuminate an on-premises sign, or emanating from an internally illuminated on-premises sign, shall be so shaded, shielded, directed or of such an intensity that the brightness shall not adversely affect surrounding or facing premises, nor adversely affect safe vision of pedestrians or operators of vehicles moving on public or private streets, driveways or parking areas.
G. Conversion of certain on-premises signs to off-premises signs. Notwithstanding § 17.50.090A., certain on-premises signs may be converted to off-premises signs if all of the following criteria are satisfied:
1. The sign that is being converted must be a legal, pre-existing, on-premises sign.
2. The conversion of the sign from an on-premises sign to an off-premises must be the result of the subdivision of an existing platted parcel of land.
3. The Rapid City Common Council determines, based on the totality of the circumstances taking into consideration the size, location, height and design of the current sign, and the location and topography of the parcel being served by the sign, that allowing the existing sign to remain will not be contrary to the public interest and will be in the best interests of justice.
4. The process for getting approval to convert a legal on-premises sign to an off-premises sign under this exception is as follows:
a. Application to convert the sign from an on-premises sign to an off-premises sign must be submitted to the Building Official who shall review the application for compliance with the mandatory criteria and after having reviewed the application shall forward a recommendation for approval or denial to the Rapid City Common Council;
b. The Rapid City Common Council shall review the application, along with the recommendation of the Building Official, and must determine that all the mandatory criteria are met prior to granting its approval for the conversion of the sign from on-premises to off-premises; and
c. The decision to allow the conversion of an on-premises sign to an off-premises sign is within the sole discretion of the Common Council and its decision on the issue is final.
5. Additional regulations that apply to converted signs:
a. At the time the application for conversion of the existing sign is submitted, the applicant must designate up to 2 specific parcels which the sign will serve. The converted sign will be treated as an on-premises sign for the businesses located on the designated parcels; and
b. The converted off-premises sign may not be expanded or structurally altered in any way except that advertising copy may be altered; and
c. The converted off-premises sign shall not ever be eligible for off-premises sign credits; and
d. At such time as the use of the property being served by the converted off-premises sign changes, the face of the converted off-premises sign may be changed to advertise that new use.
A. Purpose and intent. It is the purpose of this section to regulate medical cannabis establishments to promote the health, safety, and general welfare of the citizens of Rapid City, and to establish reasonable and uniform regulations to allow medical cannabis land uses in appropriate areas without harm to the city's residential, commercial, and industrial neighborhoods.
B. Definitions. The following words, terms, and phrases, when used in relation to medical cannabis establishments, shall have the meanings ascribed to them as follows.
1. Cannabis Products. Any concentrated cannabis, cannabis extracts, and products that are infused with cannabis or an extract thereof, and are intended for use or consumption by humans. The term includes edible cannabis products, beverages, topical products, ointments, oils, and tinctures.
2. Church. A church, synagogue, mosque, temple, or building which is used primarily for religious worship and related religious activities.
3. MEDICAL CANNABIS CULTIVATION FACILITY or CULTIVATION FACILITY. An enterprise, whether for profit or not, that carries on any activity involving the planting, growing, cultivation, harvesting, drying, curing, grading, or trimming of cannabis for the purpose of sale to others.
4. MEDICAL CANNABIS DISPENSARY or DISPENSARY. Means an enterprise, whether for profit or not, that acquires, possesses, stores, delivers, transfers, transports, sells, supplies, or dispenses cannabis, cannabis products, paraphernalia, or related supplies.
5. MEDICAL CANNABIS ESTABLISHMENT. A business enterprise registered by the State of South Dakota Department of Health as a medical cannabis cultivation facility, a medical cannabis dispensary, a medical cannabis manufacturing facility, or a medical cannabis testing facility.
6. MEDICAL CANNABIS PRODUCT MANUFACTURING FACILITY or MANUFACTURING FACILITY. An enterprise, whether for profit or not, that carries on any activity involving the compounding, blending, extracting, infusing, or otherwise making or preparing of a cannabis product.
7. MEDICAL CANNABIS TESTING FACILITY or TESTING FACILITY. An enterprise, whether for profit or not, that undertakes any analysis to examine or determine the potency or safety of cannabis or cannabis products.
8. PUBLIC OR PRIVATE SCHOOL. Any kindergarten, elementary school, primary school, middle school, junior high school, high school, or alternative or other secondary school, whether public, private, or parochial.
9. PUBLIC PARK. A green space or recreational area which has been designated for park or recreational activities including but not limited to a park, playground, swimming pool, athletic field, basketball or tennis courts, or other similar public land which is under the control, operation, or management of Rapid City park and recreation authorities.
10. RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT. LDR-1, LDR-2, MDR, HDR, MHR, and PF zoning districts, and any other district created after the effective date of Ordinance 6500 that may have residential uses as the primary intended purpose of the district. It shall also include properties zoned OC when developed as a residential use.
Any term not specifically defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to it by Chapter 17.04 or applicable state law.
C. Location of establishments. Medical cannabis establishments shall meet the location requirements of state law. In addition, medical cannabis establishments shall meet the following requirements:
1. A medical cannabis establishment shall not be permitted to operate within 1,000 feet of a public or private school.
2. Cultivation and manufacturing facilities shall not be permitted to operate within 500 feet of a child care center, church, public park, or property zoned as a residential district.
3. A dispensary may be permitted to operate within 500 feet of a child care center, church, public park, or a property zoned as a residential district only by obtaining a conditional use permit pursuant to § 17.54.030, and division D. below.
4. All measurements shall be made in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the nearest portion of the building or structure used as a part of the premises of a medical cannabis establishment to the nearest property line of the premises of those facilities or boundaries outlined above.
D. Requirements for operation. Medical cannabis establishments shall meet the following requirements:
1. All establishments must be wholly contained within an enclosed structure.
2. All applicants shall submit an operational plan detailing compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, administrative rules, and ordinances. The plan shall include an identification of the type of establishment, scaled drawings of the site and floorplan, operating hours, safety plans, security plans, and any other plans or information required by the Department of Health for registration as a medical cannabis establishment.
3. Applicants shall submit a waste management plan detailing waste handling and security. Wastewater pretreatment processes shall also be submitted if the medical cannabis establishment qualifies as an industrial user.
4. Applicants shall submit an odor control plan that shows all ventilation, odor abatement, and any other measures taken to prevent nuisances. The premises of an establishment shall be properly ventilated and the exhaust air filtered or treated to neutralize the odor from cannabis so that the odor cannot be detected by a person with a normal sense of smell at the property line of the premises or on any adjoining property. No operable windows or exhaust vents shall be located on the building façade that abuts a residential use or zone. Exhaust vents on rooftops shall direct exhaust away from residential uses or zones.
5. Applicant shall submit a survey stamped by a professional licensed surveyor, if required by the Director, to show distances to schools, churches, parks, or residential zoned property. The survey may be required by the Director if the distances required above are within 5% of the requirement as shown by the city's GIS Division's mapping application.
6. Registration with the South Dakota Department of Health shall be required for operation of any medical cannabis establishment. Failure to obtain a registration certificate, or revocation of a registration certificate, shall disqualify the establishment as a permitted use in all zoning districts and shall be sufficient cause for revocation of a conditional use permit.
A. Property Development Standards.
1. The following property development standards shall apply for all manufactured home parks established after the adoption date of this title; however, no manufactured home park presently existing shall be expanded except in conformity with this section.
2. The manufactured home park shall be subject to the density provisions of the district in which it is located; provided, however, there shall be not less than 3,000 square feet of lot area for each space provided on the site. This space ratio shall include access roads, automobile parking, accessory building space and recreational area. Height of manufactured homes shall not exceed 30 feet, and height of accessory structures shall be as regulated by the applicable zoning district per Title 17.
3. There shall be established and maintained within each park 2 parking spaces per manufactured home for the use of residents plus a minimum of 1 parking space per 4 manufactured homes for use by guests.
4. Manufactured home spaces must abut upon an unobstructed interior park road of not less than 20 feet in width. Vehicular access shall be provided from a public street. All dead-end interior park roads in excess of 150 feet in length shall include an approved emergency vehicle turning area.
5. Each manufactured home space shall be provided with a water connection and a connection to the city's sanitary sewer lines.
6. Each manufactured home park shall be provided with a management office. Service buildings shall be provided as necessary.
7. Manufactured homes shall not be used for commercial, industrial, or other nonresidential uses within manufactured home parks.
8. Clearances for all structures within a manufactured home park shall comply with Chapter 15.48 of this code.
9. Setbacks from all exterior property boundaries shall comply with the provisions of the applicable zoning district.
B. Application for Permit. An application for a new manufactured home park permit or for the expansion or alteration of an existing manufactured home park shall be as regulated in § 17.54.030 and shall be in compliance with all current building codes adopted by the city.
C. Nonconforming Manufactured Home Parks. A legal nonconforming manufactured home park and/or structures within the manufactured home park existing at the time of the adoption of this title may be continued and maintained except as otherwise provided in this chapter.
D. Compliance Required Upon Expansion. If an existing manufactured home park is expanded or altered in any manner, the manufactured home park shall come into compliance with all the requirements of Chapter 17.50 and Chapter 15.48 of this code. However, larger manufactured homes may be placed on the site as long as all clearance requirements are met.
A. The site proposed for a cemetery shall not interfere with the development of a system of collector and larger streets in the vicinity of the site. In addition, the site shall have direct access to a thoroughfare.
B. Any new cemetery shall be located on a site containing not less than 20 acres.
C. All other structures including, but not limited to mausoleum, permanent monument or maintenance building shall be setback not less than 25 feet from any property line or street right-of-way line.
D. All graves or burial lots shall be setback not less than 25 feet from any property line or street right-of-way line.
E. All required yards shall be landscaped and maintained.
A. The site must have direct access to a major public road.
B. In addition to the required setbacks from streets and highways, all yards shall be planted and maintained as a landscaped strip.
C. The theater screen shall not be visible from any public street within 1,500 feet. In addition, cars parked in the viewing area shall be screened on all sides by a wall, fence or densely planted evergreen hedge not less than 6 feet in height.
D. Loading space for patrons waiting admission to the theater shall be equal to 20% of the capacity of the theater. All entrances and exits shall be separated, and internal circulation shall be laid out to provide one-way traffic.
E. Sale of refreshments shall be limited to patrons of the theater.
F. No central loudspeakers shall be permitted.
G. All parking areas and access ways shall be adequately lighted; provided, however, that, the lighting shall be shielded to prevent any glare or reflection onto a public street or onto neighboring properties.
H. Amusement parks or kiddylands shall be limited to patrons of the theater.
I. The connecting driveways shall be surfaced with permanent paving, maintained in a good condition and free of all weeds, dust, trash and other debris.
A. Health Department report. Application for permission to operate waterworks and/or sewage treatment plants shall be accompanied by a report and a recommendation from the Health Department. The recommendations as to design and construction, type of treatment, source of water, standards for testing and sampling, and standards for the quality of effluent shall be incorporated into and made a part of the application.
B. Lot area and location. The required lot area and location shall be specified as part of the application and shall be determined in relation to the proposed use, the intensity of the use, and the effects of such use upon the environment.
C. Fencing and/or screening. Where findings indicate that a hazard may result or that interference with the development or use and enjoyment of surrounding residential properties may ensue, fencing or screening with an evergreen hedge or other shielding material may be required in a manner consistent with the findings.
A. Permissible zoning districts. Child care centers are permissible in residential, commercial, and light industrial zoning districts if a conditional use is approved by the Common Council. A conditional use is granted at the location for which application is made.
B. Factors for consideration.
1. In reviewing requests for a conditional use for child care centers, the Council may, in addition to the criteria included in § 17.54.030E. consider the following:
a. Proximity to major arterials;
b. Proximity to recreation facilities;
c. Traffic generated by the center;
d. Hours of operation of the center; and
e. Maximum number of children as appropriate to the area.
2. The Council, in reviewing requests for a conditional use for child care centers in commercial and light industrial zoning districts, may consider, in addition to the preceding considerations, the following:
a. Existing or potential levels of air and noise pollution in the area;
b. Access from the child care center to adjacent areas which are used for commercial or industrial purposes;
c. Appropriateness of outdoor play areas. If outdoor play areas are permitted, fencing shall be not less than 4 feet in height; and
d. Type of vehicular traffic common to the area.
C. Play area.
1. Play space of not less than 35 square feet per child shall be provided. Play space shall not include floor space used for permanent and stationary equipment, storage, halls, bathrooms, offices and kitchens. No more than half of the space occupied by cribs shall be used in determining total square feet of play space.
2. A fenced-in play area of not less than 50 square feet per child shall be provided. The play area shall not be closer than 25 feet to any property line which abuts the right-of-way of a public street. The fence shall have a minimum height of 4 feet. If an outdoor play area is not provided, play space provided shall not be less than 70 square feet per child. Any outdoor area in which children are permitted to play shall be fenced. The height and location of existing fences for child care centers currently operating under an approved conditional use as of the effective date of the ordinance codified in this section are deemed to meet the requirements of this section.
3. A fenced outdoor play area shall not be required if a child care center exclusively provides a structured preschool instruction program to a particular child for not more than 4 hours per day, and children are not permitted to play outside. Such a center shall provide the required play space as defined in subdivision 2. of this subsection if children are permitted to play outside.
D. Parking. Appropriate parking and unloading areas shall be provided for all child care centers. Criteria on which appropriateness is determined shall include:
1. Schedule of center operation;
2. Number of children served by the center;
3. Location of parking and unloading facilities relative to the structure and its entrances; and
4. Proximity of the center to major streets.
E. Continuing compliance. Compliance with any regulations cited herein is a continuing requirement of the ordinance codified herein applicable to all conditional use permits issued pursuant to the ordinance codified herein. Any child care center operating without an approved conditional use permit on the effective date of the ordinance codified herein is declared an illegal nonconforming use and shall comply with all requirements of the ordinance codified herein or cease operation. A conditional use may be subject to revocation pursuant to § 17.54.030.
A. Location. Because of the tendency for salvage yards to promote the breeding of vermin, no such operation shall be permitted closer than 300 feet from any established residential district.
B. Screening. All outdoor storage of salvage and wrecking operations shall be conducted entirely within an enclosed opaque fence or wall, excepting driveway areas, from 8 to 12 feet in height. Storage between the street and the fence or wall is expressly prohibited. Any fence or wall erected for screening purposes shall be properly painted or otherwise maintained in good condition.
C. Off-street parking. As regulated in § 17.50.270.
D. Ingress and egress.
1. The number of vehicular access driveways permitted on any single street frontage should be limited to:
a. One driveway where the parcel to be used has a maximum street frontage of 100 feet or less;
b. Two driveways where the street frontage exceeds 100 feet.
2. Driveways used for ingress and egress shall be limited to 25 feet in width, exclusive of curb returns.
An application for a permit for recreational fads including trampoline centers, kart tracks and similar recreational activities not specifically covered by these regulations, shall be reviewed by the Common Council.
A. Where the major portion of a motel complex is located in a proper zoning which allows motel complexes, a portion of the motel may be located in a MDR and HDR area if this portion is contiguous to the properly zoned motel area.
B. The nature of the motel complex in the residential area must be operated in such a manner that dust, odor, noise, glare and other offensive conditions are nonexistent. The use of the motel in the residential area must be for sleeping and rest purposes only.
C. The total motel complex must be under one common ownership.
D. The following regulations shall apply to motel complexes located in a MDR or HDR area:
1. Lot area. There shall be a lot area of not less than 10,000 square feet.
2. Front yard.
a. All lots fronting on an arterial or residential street shall have a building setback of not less than 25 feet.
b. All other lots shall have a building setback of not less than 25 feet.
3. Side yard.
a. For single story structures located on interior lots, side yards shall be not less than 8 feet wide.
b. For structures of more than 1 story there shall be a side yard of not less than 12 feet.
c. Lots having frontage on more than 1 street shall provide the required front yards along those streets.
4. Rear yard. Each lot shall have a rear yard of not less than 10 feet.
5. Lot width. Each lot shall have a width at the front building line of not less than 75 feet.
6. Maximum lot coverage. The maximum lot area which may be covered by any principal and accessory building shall not exceed 40%.
7. Off-street parking. As regulated in § 17.50.270.
8. Height restrictions. No principal building or structure shall exceed 2 stories or 35 feet in height except as provided in § 17.50.260.
An on-sale liquor establishment must be issued if:
A. The requested use will not adversely affect the use of any place used for religious worship, school, park, playground or similar use within a 500-foot radius.
B. The requested use is sufficiently buffered with respect to residential areas so as not to adversely affect the areas.
C. The proposed use will not create an undue concentration of similar uses, so as to cause blight, deterioration or substantially diminish or impair property values.
D. The proposed use complies with the standards of §§ 5.12.140 and 17.54.030 of this code.
A. Purpose and intent. It is the purpose of this article to regulate sexually oriented businesses to promote the health, safety and general welfare of the citizens of the city, and to establish reasonable and uniform regulations to prevent the concentration of sexually oriented businesses within the city. The provisions of this article have neither the purpose nor effect of imposing a limitation or restriction on the content of any communicative materials including sexually oriented materials. Similarly, it is not the intent nor effect of this article to restrict or deny access by adults to sexually oriented entertainment to their intended market, unless otherwise restricted by law.
B. Definitions. The following words, terms and phrases, when used in this article, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this section:
1. ADULT ENTERTAINMENT CENTER. An enclosed building or a part of an enclosed building, wherein an admission is charged for entrance into the facility, or for food, alcoholic beverages or other beverages intended for consumption within the facility, wherein may be observed or which contains 1 or more coinoperated mechanisms which when activated permit a customer to view 1 or more live persons unclothed or in such attire, costume or clothing as to expose to view any portion of the areola of the female breast, or any portion of the male or female pubic hair, anus, cleft of the buttocks, vulva or genitals.
2. ADULTS-ONLY BOOKSTORE. An establishment having as a substantial or significant portion of its stock in trade, books, magazines, films for sale or viewing on premises by use of motion picture devices or other coin-operated means, and other periodicals which are distinguished or characterized by their principal emphasis on matters depicting, describing or relating to nudity, sexual conduct, sexual excitement or sadomasochistic abuse, as defined below, or an establishment with a segment or section devoted to the sale or display of such material, for sale to patrons therein.
3. ADULTS-ONLY MOTION PICTURE THEATER. An enclosed building used regularly and routinely for presenting programs, material distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on matter depicting, describing or relating to nudity, sexual conduct, sexual excitement or sadomasochistic abuse, as defined below, for observation by patrons therein.
4. NUDITY. The showing of the human male or female genitals, pubic area or buttocks, or areola of the female breast with less than a fully opaque covering or the depiction of covered male genitals in a discernibly turgid state.
5. SADOMASOCHISTIC ABUSE. Flagellation or torture by or upon a person clad in undergarments, a mask or bizarre costume, or the condition of being fettered, bound or otherwise physically restrained on the part of one so clothed.
6. SEXUAL CONDUCT. Acts of masturbation, homosexuality, sexual intercourse or physical contact with a person’s unclothed genitals, pubic area, buttocks or, if such person be a female, her breast.
7. SEXUAL EXCITEMENT. The condition of human male or female genitals when in a state of sexual stimulation or arousal.
8. SEXUALLY ORIENTED BUSINESS. An adult entertainment center, adults-only bookstore, adult novelty store, adult video store, or adults-only motion picture theater whose inventory, merchandise, or performances are characterized by a preponderance of nudity, sexual conduct, sadomasochistic abuse, and/or sexual excitement.
9. RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT. Any land within the city limits of Rapid City zoned as LDR-l , LDR-2, MDR, HDR. MHR. and PF.
C. Classification. Sexually oriented businesses are classified as follows:
1. Adults-only bookstores, adult novelty stores, and adult video stores;
2. Adults-only motion picture theaters;
3. Adult entertainment centers.
D. Location of sexually oriented businesses.
1. A sexually oriented business shall not be permitted to operate within 1,000 feet of:
a. A church, synagogue, mosque, temple or building which is used primarily for religious worship and related religious activities;
b. A public or private educational facility including but not limited to child day care facilities, nursery schools, preschools, kindergartens, elementary schools, private schools, intermediate schools, junior high schools, middle schools, high schools, vocational schools, secondary schools, continuation schools, special education schools, junior colleges, and universities; school includes the school grounds, but does not include facilities used primarily for another purpose and only incidentally as a school;
c. Any property zoned LDR-1, LDR-2, MDR, HDR, MHR, and PF;
d. Any property zoned Central Business District (CBD);
e. A public park or recreational area which has been designated for park or recreational activities including but not limited to a park, playground, nature trails, swimming pool, reservoir, athletic field, basketball or tennis courts, pedestrian/bicycle paths, wilderness areas, or other similar public land within Rapid City which is under the control, operation, or management of Rapid City park and recreation authorities;
f. Auditoriums, convention centers, fairgrounds, museums, art or music centers, and theaters.
2. A sexually oriented business shall not be permitted to operate within 1,000 feet of another sexually oriented business.
3. For the purposes of paragraph 1., measurement shall be made in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the nearest portion of the building or structure used as a part of the premises where a sexually oriented business is conducted, to the nearest property line of the premises of those facilities or boundaries outlined in paragraph 1.
4. For the purposes of paragraph 2. of this section, the distance between any 2 sexually oriented businesses shall be measured in a straight line without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the closest exterior wall of the structure in which each business is located.
E. Conditional Use. Any sexually oriented business lawfully operating in a location permitted by this section shall be classified as a conditional use, and authorized by § 17.54.030
F. Nonconforming sexually oriented businesses. Any sexually oriented business lawfully operating on August 2, 2002 that is in violation of subsection D. of this section shall be deemed a nonconforming use and shall not be expanded or enlarged except in conformance with Chapter 17.52 of this title.
G. Sign requirements. All new sexually oriented businesses, and all existing sexually oriented businesses uses on August 2, 2002, shall, in addition to the requirements of §§ 17.50.080 through 17.50.100, comply with the following sign requirements:
1. No merchandise or pictures of the products or entertainment on the premises shall be displayed in window areas or any area where they can be viewed from persons walking or driving by the premises;
2. Window areas shall be covered and opaque.
H. Severability of provisions and applications. If a part of this chapter is invalid, all valid parts that are severable from the invalid part remain in effect. If a part of this chapter is invalid in one or more of its applications, the part remains in effect in all valid applications that are severable from the invalid application.
The uses of land, buildings, and other structures permitted in each of the districts established by this title are designated by listing the principal uses permitted. In addition to such principal uses, this article shall regulate uses customarily incidental to any principal use permitted in the district.
Each permitted accessory use shall:
A. Be customarily incidental to the principal use established on the same lot;
B. Be subordinate to and serve the principal use;
C. Be subordinate in area, extent and purpose to the principal use; and
D. Contribute to the comfort, convenience or necessity of users of such principal use.
Accessory uses shall be permitted as specified in § 17.50.200, and such accessory uses shall be applicable to the principal use and shall include, but not be limited to the following:
A. For dwellings:
1. Shelter to house domestic animal pets, but not exceeding 2 shelters per dwelling;
2. Children's playhouse and playground equipment;
3. Incinerator, incidental to the principal use only;
4. Private greenhouse, vegetable, fruit or flower garden, from which no products are sold or offered for sale;
5. Private garage or carport;
6. Private swimming pool and bathhouse;
7. Shed for the storage of maintenance or recreation equipment used on the premises; and
8. Accessory dwelling units as regulated by § 17.50.219.
B. For church, chapel, temple or synagogue:
1. Parish house, or residence for the clergymen of the congregation; and
2. Religious education building.
C. For educational institutions:
1. Convent or lay teacher's quarters;
2. Dormitories;
3. Power or heating plants;
4. Stadiums, gymnasiums, fieldhouses, game courts or fields; and
5. Fallout or civil defense shelters of the type and construction meeting the Department of Civil Defense Specifications.
D. For golf and country clubs:
1. Dwelling for caretaker;
2. Maintenance equipment storage shed;
3. Pro shop; and
4. Lounge and dining area.
E. For hospitals and health institutions:
1. Staff quarters;
2. Laundry, incidental to the principal use only;
3. Medical and nursing instruction; and
4. Chapel.
F. For industrial uses in the industrial districts:
1. Offices;
2. Restaurants or cafeterias;
3. First-aid clinics or dispensaries;
4. Watchmen's quarters; and
5. Research or pilot structures.
A. Mobile food vendor operational requirements. Mobile food vendors conducting business within the city must comply with the following requirements:
1. All mobile food vendors must abide by all federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations. Mobile food vendors must operate in compliance with all state laws and regulations and must maintain continuous licensure with the South Dakota Department of Health.
2. Mobile food vendors may vend only on private or public property with the consent of the property owner and may not encroach into any right-of-way adjoining the property with the mobile food vending establishment or any accessory items such as trash cans, tables, chairs, etc. If requested by the city, a mobile food vendor shall promptly provide proof of a property owner's consent to operate on the property.
3. Mobile food vending is allowed as an accessory use in the following situations:
a. On a parcel with a commercial or industrial use;
b. On city property, including parks;
c. On a construction site to fulfill on-site needs;
d. In a residential zoning district if in conjunction with a special event held at a non-residential structure; or
e. As otherwise authorized by the Common Council.
4. The vendor shall not conduct any vending in a way that causes congestion or blocking of vehicle or pedestrian traffic or fire lanes. Each vendor has an affirmative and independent duty to determine the safety and suitability of any particular location of operation and to operate in a manner reasonably calculated to avoid and prevent harm to people and to other vehicles.
5. All areas within and surrounding a mobile food service establishment must be maintained in a clean, neat, and sanitary condition. A mobile food vendor shall provide 1 private trash bin and 1 private recycling bin for public use with capacity of no less than 13 gallons each. Trash bins shall be anchored or otherwise secured upright. A mobile food vendor shall remove all litter generated by its operation at the vendor’s expense. The mobile food vendor shall not place trash or litter from the mobile food vending establishment in any unauthorized private or city receptacle.
6. Umbrellas and canopies must be designed to be secure during windy conditions. Umbrellas and canopies must be at least 7 feet above the ground when open and may not protrude into the right-of-way.
7. All mobile food vendors must ensure that individuals with disabilities have comparable access to mobile food vending establishment. If existing designs cannot be modified to be accessible to people with disabilities, the method of providing service must be modified to become accessible.
8. A mobile food vending establishment cannot be permanently located on any property and cannot function as a permanent structure.
9. Mobile food vendors may not vend alcohol unless they comply with all applicable city and state regulations, including compliance with Chapter 5.12 and with this title.
B. Prohibited conduct. No mobile food vendor shall:
1. Vend in the public right-of-way, including on any public street, alley, sidewalk, or in any on-street parking space, except in the following situations:
a. In conjunction with a special event that is approved by the city, if applicable, so long as the special event includes the closure of the public right-of-way and consents to the presence of the mobile food vendor; or
b. In limited situations with the approval of the Common Council;
2. Operate a mobile food establishment within 300 feet of any event held in the Central Business District without obtaining written permission from the event sponsor;
3. Operate within a city park without receiving permission or obtaining a vendor permit, as applicable, from the Parks and Recreation Department;
4. Place any object that blocks any pedestrian pathway or ADA access;
5. Utilize any signage other than signage that is affixed to the exterior of the mobile food vending establishment or other than 2 additional banners or signs located within 100 feet of the establishment; or
6. Project audible amplified music or sound or make any unreasonably loud noise for the purpose of advertising or attracting attention to the mobile food vending establishment.
C. Certificate of insurance. Every mobile food vendor who operates on city property or within the right-of-way shall furnish to the city proof of adequate insurance coverage with designated limits as required by the city. The insurance policy shall name the city and its representatives as an additional insured for any liability arising directly or indirectly from the operation of a mobile food vendor. The city may waive some or all of this requirement if it determines that the mobile food vendor is operating as part of a special event permit which has provided adequate insurance to cover the vending operation. If insurance coverage is not waived by city under this section, any permission given to vend on public property shall be deemed void in the absence of a current insurance policy meeting the terms of this Section.
D. Criminal penalty. Any person violating this section shall be subject to the city’s general penalty provision in § 1.12.010.
A. General. Wind energy conversion systems shall be allowed as accessory structures as conditional uses in certain zoning districts. In addition to the standards set forth in Chapter 17.54.030 regarding all conditional, all wind energy conversion systems shall also meet all requirements of § 17.50.215 herein.
B. Commercial sale of power prohibited. Any wind energy conversion system shall be used only for the purpose of generating power for the property on which the wind energy conversion system is located, or for the purpose of transmitting power to the electrical grid of an electric utility company through an approved interconnection.
C. Utility interconnections. Any wind energy conversion system shall be constructed and operated, and any interconnection between a wind energy conversion system and an electric utility company shall be allowed only in accordance with all local, state, and federal regulations including regulations issued by the Public Utilities Commission and the Federal Aviation Administration. Additionally, electrical interconnections shall be allowed only in accordance with the applicable standards of the electric utility company.
D. Required setbacks. A minimum setback of one and one-half times the height of the wind energy conversion system shall be maintained between the wind energy conversion system and any property line, structure intended for human occupation, overhead utility line, or other tower support base.
E. Tower height. In no event shall the height of a wind energy conversion system exceed 90 feet as measured from the ground to the rotor hub. Further, there shall be no less than 30 feet between the lowest arc of the rotors of a wind energy conversion system and the ground, any portion of a structure or any tree.
F. Rotor size/operation. The maximum size of the rotors of a wind energy conversion system shall be reviewed upon application for a conditional use. In determining the appropriate size for the rotors, the city shall consider such factors as noise, proximity to surrounding residences, safety and aesthetic issues. All systems shall be equipped with appropriate braking devices or similar protective devices to slow down or stop the rotors if the wind exceeds the capacity of the system.
G. Noise. No wind energy conversion system shall produce more than 60 decibels of sound measured at the closest point on the closest property line from the base of the system. Information from the manufacturer of the wind energy conversion system shall be submitted at the time of the submittal of the conditional use, ensuring that this requirement can be met once the system is operational.
H. Electromagnetic interference. No wind energy conversion system shall produce electromagnetic interference so as to disrupt transmissions such as those from radio, television or microwave towers. At the time of application for the conditional use, the petitioner must submit information from the manufacturer indicating that, once operational, the wind energy conversion system will not adversely affect the transmissions. If necessary, generators and alternators shall be filtered, shielded, or both so as to prevent the emission of radio and television signals.
I. Tower access. Appropriate safety measures must be undertaken to discourage unauthorized climbing of a wind energy conversion system tower. Appropriate measures shall include either:
1. The construction of a 6-foot tall chain link fence with locking gate around the tower;
2. The tower shall be constructed so that the lowest climbing access shall be at least 12 feet above the ground; or
3. A locked anti-climb device shall be installed on the tower.
J. Warning information. Information related to the maximum power output, nominal voltage and maximum current, and emergency shut-down procedures for the wind energy conversion system shall be posted near the base of the tower in a visible location.
K. Lighting. Unless required by a more restrictive regulation, no lighting shall be installed on a wind energy conversion system.
L. Tower design. In reviewing the conditional use for a wind energy conversion system, the city shall consider the design and color of the tower to ensure that no significant adverse impacts are occurring to neighboring property owners, including, but not limited to, infringement into natural and urban viewsheds, historic property, major community entryways, parks, schools, churches, playgrounds, or similar public and recreational uses.
M. Manufacturer warranty/maintenance information. Upon application for a conditional use for a wind energy conversion system, the petitioner shall submit a manufacturer's statement documenting that the system has been successfully and safely operated in atmospheric conditions that are similar to conditions in Rapid City. Further, the petitioner shall provide a copy of the manufacturer's warranty indicating that the system is warranted against any system failures reasonably expected during severe weather conditions. Further, the petitioner shall submit system specifications including maximum power output and a maintenance schedule for the system.
N. Construction standards. Any wind energy conversion system shall be constructed in accordance with all applicable life, safety, building and fire codes including but not limited to the following:
1. An applicant for a building permit for a wind energy conversion system shall submit plans and specifications stamped by a registered engineer.
2. Lightning Protection. Any wind energy conversion system shall have appropriate lightning protection to sufficiently protect all connected and adjacent equipment and structures from damage. The lightning protection system shall effectively discharge lightning energy from the structure to the ground through the application of shielding, lightning arresters and deep earth grounding.
O. Abandonment/removal.
1. Any wind energy conversion system which has not been used for a period of 6 months or more shall be declared abandoned. Upon abandonment of the system, the city shall revoke the conditional use and the system shall be removed at the expense of the property owner. The city shall determine that a wind energy conversion system has not been used if the following criteria apply:
a. The wind energy conversion system has not been operating for a substantial period of time and the owner of the system is unable to provide documentation demonstrating that the system has produced a minimum of 25% of the power output as stated in the system specifications over the past 6 months;
b. The wind energy conversion system has fallen into obvious disrepair and/or has been condemned by the City of Rapid City.
c. The wind energy conversion system has become violative of some other local, state or federal law and the owner of the system has not taken appropriate actions to remedy the problem.
2. If deemed appropriate, the city may stipulate through the conditional use that the wind energy conversion system shall be removed at the owner's expense, upon the rezoning of the subject property to a zoning district classification in which wind energy conversion systems are not allowed as either a permitted use or conditional use.
A. General. Vertical axis wind turbines shall be allowed as a conditional use accessory to principle permitted or conditional uses in certain zoning districts. In addition to the standards set forth in § 17.54.030 regarding all conditional use permits, all vertical axis wind turbines also meet all requirements of this section.
B. Commercial sale of power prohibited. Any vertical axis wind turbine shall be used only for the purpose of generating power for the property on which the vertical axis wind turbine is located, or for the purpose of transmitting power to the electrical grid of an electric utility company through an approved interconnection.
C. Utility interconnections. Any vertical axis wind turbine shall be constructed and operated, and any interconnection between a vertical axis wind turbine and an electric utility company shall be allowed only in accordance with all local, state, and federal regulations including regulations issued by the Public Utilities Commission and the Federal Aviation Administration. Additionally, electrical interconnections shall be allowed only in accordance with the applicable standards of the electric utility company.
D. Required setbacks. A minimum setback of one times the height of the vertical axis wind turbine as measured from the ground or rooftop if mounted on a rooftop, shall be maintained between the vertical axis wind turbine system and any property line, overhead utility line or other tower support base.
E. Tower height. In no event shall the height of a vertical axis wind turbine exceed 60 feet as measured from the ground to the center of the rotor hub. Further, there shall be no less than 30 feet between the vertical axis wind turbine and the ground.
F. Rotor size/operation. The maximum size of the vertical axis wind turbine shall be reviewed upon application for a conditional use. In determining the appropriate size, the city shall consider such factors as noise, proximity to surrounding residences, safety and aesthetic issues. All systems shall be equipped with appropriate braking devices or similar protective devices to slow down or stop the rotors if the wind exceeds the capacity of the system.
G. Noise. No vertical axis wind turbine shall produce more than 60 decibels of sound measured at the closest point on the closest property line from the base of the system. Information from the manufacturer shall be submitted at the time of the submittal of the conditional use, ensuring that this requirement can be met once the system is operational. The owner may be required to submit independent noise studies to verify that the noise standard is met during actual operations.
H. Electromagnetic interference. No vertical axis wind turbine shall produce electromagnetic interference so as to disrupt transmissions such as those from radio, television or microwave towers. At the time of application for the conditional use, the petitioner must submit information from the manufacturer indicating that, once operational, the vertical axis wind turbine will not adversely affect the transmissions. If necessary, generators and alternators shall be filtered, shielded or both so as to prevent the interference of radio and television signals.
I. Tower access. Appropriate safety measures must be undertaken to discourage unauthorized climbing of a vertical axis wind turbine. Appropriate measures shall include either:
1. The construction of a 6-foot tall chain link fence with locking gate around the tower;
2. The tower shall be constructed so that the lowest climbing access shall be at least 12 feet above the ground; or
3. A locked anti-climb device shall be installed on the tower.
J. Warning information. Information related to the maximum power output, nominal voltage and maximum current, and emergency shut-down procedures for the vertical axis wind turbine shall be posted near the base of the tower in a visible location.
K. Lighting. Unless required by a more restrictive regulation, no lighting shall be installed on a vertical axis wind turbine.
L. Tower color and design. The tower and turbine shall be a neutral color and shall have a non-reflective finish. In reviewing the conditional use for a vertical axis wind turbine, the city shall also consider the design of the tower to ensure that no significant adverse impacts are occurring to neighboring property owners, including, but not limited to, infringement into natural and urban viewsheds, historic property, major community entryways, parks, schools, churches, playgrounds or similar public and recreational uses.
M. Manufacturer warranty/maintenance information. Upon application for a conditional use for a vertical axis wind turbine, the petitioner shall submit a manufacturer’s statement documenting that the system has been successfully and safely operated in atmospheric conditions that are similar to conditions in Rapid City. Further, the petitioner shall provide a copy of the manufacturer’s warranty indicating that the system is warranted against any system failures reasonably expected during severe weather conditions. Further, the petitioner shall submit system specifications including maximum power output and a maintenance schedule for the system.
N. Construction standards. Any vertical axis wind turbine shall be constructed in accordance with all applicable life, safety, building and fire codes including but not limited to the following:
1. An applicant for a building permit for a vertical axis wind turbine shall submit plans and specifications stamped by a registered engineer.
2. Lightning protection. Any vertical axis wind turbine shall have appropriate lightning protection to sufficiently protect all connected and adjacent equipment and structures from damage. The lightning protection system shall effectively discharge lightning energy from the structure to the ground through the application of shielding, lightning arresters and deep earth grounding.
O. Abandonment/removal.
1. Any vertical axis wind turbine which has not been used for a period of 6 months or more shall be declared abandoned. Upon abandonment of the system, the city shall revoke the conditional use and the system shall be removed at the expense of the property owner. The city shall determine that a vertical axis wind turbine has not been used if the following criteria apply:
a. The vertical axis wind turbine has not been operating for a substantial period of time and the owner of the system is unable to provide documentation demonstrating that the system has produced a minimum of 25% of the power output as stated in the system specifications over the past 6 months;
b. The vertical axis wind turbine has fallen into obvious disrepair and/or has been deemed unsafe by the City of Rapid City.
c. The vertical axis wind turbine has become violative of some other local, state or federal law and the owner of the system has not taken appropriate actions to remedy the problem.
2. If deemed appropriate, the city may stipulate through the conditional use that the vertical axis wind turbine shall be removed at the owner’s expense, upon the rezoning of the subject property to a zoning district classification in which the vertical axis wind turbines are not allowed as either a permitted use or conditional use.
A. Purpose and intent. The purpose and intent of this section is to protect the residential character of Rapid City and to provide for supplementary living accommodations in the community. These provisions are intended to support affordable and workforce housing options with reasonable limitations to minimize the impact on neighboring properties and neighborhoods, and to promote the health, safety, and welfare of the property owners and residents of accessory dwelling units.
B. Definition of accessory dwelling unit. A subordinate permanent dwelling which has its own cooking, sleeping, and sanitation facilities and which is:
1. Within or attached to a single-family residential building; or
2. Within a detached accessory structure associated with a single-family dwelling that is smaller than the primary structure, on a permanent foundation, and is not a recreational vehicle.
C. Owner occupied. No accessory dwelling unit shall be created, established, or occupied in a single-family dwelling unless the owner of the property occupies either a portion of the main dwelling or a detached accessory unit on the same single-family lot. For the purpose of this section, the term "owner occupied" shall be defined as full time residency within the home by the bona fide property owner(s) as shown on the Pennington County tax assessment rolls.
D. Zoning districts. An accessory dwelling unit which meets ordinance requirements may be allowed in a single-family dwelling unit or in a detached accessory unit within the Low Density Residential-1, Medium Density Residential, High Density Residential, Low Density Residential-2, or General Agricultural Districts. An accessory dwelling unit which meets ordinance requirements may be allowed only as part of a single-family dwelling unit within the Park Forest District.
E. Number of accessory dwelling units. A maximum of 1 accessory dwelling unit shall be allowed in each owner occupied single-family dwelling or in a detached accessory unit associated with a single-family dwelling.
F. Location. Except as provided in subsections D. and G.4., accessory dwelling units may be located within the main residential dwelling or in a detached accessory unit.
G. Area regulations. Each accessory dwelling unit shall comply with the area regulations for the zoning district in which it is located. In addition, accessory dwelling units shall comply with the following requirements. Any deviation from these regulations will require a variance from the Zoning Board of Adjustment.
1. Detached accessory dwelling units may not be located in the front yard.
2. Lot coverage shall not exceed the maximum lot coverage allowed in the underlying zoning district. A detached accessory dwelling unit shall not cover more than 10% of the lot area.
3. A detached accessory dwelling unit shall be smaller than the footprint of the primary dwelling unit. The footprint of the primary dwelling unit does not include any attached garage.
4. Accessory dwelling units on lots with a lot area of less than 6,500 square feet shall be located within the main structure only and shall not be located in a detached accessory unit.
H. Dwelling unit occupancy. The occupants of an accessory dwelling unit shall be limited to a family as defined in § 17.04.250.
I. Addresses. The principal dwelling unit and the accessory dwelling unit shall have different address numbers.
J. Parking. A single-family dwelling with an accessory dwelling unit shall provide at least 2 off-street parking spaces for the main dwelling unit, and 1 off-street parking spaces for the accessory unit, for a minimum total of 3 off-street parking spaces. All parking shall comply with city ordinances and regulations, including the Infrastructure Design Criteria Manual.
K. Living areas. An accessory dwelling unit must provide living areas for cooking, sleeping and sanitation facilities separate from the principal dwelling unit.
L. City codes. All new construction and remodeling shall comply with all city ordinances, regulations, and requirements, including Title 15 Buildings and Construction and Chapter 8.24 International Fire Code, in effect at the time of construction or remodeling. If applicable, construction and/or remodeling shall comply with the procedures for historic preservation found in § 17.54.080.
M. Not intended for sale or for short term rentals. The accessory dwelling unit shall not be sold or detached by deed and shall only be rented for a term of more than 28 days.
N. Design standards for large units. Detached accessory dwelling units that exceed 500 square feet shall have a residential appearance.
O. Existing accessory dwelling units. Accessory dwelling units constructed prior to December 2, 2019 may register under subsection P. even if they do not meet subsections G., I., and N. Any nonconformities with city regulations will be acknowledged and may not be made worse as a result of a renovation or expansion. Any renovation or expansion must comply with applicable area regulations, ordinances, codes, and design standards that are attributable to that renovation or expansion.
P. Accessory dwelling unit registration. Any person owning an existing accessory dwelling unit that has not previously been registered with the city, or any person constructing or causing the construction of a residence that has an accessory dwelling unit, or any person remodeling or causing the remodeling of a residence for an accessory dwelling unit, shall register the accessory dwelling unit with the Department of Community Development. In order to meet the requirements of the registration, the applicant shall:
1. Submit a fee set by resolution of the Common Council with a completed registration form including a site plan that shows property lines and dimensions, existing buildings and building entrances, proposed buildings or additions, dimensions from buildings or additions to property lines, parking stalls, garbage collection points, utility meters, and utilities (public and private), including water and wastewater services from mains to the building(s) being served;
2. Include floor plans with labels on rooms indicating uses or proposed uses and points of access;
3. Pay building permit fees, if applicable, for the construction of a new dwelling, or the remodeling of an existing dwelling, in accordance with the established fees and charges set by resolution of the Common Council;
4. For existing accessory dwelling units, demonstrate compliance with subsection O. For accessory dwelling units constructed after the adoption of this section, demonstrate compliance with all applicable city ordinances for accessory dwelling units; and
5. Provide additional information as requested by the Director of Community Development.
Q. Denial of registration. City staff shall review registration forms for accessory dwelling units and accompanying information. Accessory dwelling units that are found to meet the standards of this section shall be registered with the Department of Community Development. Staff may refuse to register an accessory dwelling unit which does not meet any one of the requirements found in this section or elsewhere in the code by providing written notice of the denial to the property owner and the basis for the denial.
R. Suspension or revocation of registration. The Director may suspend or revoke any accessory dwelling unit registration based on failure to adhere to applicable regulations or laws. The Director's decision to suspend or revoke may be appealed to the Common Council. A written notice of appeal shall be filed with the Director within 7 working days of the action taken. The Director shall timely notify the registration holder of the date and time of the Council hearing at which the appeal will be heard.
S. Failure to complete registration. If the property owner does not complete the registration as outlined in subsection P., the accessory dwelling unit shall not be considered approved permitted use. Failure to complete the registration of an existing accessory dwelling unit within 2 years of the passing of this section is a violation of the general penalty provision found in § 1.12.010.
T. Home occupations. A home occupation business in an accessory dwelling unit shall be in compliance with § 17.50.350 and shall be restricted to a use which creates no customer traffic.
The regulations contained in this article are necessary to govern the operation of certain transitory or seasonal uses, nonpermanent in nature. Any tent or similar structure used as a temporary use shall be regulated as in the International Fire Code.
A. Areas where temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities may be allowed.
1. Temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities are allowed as a conditional use or as part of a planned commercial development in the general commercial shopping center I and shopping center II zoning districts as an accessory use to an existing legal use.
2. Temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities are only allowed in parking lots with more than 100 off-street parking spaces in accordance with all provisions of Chapter 17.50 of the Rapid City zoning ordinance.
3. Not more than 10% of the off-street parking spaces may be designated and utilized for temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities.
4. All off-street parking spaces designated for use as temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities shall be located a minimum of 600 feet from any property utilized for residential purposes and 300 feet from any property utilized for commercial purposes.
B. Standards for use of temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities.
1. A recreational vehicle may be parked in the temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities on a property for not more than 24 hours and shall be removed from the site for a minimum of 5 days following. In no case shall a recreational vehicle utilize the temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities on a site for more than 7 days in any calendar year.
2. All recreational vehicles shall fully be contained. No connections to electric, wastewater or water facilities shall be allowed. No generators shall be utilized on this site.
3. No dumping of wastewater or gray water shall be allowed on the site.
4. The temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities shall continually be maintained in a litter-free condition.
The following uses are deemed to be temporary uses and shall also be subject to the specific regulations and time limits which follow and to the regulations of any district in which such use is located:
A. Carnival, circus, or tents. Carnival or circus, or tents associated with a carnival, circus or public event that exceeds size requirements in subsections H., I., and J. of this section. In any nonresidential district, a temporary use permit may be issued for a carnival, circus, or tent associated with that use but such permit shall be issued for a period not longer than 14 days. Such a use shall set back from all residential districts a distance of not less than 100 feet.
B. Christmas tree sale. In any district, a temporary use permit may be issued for the display and open-lot sales of Christmas Trees, but such permit shall be issued for a period of time commencing no earlier than November 1 and ending prior to January 10 of the following year.
C. Temporary contractor’s buildings. In any district, a temporary use permit may be issued for a contractor’s temporary office and equipment sheds incidental to a construction project. Such office or shed shall not contain sleeping or cooking accommodations. Such permit shall be valid for the duration of the construction period. Such office or shed shall be removed upon completion of the construction of the structure(s).
D. Real estate sales office. In any district, a temporary use permit may be issued for a temporary real estate sales office in any new subdivision which has been approved in accordance with the regulations of Rapid City. Such office shall contain no sleeping or cooking accommodations. Such permit shall be valid for that specific office only and any change in temporary office structure shall require a new permit. Such permit shall be otherwise valid for 2 years, but may be renewed upon expiration thereof. Such temporary sales office shall be required to maintain a 20-foot clear zone on all sides of the office free from any structure, temporary or permanent.
E. Mobile home sales office. In any district permitting mobile home sales, a temporary use permit may be used for a temporary sales office on such sales area. Such office shall contain no sleeping or cooking accommodations. Such permit shall be valid for that specific office only and any change in temporary office structure shall require a new permit. Such permit shall be otherwise valid for 2 years, but may be renewed upon expiration thereof. Such temporary sales office shall be required to maintain a 20-foot clear zone on all sides of the office free from any structure, temporary or permanent.
F. Temporary trailer parks or campgrounds.
1. In any nonresidential or general agricultural district, a temporary use permit may be issued for a period not to exceed 30 days for a temporary trailer park or campground provided such use is required to serve a special event and the following requirements are met:
a. A minimum area of 1,000 square feet of area per campsite will be provided;
b. Sanitary facilities will be provided at a ratio of 1 toilet for every 10 campsites;
c. Approved dumpsters or trash receptacles for the collection and removal of trash shall be provided;
d. There will be no open fires;
e. Full emergency vehicle access to all portions of the campground or trailer park shall be maintained;
f. One 24-hour security guard shall be provided for every 50 campsites, or fraction thereof, in campgrounds or trailer parks which exceed 25 campsites.
2. For purposes of this subsection, a special event shall be defined as any event occurring within the city, county or a neighboring county which the Common Council recognizes as such by resolution.
3. A permit shall be required whenever a gathering of 15 or more persons for a period exceeding 36 hours is proposed. The permit fee shall equal $75.
4. A campsite shall contain a maximum of 10 persons.
G. Seasonal greenhouse or garden shop. In any nonresidential zoning district, a temporary use permit may be issued for a seasonal greenhouse or garden shop, but such permit shall be issued for a period of not longer than 120 days. Seasonal greenhouses and garden shops are exempt from any maximum floor area requirement. Seasonal greenhouses or garden shops shall conform to the clear sight triangle, setback and parking requirements of subsection I. of this section.
H. Other temporary retail business or structure. In shopping center 1 (SC-1), shopping center 2 (SC-2), general commercial (GC), neighborhood commercial (NC) and central business (CB), and civic center (CC) zoning districts licenses may be issued to the operator of a 14-day temporary business in accordance with the following provisions:
1. Temporary structures may not exceed 200 square feet in floor area nor exceed 15 feet in height.
2. All temporary businesses or structures must provide proof that the requirements of the Rapid City Municipal Code, South Dakota Department of Revenue, South Dakota Department of Health, South Dakota Electrical Code and the South Dakota State Plumbing Code for licensing, plumbing and electrical are being met.
3. An individual temporary use may occupy a property for not more than 14 days and shall vacate the property for a period of 180 days.
4. The fee for a temporary use permit shall be $50. In the case of an event, only 1 temporary use permit shall be required notwithstanding the number of businesses or vendors.
5. All temporary structures shall contain approved toilet facilities or shall have contracted with the owners of permanent toilet facilities within 300 feet for employee access to the facilities. Operations that include prepared foods or beverages shall provide or have contracted for access to approved toilet facilities by customers of the business.
6. All temporary structures and displays shall be located outside of clear sight triangles at streets, alleys and driveways.
7. All temporary structures and displays shall be located outside of the front yard setbacks.
8. All temporary business operators shall provide a minimum of 2 off-street parking spaces. Additional parking may be required upon review by the Director in accordance with § 17.50.270E. of this code. Access to and circulation upon the site shall be subject to review. The temporary use or parking may not occupy an area required for parking for another use.
9. Each temporary business may display 1 sign to advertise the business. The sign shall be in compliance with the Rapid City sign code, except that the sign may be no larger than 8 square feet.
I. Other seasonal retail business or structure. In central business district (CB) and in properties with 25,000 square feet of paved parking zoned shopping center 1 (SC-1) district, shopping center 2 (SC-2) district, or general commercial (GC) district, licenses may be issued to the operator of a seasonal retail business or structure. A seasonal retail business or structure may occupy the property for not more than 120 days in accordance with the following provisions:
1. Seasonal retail structures may not exceed 200 square feet in floor area nor exceed 15 feet in height.
2. All seasonal retail businesses or structures must provide proof that the requirements of the Rapid City Municipal Code, South Dakota Department of Revenue, South Dakota Department of Health, South Dakota Electrical Code and the South Dakota State Plumbing Code for licensing, plumbing and electrical are being met.
3. An individual seasonal retail business shall occupy a property for not more than 120 days and shall vacate the property for a period of 120 days.
4. The fee for an individual seasonal retail business or structure permit shall be $150.
5. All seasonal retail businesses or structures shall contain approved toilet facilities or shall have contracted with the owners of permanent toilet facilities within 300 feet for employee access to the facilities. Operations that include prepared food or beverages shall provide or have contracted for access to approved toilet facilities by customers of the business.
6. All seasonal retail structures and displays shall be located outside of clear sight triangles at streets, alleys and driveways.
7. All seasonal retail structures and displays shall be located outside of the front yard setbacks.
8. All seasonal retail business or structure operators shall provide a minimum of 2 off- street parking spaces. Additional parking may be required upon review by the Director in accordance with § 17.50.270E. of this code. Access to and circulation upon the site shall be subject to review. The seasonal retail business or structure or parking may not occupy an area required for parking for another use.
9. Each seasonal retail business or structure may display 1 sign to advertise the business. The sign shall be in compliance with the Rapid City sign code, except that the sign may be no larger than 8 square feet.
J. Other continuous retail business or structure. In central business district (CB) and in properties with 25,000 square feet of paved parking zoned shopping center 1 (SC-1) district, shopping center 2 (SC-2) district, or general commercial (GC) district, licenses may be issued to the operator of a year-round retail business or structure not able to meet the current building codes, as adopted by the City of Rapid City. A continuous retail business or structure may occupy a property in accordance with the following provisions:
1. Structures may not exceed 200 square feet in floor area nor exceed 15 feet in height.
2. All continuous retail businesses or structures must provide proof that the requirements of the South Dakota Department of Revenue, South Dakota Department of Health, South Dakota Electrical Code and the South Dakota State Plumbing Code for licensing, plumbing and electrical are being met.
3. The fee for a continuous retail business or structure permit shall be $250.
4. All continuous retail businesses or structures shall contain approved toilet facilities or shall have contracted with the owners of permanent toilet facilities within 300 feet for employee access to the facilities. Operations that include prepared food or beverages shall provide or have contracted for access to approved toilet facilities by customers of the business.
5. All continuous retail structures and displays shall be located outside of clear sight triangles at streets, alleys and driveways.
6. All continuous retail businesses shall be located outside of the front yard setback.
7. All continuous retail structures shall be anchored to safeguard against movement from high winds or floodwaters in accordance with plans prepared by a professional engineer and approved by the city building official.
8. All continuous retail business or structure operators shall provide a minimum of 2 off-street parking spaces. Additional parking may be required upon review by the Director in accordance with § 17.50.270E. of this code. Access to and circulation upon the site shall be subject to review. The continuous retail business or structure or parking may not occupy an area required for parking for another use.
9. Each continuous retail business or structure may display 1 sign to advertise the business. The sign shall be in compliance with the Rapid City sign code, except that the sign may be no larger than 8 square feet.
10. A continuous retail business shall be valid for a period of 2 years. At the conclusion of the second year of operation the continuous retail business shall either come into full compliance with the current building codes adopted by the City of Rapid City or cease operation and vacate the property.
K. Farmer's market. A farmer’s market, as defined in § 17.04.263, may be conducted in any nonresidential zoning district subject to such conditions and limitations as the Council may direct in designating such farmer’s market as a community activity.
L. Temporary uses in public parks in all zoning districts. Temporary uses in public parks may be public or private events that may be held for a period not to exceed 14 days. A special event permit shall be obtained from the Parks Department.
M. Temporary uses in flood hazard zoning district. Temporary uses located in the flood hazard zoning district may be held for a period not to exceed 14 days following the approval of a conditional use permit and a flood plain development permit from the Public Works Department. A conditional use permit may be approved for a complete master plan of an identified property.
N. Temporary community activities in the public right-of-way in all zoning districts. Temporary community activities located in the public rights-of- way may be held for a period not to exceed 3 days after obtaining a permit from the Police Department in accordance with Chapter 12.28 of this code.
Application for a temporary use permit shall be made to the Building Inspector and shall contain the following information:
A. A survey or legal description of the property to be used, rented or leased for a temporary use, including all information necessary to accurately portray the property;
B. A description of the proposed use; and
C. Sufficient information to determine the yard requirements, setbacks, sanitary facilities and availability of parking space to service the proposed use.
The following requirements are intended to provide exceptions or qualify and supplement, as the case may be, the specific district regulations set forth in Chapters 17.08 through 17.48 and Chapters 17.56 through 17.66 of this code:
A. No yard, open space or lot area required for a building or structure shall, during its life, be occupied by any other building or structure except:
1. Awnings and canopies, as provided for in the current building codes adopted by the City of Rapid City;
2. Bay windows and chimneys, not to exceed 2 feet;
3. Driveways, curbs, sidewalks and steps, provided, however, steps or stairs to a dwelling, non-enclosed, not to exceed 6 feet;
4. Fences, walls and hedges, subject to the regulations as set forth in this section;
5. Flagpoles;
6. Garbage disposal equipment, nonpermanent;
7. Landscape features, planting boxes and recreational equipment;
8. Overhanging roof, eave, gutter, cornice or other architectural feature, not to exceed 3 feet. Open fire escapes may extend into any required yard not more than 6 feet;
9. Parking space subject to the regulations set forth in § 17.50.270;
10. Signs, subject to the regulations set forth in §§ 17.50.080 through 17.50.100;
11. Terraces (open) and porches (nonenclosed) not to exceed 6 feet;
12. Trees, shrubs, flowers and other plants subject to the vision requirements in this section.
B. The following regulations provide for the maximum safety of persons using sidewalks and streets, and for the maximum enjoyment of the use of property:
1. No object may intrude into the sight triangle as provided in § 17.50.335.
2. In any required front yard, except as provided in subsection B.1. of this section, no fence, wall, hedge or yard ornament shall be permitted which materially impedes vision across such yard above the height of 3½ feet.
C. The purpose here is to clarify certain conditions pertaining to the use of lots and access points.
1. Residential districts. In residential districts, if 25% or more of the lots on 1 side of the street between 2 intersecting streets are improved with buildings all of which have observed an average setback line of greater than 25 feet, and no building varies more than 5 feet from this average setback line, then no building shall be erected closer to the street line than the minimum setback so established by the existing buildings; but, this regulation shall not require a front yard of a greater depth than 50 feet.
2. Frontage on more than 1 street. Lots having frontage on more than 1 street shall provide the required front yards along those streets.
3. Division of a lot. No recorded lot shall be divided into 2 or more lots unless such division results in the creation of lots each of which conforms to all of the applicable regulations of the district in which the property is located. No reduction in the size of a recorded lot below the minimum requirements of this title shall be permitted.
4. Dwellings on small lots. Where there are existing recorded lots which do not meet the minimum lot area requirement, single-family dwellings may be constructed as long as a side yard shall be not less than 4 feet and the sum of the side yards shall be not less than 12 feet and as long as all other requirements, except lot size, are met.
5. Principal uses without buildings. Where a permitted use of land involves no structures, such use, excluding agricultural uses, shall nonetheless comply with all yards and minimum lot area requirements applicable to the district in which located, as well as obtain any other license or permit applicable to that particular use.
6. Dwelling not abutting. No dwelling shall be erected on a lot which does not abut on at least 1 street for at least 25 feet. A street shall form the direct and primary means of ingress and egress for all dwelling units. Alleys, where they exist, shall form only a secondary means of ingress and egress.
7. Garages. An attached garage which faces on a street shall not be located closer than 25 feet to the street right-of-way line. A detached private garage which faces on a street shall not be located closer than 35 feet to the street right-of-way line.
8. Accessory buildings. Accessory buildings shall not be located closer than 35 feet from the street right-of-way line.
9. Provisions for wheelchair ramps. The Director may authorize an exception to allow a wheelchair ramp within a required setback in compliance with the following criteria:
a. The applicant has submitted a letter from a licensed physician specifying that the wheelchair ramp is necessary to accommodate a resident of the property;
b. The wheelchair ramp shall be designed so as to encroach into the required setback the minimum distance feasible;
c. The wheelchair ramp shall not encroach into any recorded easement or into public right-of-way;
d. The encroachment into the required setback shall be removed when the individual requiring the wheelchair ramp no longer resides on the property or the wheelchair ramp is no longer required; and
e. The wheelchair ramp shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
The following requirements are intended to provide exceptions or qualify and supplement, as the case may be, the specific district regulations set forth in Chapters 17.08 through 17.48 of this code:
A. In measuring heights, a habitable basement or attic shall be counted as half a story;
B. The following structures or parts thereof are exempt from the height limitations set forth in the zoning districts:
1. Agricultural buildings: barn, silo, windmill, but not including dwellings;
2. Chimneys, smokestacks, penthouse, spires, flagpoles, ventilators, skylights, derricks, conveyors, and cooling towers;
3. Radio and television antennas and towers, observation towers, power transmission towers and cellular communication towers;
4. Water tanks and standpipes; and
5. Other similar and necessary mechanical appurtenances pertaining to and necessary to the permitted uses of the districts in which they are located; provided that they are not used for human occupancy;
C. Churches, schools, hospitals, sanatoriums, and other public and semipublic buildings may exceed the height limitations of the district if the minimum depth of the front, side and rear yards required in the district is increased 1 foot for each 2 feet by which the height of the public or semipublic structure exceeds the prescribed height limit.
A. Duty to provide and maintain off-street parking spaces.
1. It is the duty of the owner or occupant of any real property outside the central business district (CBD), jointly and severally, to provide off-street parking in accordance with the standards established by this chapter. However, any parking that is optionally provided in the central business district must comply with subsection H., Parking for Persons with Disabilities, of this section. In the urban commercial zoning district, parking shall be provided pursuant to § 17.66.060. The regulations in this chapter shall apply to parking in the urban commercial district only when not in conflict with § 17.66.060.
2. Every building, or portion of building hereafter erected, and every initiation or expansion of use involving an existing building, shall be provided with permanently maintained parking space as provided in this chapter.
3. Prior to the issuance of a building permit for a multilevel parking facility, a planned commercial development (PCD) or planned light industrial development (PLID) shall be approved. As a part of the planned development review, pursuant to §§ 17.50.100 and 17.50.105 of this code, the Rapid City Planning Commission or Rapid City Common Council may impose specific design or compatibility standards.
B. Initiation and expansion of use. Every building, structure or use with parking facilities which does not conform to the requirements of this title shall conform with the provisions of this section when a use is initiated or expanded.
1. A use is initiated when:
a. A building or structure is erected;
b. An existing property, structure, or portion thereof, changes from one Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) 2-digit code classification to another; or
c. An existing property, structure or portion thereof, other than a single-family or duplex structure, is occupied after an intervening vacancy of at least 1 year.
2. A use is expanded when:
a. An existing building or structure is enlarged by 20% or more with respect to square feet of gross floor area (SFGFA);
b. An existing building or structure is modified internally to accommodate an increased occupant load of 20% or more, as determined by the current building codes adopted by the City of Rapid City;
c. A use is expanded by 20% or more as measured by area, employees, rooms, seats, dwelling units or occupants; or
d. A garage or carport is added to the structure.
C. Permit required. A building permit is required for the construction or development of an off-street parking facility.
D. Minimum required off-street parking spaces. The minimum number of off-street parking spaces shall be determined in accordance with the following table of parking spaces required:
Table 17.50.270(D). TABLE OF PARKING SPACES REQUIREDa
(SFGFA-Square Feet Gross Floor Area)e
Land Use Building Type | Parking Spaces Required |
|---|---|
Assembly/banquet hall | 25.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Auto repair with gas sales | 13.00 per 1,000 SFGFAf |
Auto repair without gas sales | 10.00 per 1,000 SFGFAf |
Auto sales, new or used | 3.00 per 1,000 SFGFAb |
Auto towing, body repair and painting | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFAf |
Bank/savings and loan office | 4.30 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Bank/savings and loan | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
(With drive-up teller) | plus 03.00 per drive-through laned |
Carpet store | 2.60 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Child care: | |
-Day care center | 1.00 per full-time equivalent staff plus .1 per child and unloading zonec |
-Family child care | 1.00 per nonresident full-time equivalent staff |
Church/synagogue | 0.25 per each seat or 18" of linear bench |
Cleaners, retail | 1.66 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Cocktail lounge/nightclub/tavern/bar | 10.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Convenience store with gas sales | 11.50 per 1,000 SFGFAd |
Convenience store without gas sales | 7.50 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Discount store | 4.45 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Drive-through (specialty, film ATM, carwash) | 3.00 per drive through laned |
Funeral home | 7.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Furniture store | 2.60 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Hardware store/home center | 3.20 per 1,000 SFGFA |
High technology industrial production facilities | 1.05 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Hospital | 2.00 per bed |
Hotel/motel | 1.00 per room |
Industrial structures: | |
-Less than 100,000 SFGFA | 2.10 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-100,000 to 199,000 SFGFA | 1.75 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-200,000 to 399,000 SFGFA | 1.60 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-400,000 to 499,000 SFGFA | 1.80 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-500,000 and greater SFGFA | 2.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Laundromat | 5.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Library | 2.20 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Liquor store (off sale) | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Lumberyard/mart | 1.60 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Manufacturing | 2.10 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Manufacturing, jewelry | 10.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Medical clinic office | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Mobile home sales, new or used | 5.00 per site |
Museum | 3.30 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Nursing home | 0.50 per room |
Office | 5.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Office, undivided common work area | 8.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Pawnshop | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Public utility/sewage treatment | 1.00 per site |
Recreational: | |
-Bowling alley | 5.50 per lane |
-Miniature golf | 2.00 per hole |
-Recreation center | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-Recreation fad | 20.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-Roller/ice skating rink | 5.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-Sports club/health spa | 7.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-Sports stadium, auditorium | 0.33 per seat or 18" linear bench |
-Swimming club, pool | 1.00 per 150 square feet water area |
-Tennis/racquet club | 0.40 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Residential uses: | |
-Assisted living center room | 0.33 per unit |
-Assisted living center suite | 0.50 per unit |
-Condominium | 2.00 per dwelling unit |
-Dormitory | 1.00 per sleeping room |
-Elderly housing | 0.50 per dwelling unit |
-Fraternity/sorority | 1.00 per member at maximum occupant load |
-Mobile home park | 2.00 per unit |
-Multi-family dwelling | 1.50 per dwelling unit |
-Single-family/duplex/townhouse | 2.00 per dwelling unit |
-Skilled nursing home | 0.25 per unit plus 1 per shift employee |
Restaurant, drive-in | 11.00 per 1,000 SFGFA plus 01.00 per serving stall |
Restaurant, fast food | 11.00 per 1,000 SFGFA plus 07.00 per drive-through laned |
Restaurant, table service | 11.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Retail sales/service | 5.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Schools: | |
-Preschool | 1.40 per employee/staff |
-Grade school | 1.40 per employee/staff |
-Middle school | 1.00 per employee/staff, plus 00.04 per student capacity |
-Senior high schools | 1.00 per employee/staff plus 00.33 per student capacity |
-Junior/community/tech college or university | 0.50 per student capacity |
Shopping center I and shopping center II | 4.50 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Supermarket | 5.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Theaters | 1.00 per 4 fixed seats |
Tire sales and service facility | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFA, service bays shall count as a parking space |
Used or secondhand sales | 3.00 per 1,000 SF of display/storage area including outside display |
Warehousing | 0.25 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Warehousing, ministorage | 30 feet of circulation aisle width immediately adjacent to area of building(s) with controlled access stalls or locker. |
NOTES TO TABLE:
a–Numbers include spaces required for employee and staff parking.
b–Parking spaces used for customer and employee parking exclusive of automobile display area.
c–Passenger unloading zones shall not conflict with parking stalls or aisles and shall have adequate ingress and egress.
d–Stacking in drive-through lanes shall count as 1 space per 23 linear feet of striped stacking lane. Service windows or bays shall not be counted as stacking.
e–Square footage shall be the total square footage of the combined usable floors as measured by outside building dimensions.
f–Automotive repair business indoor and outdoor vehicle storage or repair areas that are not accessible to the public are exempt from the aisle width and access requirements of this chapter. Proposed vehicle storage or repair areas must be designated on the lot site plan and building floor plan.
E. Parking requirements for uses not specified.
1. Where the parking requirements for a use are not specifically defined herein, the parking requirements for such use shall be determined by the Director. Such determination shall be based upon Parking Generation published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE).
2. Where new construction is proposed in a commercial or industrial district, but no definite use is specified, parking requirements shall be calculated as follows:
a. Commercial district: 5 parking spaces per 1,000 square feet gross floor area;
b. Industrial district: 1- 3/4 parking spaces per 1,000 square feet gross floor area.
3. When a use is to be initiated or changed in any vacant or occupied building or portion thereof the parking required for the combined uses shall be reviewed by the Department, based upon this title and Parking Generation published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE). The determination of the Department shall establish the total number of parking spaces required.
F. General requirements. The following general requirements shall apply to all parking spaces and areas:
1. Size and access. Each off-street parking space shall be rectangular, and not less than 9 feet in width and 18 feet in length regardless of the angle of parking. Each commercial or multiple-family parking space shall be served by an aisle which meets or exceeds the standards set forth in these regulations. When curbs or curb stops are employed, up to 2 feet of the stall length may overhang the curb. Stalls may overhang sidewalks provided 4-foot wide usable sidewalks are retained and public rights-of-way are not encroached upon.
2. Aisle length. Parking lot aisles of over 150 feet in length shall have either an approved method of emergency vehicle egress deemed acceptable by the Rapid City Fire Marshal or a turnaround which will accommodate a 30-foot vehicle with a 42-foot turning radius.
Table 17.50.270F.2. REQUIRED MINIMUM OFF-STREET PARKING DIMENSIONS
Parking Angle (Degrees) | Stall Length | Stall Width | Aisle Width (1-way) | Aisle Width (2-way) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
90º | 18' | 9' | 26' | 26' |
60º | 18' | 9' | 18' | 20' |
45º | 18' | 9' | 12' | 20' |
30º | 18' | 9' | 10' | 20' |
0º (parallel) | 22' | 9' | 10' | 20' |
NOTE TO TABLE:
Exception: Ninety-degree parking immediately off an alley requires 10 feet by 20 feet stalls and the aisle width of 20 feet being provided by the alley.
3. Locations.
a. Off-street parking facilities shall be located outside the public right-of- way and as hereinafter specified.
b. Parking facilities shall either be provided on the same parcel as the use it is to serve or within 300 feet from the building’s primary entrance or use it is to serve, using established sidewalks and crossings. Such distance shall be the walking distance measured from the nearest point of the parking facility to the building’s primary entrance that such facility is required to serve.
4. Clear sight triangles. Parking spaces and areas shall not be allowed which would obstruct the required sight triangle as provided in § 17.50.335 when such parking space or area is being occupied.
5. Mixed occupancies in a building. In the case of mixed uses in a building or on a lot, the total requirements for off-street parking facilities shall be the sum of the requirements for the various uses computed separately. Off-street parking facilities for 1 use shall not be considered as providing required parking facilities for any other use except as hereinafter specified for shared use.
6. Shared parking facilities.
a. Upon application by the owner or lessee of any property and after staff review of the application, the Director may authorize the shared use of parking facilities under the conditions specified in this section:
1) Not more than 50% of the parking facilities required by this title will be provided by the shared parking facility;
2) No substantial conflict in the operating hours of the buildings or uses for which the shared use of the parking facility is proposed will occur;
3) The building or use utilizing the shared parking facilities is located within 300 feet of such parking facility using established sidewalks and crosswalks where available.
b. Parking using shared off-street parking facilities shall evidence agreement for such shared use by a proper legal instrument approved by the City Attorney as to form and content. Copies of such instrument, when approved as conforming to the provisions of this section, shall be filed with the Department.
G. Use and maintenance of off-street parking area. Off-street parking space shall be maintained in accordance with the following specifications:
1. Entrances and exits.
a. Driveways and curb cuts for ingress and egress shall be built in accordance with the Engineering Division’s curb cut policy and as approved by the City Engineer or his or her designee and in accordance with the city’s off-street parking requirements. Entrances and exits shall in no case be less than 10 feet nor more than 40 feet in width or 14 feet in vertical clearance.
b. Unpaved access to parking facilities is not permitted except for single-family and duplex uses. All commercial and industrial uses intending to utilize an unimproved access for parking facilities shall bear the cost of paving the access way to city minimum construction standards. This requirement is subject to waiver by Common Council only in cases where paving continuity would not be achieved and gravel segments would remain.
2. Circulation. Circulation within a parking area shall be such that a vehicle entering the parking area need not enter a public right-of-way to reach another aisle and that a vehicle need not enter a public right-of-way backwards. This provision shall not apply to off-street parking required for 1- or 2-family dwelling units.
3. Surfacing. Off-street parking areas shall be paved and maintained so as to eliminate dust or mud. Paved parking facilities shall comply with standards established in Ordinance 1976, as approved by the Common Council on October 9, 1980, as administered by the City Engineer, and on file in the Finance Office.
4. Dust palliative. All commercial, light industrial and heavy industrial uses which involve outdoor storage shall apply a dust palliative approved by the City Engineer to all unpaved areas utilized for storage. An approved dust palliative shall be applied annually or as directed by the Engineering Division. Vehicle or equipment maneuvering areas and approaches to permanent loading docks shall be paved as set forth in Minimum Standards for Construction of Parking Lots, June 16, 1980.
5. Drainage. Off-street parking areas shall be graded and drained as to dispose of all surface water with drainage directed toward curb cuts when possible. Parking facilities may be designed to function as metered stormwater detention facilities, when in connection with a master drainage plan and as approved by the City Engineering Division.
6. Markings. Except for 1- and 2-family uses, all parking facilities shall be marked with striping paint as shown on the approved building permit. Aisles, approach lanes, stalls, handicapped stalls and designated no parking areas shall be clearly marked with direction arrows, lines and symbols to assure the safe and efficient movement of vehicles. CLEARLY MARKED is defined as displaying a visibly-defined edge. Whenever parking lots are re-striped, any parking facility which does not meet the standards set forth in subsections H.4. through H.6. of this section shall be made to comply with subsections H.4. through H.6. of this section involving parking for persons with disabilities.
7. Border, barricades, screening and landscaping. Off-street parking areas shall conform to the regulations set forth in the landscape ordinance, § 17.50.300. Tree planting in the right-of-way is permitted as provided in § 12.32.080 of this code, landscape requirements.
a. Every parking area that abuts a public or private sidewalk, public right-of-way, or building entrance or exit shall be provided with a wheel guard or curbs not less than 6 inches in height which shall be securely installed and maintained.
b. Every multiple-family or commercial parking area on a lot that abuts a single-family residential lot along a side lot line shall be set back a distance of not less than 12 feet. Not less than 50% of the required landscaping for the subject lot shall be placed within the parking lot or within 20 feet of the parking lot.
c. Every parking area on a lot which abuts the rear lot line of a lot within single-family residential district shall be set back a distance of not less than 15 feet. Fifty percent or more of the required landscaping for the subject lot shall be located in the parking lot or within 20 feet of the parking lot.
d. Landscaping proposed to be located in the right-of-way between the property line and the street section may be applied to the requirements of the landscape ordinance in an amount not to exceed 25% of the total landscaping points required as determined pursuant to the formula in the landscape ordinance.
8. Lighting. All parking areas except single-family residential shall be provided with lighting when evening usage is anticipated. The lighting shall be arranged so as to provide security and to reflect light toward the parking area.
9. Bond for completion. When the required off-street parking area cannot be paved at the time of issuance of the certificate of occupancy, the Chief Building Official shall require a surety in an amount equal to the estimated cost of paving and improvements which will provide for and secure through an improvements agreement the paving completion within 1 paving season. All bonds and other methods of guarantee shall be approved by the City Attorney.
H. Parking for persons with disabilities.
1. Provision of parking. In addition to the general requirements for parking provided for under subsection G. of this section, accessible parking facilities for persons with disabilities shall be provided in accordance with this subsection. Accessible parking for a particular building must be located on the shortest accessible route of travel from adjacent parking to an accessible entrance. If there are multiple accessible entrances to the building, the accessible spaces must be dispersed and located closest to the accessible entrances. For parking facilities which do not serve a specific use or building, the accessible parking shall be located on the shortest accessible route to the nearest accessible pedestrian entrance to the parking facility. Accessible spaces may be provided off-site in accordance with this chapter as long as accessibility is not jeopardized.
2. Accessible route. A minimum of 1 accessible route meeting the requirements of this section must be provided between the building’s accessible entrance and the accessible parking spaces, passenger loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks. An accessible route shall meet the following requirements:
a. To the maximum extent feasible, it shall coincide with the route for the general public;
b. It shall have a minimum clear width of 36 inches. If an obstruction turnaround is required then the minimum clear width must be provided as shown in Figures H.2(b)-1 and H.2(b)-2 of the technical drawings on file in the Department;
c. Passing spaces are required if the accessible route is less than 60 inches wide. Passing spaces shall be at least 60 inches by 60 inches and spaced at no more than 200-foot intervals. A T-intersection of 2 walks is an acceptable passing space (see Figure H.2(c)-1 of the technical drawings on file in the Department);
d. A minimum of 80 inches of vertical headroom along the route must be provided. If less than 80 inches of vertical headroom exists in any area adjoining the accessible route, then barriers must be provided to warn blind or visually- impaired individuals (see Figures H.2(d)-1, and H.2(d)-2 of the technical drawings on file in the Department);
e. The ground surface of the accessible route shall be stable, firm and slip resistant. The accessible route may not include stairs, steps, or escalators. Changes in level of less than 1/4- inch do not require edge treatment. Changes in level between 1/4- and 1/2-inch shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2. Changes in level greater than 1/2-inch shall require a ramp at least 36 inches wide and complying with all other ramp requirements (subsection H.3. of this section). Surface treatments involving carpeting or grating must meet specific ADA requirements;
f. An accessible route with a running slope of greater than 1:20 is a ramp and shall have a maximum slope of 1:12 and a minimum width of 36 inches and shall comply with all other ramp requirements (subsection H.3. of this section). Nowhere along the accessible route shall the cross slope exceed 1:50;
g. Curb ramps must be provided wherever an accessible route crosses a curb. Slope of curb ramps must be the least possible with a maximum slope for new construction of 1:12 and a maximum rise for any run of 30 inches. Curb ramps and exterior ramps to be constructed in areas which preclude the use of a 1:12 slope may have reduced slopes and rises as follows: (a) a slope between 1:10 and 1:12 is allowed for a maximum rise of 6 inches; and (b) a slope between 1:8 and 1:10 is allowed for a maximum rise of 3 inches. A slope steeper than 1:8 is not allowed (see Figures H.2(g)-1 through H.2(g)-4 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). The minimum clear width of a ramp shall be 36 inches. Ramps shall have level landings at the top and bottom of each ramp and each ramp run. These landings shall: (a) be twice as wide as the ramp run leading to it; (b) landing length shall be at least 60 inches clear; (c) if ramps change directions then the landing size shall be 60 by 60 inches; (d) if a doorway is located at a landing then the area in front of the doorway shall comply with 4.13.6 of ADA. Handrails shall be provided in compliance with 4.8.5 of ADA if a ramp run has a rise greater than 6 inches or a horizontal projection greater than 72 inches.
3. Ramps. The least possible slope shall be used for any ramp. The maximum rise for any run shall be 30 inches. The maximum slope for any new ramp shall be 1:12 unless otherwise allowed by this code. Curb ramps and other exterior ramps constructed in areas where space limitations prevent a 1:12 slope may have slopes and rises as follows: (a) a slope between 1:10 and 1:12 is allowed for a maximum rise of 6 inches; (b) a slope between 1:8 and 1:10 is allowed for a maximum rise of 3 inches. No slope steeper than 1:8 is allowed. The minimum clear width of a ramp shall be 36 inches. Ramps shall have level landings at the top and bottom of each ramp and each ramp run. These landings shall: (a) be twice as wide as the ramp run leading to it; (b) landing length shall be at least 60 inches clear; (c) if ramps change directions then the landing size shall be 60 by 60 inches; (d) if a doorway is located at a landing, the area in front of the doorway shall comply with 4.15.6 of ADA. Handrails shall be provided in compliance with 4.8.5 of ADA if a ramp run has a rise greater than 6 inches or a horizontal projection greater than 72 inches.
4. Spaces required.
a. The following number of off-street parking spaces, based on the total required parking, are to be reserved for exclusive use by persons with disabilities. One in every 8 accessible spaces but always at least 1 space must be van accessible. Parking spaces for persons with disabilities may be counted toward the total number of parking spaces required for the use.
REQUIRED NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE SPACES
Total Parking in Lot | Required Minimum # of Accessible Spaces |
|---|---|
1 to 25 | 1 |
26 to 50 | 2 |
51 to 75 | 3 |
76 to 100 | 4 |
101 to 150 | 5 |
151 to 200 | 6 |
201 to 300 | 7 |
301 to 400 | 8 |
401 to 500 | 9 |
501 to 1,000 | 2% of total spaces |
1,001 and over | 20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1,000 |
Notes:
1.The required number of accessible spaces for out-patient medical facilities shall be 10% of the total number of parking spaces.
2.The required number of accessible spaces for facilities that specialize in treatment or services for persons with mobility impairments shall be 20% of the total number of parking spaces.
5. Signage. Accessible parking spaces shall be designated as reserved by a sign showing the symbol of accessibility (see Figure H.5-1 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). Van accessible parking shall include this symbol of accessibility sign plus an additional van-accessible sign mounted below the symbol of accessibility sign. (see Figure H.5-2 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). Such signs must be located so they cannot be obscured by a vehicle parked in the space and so they are visible from the driver’s seat of the vehicle parked in the space. Such signs must be located on a permanent supporting post or on an adjacent wall.
6. Parking spaces.
a. Accessible parking spaces. Accessible parking spaces must be a minimum of 96 inches in width. Parking access aisles shall be part of an accessible route to the building or facility entrance. Two accessible parking spaces may share a common access aisle. Parking spaces may not exceed a 1:50 slope in all directions. Accessible parking spaces may be angled as long as all other requirements specified in this section are met (see Figure H.6a-1 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). Access aisles adjacent to accessible spaces shall be a minimum of 60 inches in width. The spaces shall be 18 feet in length.
b. Van-accessible parking spaces. Van-accessible spaces shall be a minimum of 96 inches wide and 18 feet in length, and shall be served by an access aisle a minimum of 96 inches wide. The access aisle for a van-accessible space must be located on the driver’s right-hand side of the van as it would be parked in the space. The minimum vertical clearance for van-accessible spaces and vehicle routes between van-accessible spaces and the site entrance/exit shall be 98 inches. A sign alerting van users to the presence of the wider aisle is required, but the space is not restricted to vans. Parking spaces may not exceed a 1:50 slope in all directions. Van-accessible parking spaces may be angled as long as all other requirements specified in this section are met (see figure H.6b-2 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). A van-accessible space and an accessible space may share an access aisle as long as that aisle is at least 96 inches wide.
c. Parking access aisles. Parking access aisles must be part of the accessible route to the building and must comply with the accessible route requirements (subsection H.2. of this section). Vehicle overhang may not reduce the required width of an accessible route.
d. Universal parking. An alternative to the provision of separate van-accessible spaces is the provision of universal parking. Universal parking spaces shall be 132 inches wide, with a 60- inch-wide access aisle. These stalls do not have to be signed separately for van-accessibility, but do need to meet signage requirements set forth in subsection H.5. of this section.
7. Protruding objects. Objects projecting from walls, with their leading edges between 27 inches and 80 inches above the finished floor, shall protrude no more than 4 inches into walks, passageways or aisles (see Figure H.7-1 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). Objects mounted with their leading edges at or below 27 inches above the finished floor may protrude any amount (see Figures H.2d-1 and H.7-1 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). Freestanding objects mounted on posts or pylons may overhang a maximum of 12 inches, from 27 inches to 80 inches above the ground or finished floor. Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route or maneuvering space (see Figure H.7-2 of the technical drawings on file in the Department).
8. Passenger loading zones. Passenger loading zones shall provide an access aisle at least 60 inches wide and 20 feet long, adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space. If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, then a curb ramp complying with subsection H.3. of this section shall be provided. Vehicle standing spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes, not exceeding 1:50 (2%) in all directions. Any loading zone must maintain a minimum of 114 inches of vertical headroom. This 114-inch clearance is also required along at least 1 vehicle route from the passenger loading zone to the site entrance and exit. For purposes of this chapter, valet parking areas shall meet the same requirements as passenger loading zones.
9. Addition of accessible parking in existing parking lot. Whenever a parking facility, which does not meet the requirements of subsections H.4., H.5. or H.6. of this section, is re-striped, or when existing parking markings are to be repainted, such parking markings shall be altered to conform to the requirements of subsections H.4., H.5. or H.6. of this section. If the entity providing the parking facility is required to eliminate 1 or more parking spaces to comply with this provision, such elimination shall be permitted without requiring a variance to the parking requirements.
a. This provision shall apply only to parking facilities providing for 4 or more parking stalls.
b. Nothing in this section shall be construed to require the reconstructions of any parking lot to achieve the requisite slope required in the construction of a new parking facility.
I. Residential requirements. New single-family residential off-street parking shall consist of a driveway, garage, or combination thereof. The parking areas shall be paved to accommodate at least 2 off-street parking spaces of 9 feet by 18 feet each. The hard surface improvements on driveways must begin at the street or curb line, and either extend to the garage or parking slab or a minimum of 50 feet. All portions of the required paving for parking shall be outside of the public right-of-way.
A. For any vehicle or trailer that is used principally for commercial purposes, it is unlawful for any person to store or park more than one such vehicle or trailer outside of a fully enclosed garage on any lot in a residential zoning district or in any right-of-way in a residential zoning district.
B.
1. Unless the vehicle or trailer is parked or stored in a fully enclosed garage, it is unlawful for any person to store or park a vehicle or trailer on any lot in a residential zoning district or in any right-of-way in a residential zoning district that exceeds any of the following:
a. A gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 12,000 lbs. or more for a vehicle;
b. A gross trailer weight rating (GTWR) over 5,000 lbs. for a trailer;
c. A height of 10 feet from top to bottom; or
d. A length of 22 feet from front to back.
2. The restrictions in subsection B. shall not apply to recreational vehicles. For purposes of this section, a RECREATIONAL VEHICLE is defined as a motor vehicle or trailer, including a motorhome, campervan, travel trailer, camper trailer, popup camper, or truck camper, designed primarily for use as temporary living quarters for recreational, camping, travel, or seasonal use.
3. For the purposes of the measurement of vehicle or trailer dimensions, the height of a vehicle or trailer shall be the vertical distance between the lowest part of the tires of the measured vehicle or trailer to the top of the highest part of the vehicle or trailer. The length of a vehicle or trailer shall be the horizontal distance between the front edge of the vehicle or trailer to the rear edge of the vehicle or trailer. For purposes of these measurements, accessories, attachments and materials fixed or carried upon such vehicle or trailer, including boats, shall be considered part of the vehicle or trailer, with the exception of aerial antennas and wakeboard towers. For purposes of this section, a WAKEBOARD TOWER is defined as a tower designed to elevate the pulling position of an attached rope, allowing a rider utilizing the rope to launch and stay in the air longer reducing the pull downwards. A wakeboard tower includes accessories, such as racks, speakers, lights, and mirrors, attached to the tower.
C. It is unlawful for any person to store or park a commercial vehicle or trailer used for hauling explosives, gasoline, liquefied petroleum products, toxic or hazardous materials in a residential zoning district, on any lot that is adjacent to a residential zoning district, or in any right-of-way that is adjacent to a residential zoning district, unless the vehicle or trailer is temporarily parked for the purpose of unloading or dispensing.
D.
1. Up to five vehicles and/or trailers may be temporarily parked in a residential zoning district in conjunction with provision of service to a lot in a residential zoning district pursuant to one of the following situations:
a. For construction activities that do not require a building permit where the construction activities are 14 calendar days or less;
b. Where a building permit has been issued, for construction activities but no longer than 180 days after the building permit is first issued;
c. For delivery services, including mail, parcel, furniture, and appliance delivery;
d. For vehicle towing services;
e. For landscaping services, including tree trimming or removal services, where the services are seven calendar days or less;
f. For household moving services, where the services are seven calendar days or less; and
g. For emergency services.
2. If no more than five vehicles and/or trailers are temporarily parked in a residential zoning district in conjunction with provision of service to a lot in a residential zoning district pursuant to one of the situations in subsections D.1.a. through D.1.g., then the provisions in subsections A. through C. of § 17.50.280 are not applicable to those vehicles and/or trailers that are temporarily parked.
E. It is unlawful for any person to store or park a vehicle or trailer in any right-of-way that does not have affixed thereto an unexpired license plate.
F. It is unlawful for any person to store or park a vehicle or trailer in violation of any other section of this Municipal Code. The storage and parking of any vehicle or trailer must also be in compliance with all other sections of this Municipal Code.
G. It is unlawful for any person to store or park a vehicle or trailer in the boulevard, across a sidewalk, or within the required sight triangle as provided in § 17.50.335.
H. It is unlawful for any person to store or park a recreational vehicle or trailer in an off-street parking stall that is required by this Municipal Code to be a parking stall for a passenger vehicle.
I. For any lot occupied by a dwelling or any lot in a residential or commercial zoning district, it is unlawful for any person to store or park a vehicle or trailer on the lot if the vehicle or trailer, when combined with the principal and accessory buildings, occupies more of the lot than allowed for under the district lot coverage provisions.
J. For any lot occupied by a dwelling or any lot in a residential or commercial zoning district, it is unlawful for any person to store or park a vehicle or trailer on the lot unless the vehicle or trailer is stored or parked on a graveled or hard surfaced parking or storage pad in order to eliminate dust, mud, and weeds. Parking areas that are required to be paved pursuant to § 17.50.270I. may serve as parking/storage pads as long as the parking areas are as large in length and width as the vehicle or trailer.
K. For any lot occupied by a dwelling or any lot in a residential or commercial zoning district, it is unlawful for any vehicle or trailer that is to remain stationary for more than 72 hours to serve as temporary or permanent sleeping quarters for any person.
L. The provisions in this section shall not apply to vehicles or trailers utilized by the city and its contractors or by any public or private utility and its contractors in the course of a city or utility project.
In all commercial or industrial districts, except the central business district (CBD), and on the same premises with every building devoted to retail trade, retail and wholesale food market, warehouse, supply houses, wholesale or manufacturing trade, hotels, hospitals, laundries, dry cleaning establishments or other buildings where large amounts of goods are received or shipped, there shall be provided and maintained on the lot adequate space for vehicle standing, loading and unloading. The space shall be adjoining to the opening used for loading and unloading and situated to avoid undue interference with the use of streets, alleys and public access easements.
A. Loading Spaces Required. All commercial and industrial uses shall provide and maintain the following off-street loading spaces:
Use (square feet of gross floor area) | Loading Spaces |
|---|---|
0-20,000 | 1 |
20,001 - 40,000 | 2 |
40,001 - 60,000 | 3 |
60,001 - 80,000 | 4 |
80,001 - 110,000 | 6 |
over 110,000 | There shall be provided 1 additional off-street loading and unloading space for each additional 40,000 square feet of gross flood area (SFGFA), or fraction thereof, in excess of 110,000 SFGFA. |
B. Loading space layout and access.
1. The minimum size of loading spaces shall be 12 feet in width, 40 feet in length and 14 feet in vertical clearance.
2. All permanent off-street loading, unloading and maneuvering areas shall be paved per the Minimum Standards for Construction of Parking Lots approved June 16, 1980.
3. Off-street dock areas shall be located so that trucks using the docks do not encroach upon any public right-of-way, street or alley, and entrances and exits shall be located to minimize traffic congestion.
4. An off-street loading or unloading area for commercial and industrial vehicles shall be large enough to meet minimum turning radii of the outside wheel paths listed in the following table:
Vehicle Type | Outside Turning Radius |
|---|---|
Single-unit truck | 42' |
Semitrailer (intermediate) | 40' |
Semitrailer | 45' |
A. Purpose. The purpose of these regulations is to provide for the orderly, safe, healthful, attractive development of the area within the city and to promote the health, safety and general welfare of the community.
B. Objective.
1. The objective of these regulations is to establish requirements for the installation and maintenance of landscape elements:
a. To aid in regulating and controlling vehicular and pedestrian circulation in parking areas;
b. To ensure that the off-street paved ground area and the adjoining right-of-way are clearly and visibly delineated;
c. To ensure that those established and acceptable ingress and egress points are clearly delineated;
d. To screen trash containers/ facilities from public view;
e. To enhance the environmental and aesthetic conditions which exist in the Black Hills area;
f. To protect and conserve the value of property;
g. To reduce the amount of stormwater runoff from paved areas;
h. To reduce the level of carbon dioxide and return pure oxygen to the air;
i. To reduce heat and noise, wind and air turbulence, and the glare of automobile lights;
j. To reduce glare of sunlight from parking lot pavements; and
k. To use irrigation waters in an efficient manner.
2. See general requirements, subsection F of this section, to determine minimum specifications for all plant material for which credit will be given in complying with the requirements of these regulations.
C. Definitions.
1. ACCESSWAY. A paved area intended to provide ingress and egress of vehicular traffic from a public right-of-way to an off-street parking area or loading area.
2. BERM. A mound of dirt used for screening or landscaping purposes which is planted with low-lying shrubs or groundcover so as to prevent erosion.
3. BUFFER. A visual screen, composed of masonry, wood or plantings, or a combination thereof, which will be a minimum of 80% opaque.
4. DEVELOPED AREA. That portion of a plot or parcel upon which a building, structure, pavement or other improvements have been placed which does not meet the definition of “undeveloped area.”
5. FRONTAGE. Lineal distance measured along each street right-of-way.
6. GROUNDCOVER. Low-growing plants planted in such a manner as to form a continuous cover over the ground.
7. LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT. Trees, shrubs, groundcover, vines, grasses or earthen berms installed in planting areas for the purpose of fulfilling the requirements of these regulations. (This shall not include rock nor artificial plant materials.)
8. PAVED GROUND SURFACE AREA. Any paved ground surface area (excepting public right-of-way) used for the purpose of driving, parking, storing or displaying of vehicles, boats, trailers and mobile homes, including new and used care lots and other open lot uses.
9. PLANTING AREA. Any area designed for landscape planting having a minimum of 25 square feet of actual plantable area.
10. RECONSTRUCTION. Rehabilitation or replacement of a structure or structures on property which either have been damaged, altered or removed.
11. SHRUB. A woody plant that usually remains low (minimum 2 feet in height) and produces shoots or trunks from the base. It is not usually treelike nor single stemmed.
12. SPREAD. The diameter of tree foliage measured at the broadest point of the tree.
13. TREE. Any self-supporting woody plant which usually produces 1 main trunk and which normally grows to a minimum of 15 feet in height.
14. UNDEVELOPED AREA. That portion of a plot or parcel not occupied by a building, structure, pavement or other improvements and which spans the entire length or width of the property and which is at least 75 feet deep. All undeveloped areas must have a sufficient cover of hardy native plant materials or grass.
15. XERISCAPING. The planting and maintenance of materials which are appropriate for the local conditions requiring little or no irrigation or maintenance.
D. Areas where landscaping is required. Landscaping is required in all industrial, commercial and multiple-family zoning districts; however, landscaping is not required for single-family homes located within multifamily zoning districts. Landscaping is not required in general agricultural, park forest, mobile home residential, low density residential I and low density residential II districts. Landscaping in the urban commercial district is required pursuant to § 17.66.060. The provisions of subsection E of this section shall be followed in determining the amount of landscaping required.
E. Required landscape installation.
1. Landscape requirements.
a. A minimum of 50% of the required landscaping shall be located in the parking lot or within 20 feet of the parking lot for all zoning districts except light industrial and heavy industrial. A maximum of 25% of the required landscaping may be within the public right-of-way. Arterial or collector street right-of-way landscaping shall be limited to shrubs, ground cover or turf. This section does not apply to the urban commercial district.
b. All required landscaping shall comply with the intent and purpose of these regulations and § 12.32.080.
c. Planter islands shall be provided at a ratio of 1 such area for every 50 parking spaces. Each parking space shall be not less than 120 feet from the perimeter of the parking lot or a planter island. Each island planter shall contain a minimum of 100 square feet, and provide a minimum of for 1 tree with shrubs, groundcover and/or mulch covering at the base.
2. Determining required amount of landscape material.
a. Point system. The amount of material shall be based on a point system. The square footage of the developed portion of the lot not covered by a building shall equal the required number of points (unless exempted under subsection b below.)
b. Calculation. If calculation of the required landscape points in accordance with this section results in a total point requirement of 50,000 or more, and at least 25% of the total perimeter of the developed portion of the property abuts or is within 75 feet of a public roadway, and the property is located in an industrial zoning district, the property qualifies for either of the following 2 options:
1) Option no. 1. Irrigated Landscape Design.
a) A lateral zone of evenly spaced vegetation resulting in a 70% buffer (as measured at mature plant spread) shall be required along property lines which are within 75 feet of rights-of-way and residential zoning districts. All vegetation must be planted within 25 feet of the lot line or within 25 feet of easements which are adjoining to the lot line.
b) A minimum of 25% of lineal feet of the vegetation must be medium trees or larger. Medium trees must have at least a 25-foot mature spread.
c) A drip irrigation system with an automated controller is required to irrigate all woody landscape material where either gravel or native grass is to be located around the vegetation.
d) The use of a water-saving sprinkler system with an automated controller is required where turf grass is to be planted around the vegetation buffer.
2) Option no. 2. Nonirrigated Landscape Design.
a) A lateral zone of evenly spaced vegetation resulting in a 100% buffer (as measured at mature plant spread) shall be required along property lines within 75 feet of rights-of-way and residential zoning districts. All vegetation must be planted within 25 feet of the lot line or within 25 feet of easements adjoining to the lot line.
b) A minimum of 25% of lineal feet of the vegetation must be medium trees or larger. Medium trees must have at least a 25-foot mature spread.
c. Point values. Trees and shrubs contribute greatly to the quality of the community’s environment through carbon dioxide absorption and oxygen generation, air purification by precipitation of dust particles, reduction of heat by transpiration and aesthetic qualities. The extent of the preceding positive contributions are a function of the size of the tree rather than the size of the planting area in which the tree is planted. Because of the contributions made by trees and shrubs, to the objectives of these regulations, points shall be given in accord with the schedule which follows.
LANDSCAPE MATERIAL POINTS TABLE
Large Trees | A minimum mature spread of 45 feet. Also, evergreen trees which reach a mature height of at least 20 feet. | 2,000 points |
Medium Trees | A minimum mature spread of 25 feet. | 1,000 points |
Small Trees | A minimum mature spread of 15 feet. | 500 points |
Opaque Hedge | A lineal reach of 15 feet and height of 6 feet. | 500 points |
Shrubs | A minimum mature height of 2 feet. | 250 points |
Ground Cover | One square yard. | 100 points |
Grass | One square yard. | 10 points |
F. Applicability new development areas.
1. Applicability new development. The requirements and standards for the installation and maintenance of landscape elements and site improvements as set forth herein shall apply to all developing commercial, industrial and multifamily areas within the city as per the zoning ordinance. All new development or construction which involves the creation of a building or a parking area or the paving of a parking area shall be in full compliance with the provisions of these regulations.
2. Existing development areas– nonconformance–compliance required. All property with existing development on the effective date of these regulations which is not in compliance with the provisions of these regulations shall be considered nonconforming and allowed to continue until such time as a building permit is granted to enlarge by 20% or more a structure or parking lot on the property or increase the occupant load by 20% or more. Compliance with these regulations for existing development in the urban commercial district is required pursuant to § 17.66.060. A plan showing existing and new development, and the existing and proposed landscaping shall be submitted in accordance with subsection G of this section.
G. General requirements.
1. Installation. All landscaping shall be installed in a sound workmanship-like manner according to accepted good planting and xeriscaping procedures and according to the approved plan. If at the time of final inspection all the requirements of these regulations have not been completed in a satisfactory manner, a certificate of occupancy shall not be issued unless the builder or owner has provided a monetary security guarantee (see subsection J. of this section, security guarantee). All required landscaping shall be installed as per plans submitted.
a. Trees used in parking lots shall be placed far enough back from the curb to accommodate the overhang of the automobile; otherwise, the front bumper of the car will hit the tree trunk.
b. The parking lot shall be screened with shrubs or other barriers. This will reduce visual clutter caused by parked cars, and will make the building more attractive.
c. When planters are used in parking lot interiors, a surface area shall be made available for aeration and water infiltration commensurate with the mature spread of the utilized tree types. This will help ensure that the tree remains healthy and vigorous.
d. Interior parking lot trees shall be deciduous shade trees. These will grow larger, be hardier and provide greater aesthetic and environmental benefits in an interior parking lot situation. Conifers and ornamentals are of greatest value in providing fence foliage in perimeter and buffer areas.
e. Fruit-bearing trees shall not be located where vehicular and pedestrian traffic exists. This will reduce the maintenance of these trees.
f. Curb stops or some form of physical barrier shall be installed around plant material located within the parking lot. This will reduce the possibility of damage to the plant material. Stormwater runoff from the parking lot area may be collected and directed in such a manner as to provide a source of water for landscaping.
g. Trees shall be located such that mature height and spread will not interfere with overhead power lines.
h. Evergreen trees shall be avoided in areas where the mature trees will create hazardous interruption of views to oncoming traffic or where they will create hazardous snow drifting on the parking area or public right-of-way.
i. The use of turf in and around landscaping materials is discouraged. The use of mulches or low water groundcovers can help retain moisture in the soil and reduce total water needs for the landscaped area.
j. Irrigation systems shall be of a drip, bubble or a low trajectory nature to maximize efficiency in water usage.
k. The plant types selected shall be suited to the conditions of the location to minimize maintenance and irrigation needs. A list of hardy native plant materials is available through the Department.
2. Sight distance for landscaping. Landscaping may not obstruct the required sight triangles as provided in § 17.50.335, except as follows: Trees may be allowed in the required site triangle if the tree is located more than 30 feet from the intersection of the curb lines and the trees shall have a minimum of 40-foot spacing between trees; provided that the canopy of the tree is 10 feet or more above grade.
3. Maintenance. The owner of the building or property shall be responsible for the maintenance of all landscape areas. The areas shall be maintained so as to present a healthy, neat and orderly appearance at all times and shall be kept free from refuse and debris. Maintenance shall include the replacement of all dead plant materials.
4. Planting criteria.
a. Trees (deciduous). Planted for the required landscaping under this section shall be a minimum of 1 1/2-inch caliper 12 inches above grade measured immediately after planting. Trees shall be of a species having an average mature spread of crown of greater than 15 feet.
b. Trees (evergreen). Trees shall be a minimum height of 4 feet.
c. Groundcovers. Groundcovers other than grass shall be planted in such a manner as to present a finished appearance and reasonably complete coverage within 1 year after planting.
d. Shrubs. Shrubs shall be a minimum of 1 foot in height when measured immediately after planting.
e. Lawn grass. Grass areas shall be planted in species normally grown as permanent lawns in Rapid City. Native grasses may also be used.
f. Synthetic lawns or plants. Synthetic or artificial lawns or plants shall not be used in lieu of plant requirements in this section.
H. Plan approval.
1. Preparation of plan. It is recommended that the plan be prepared by a landscape architect, architect, landscaper or person of related profession.
2. Plans required. Two copies of the plans showing proposed landscape development and maintenance procedures, including figures to show compliance with these regulations shall be submitted to the Building Inspection Department at the time a building permit is requested. The Building Inspection Department shall route the proposed plans to the Planning Department for their approval. The plans shall consist of:
a. A plot plan drawn to scale normally of not less than 1 inch equals 30 feet including dimensions and distances and clearly delineating any existing and proposed landscape development. The plot plan shall also include drawings of the entire off-street parking area and the locations of the proposed building.
b. In addition to indicating those areas to be landscaped, the plot plan shall indicate the types, locations and sizes of all landscaping materials to be used. The irrigation system shall be detailed showing the layout of the system, system components and water delivery specifics.
c. These plans must be approved prior to issuance of a building permit.
I. Exceptions. The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall have the power to grant variances in special cases where there are unusual and practical difficulties or unnecessary hardships created in meeting the requirements of these regulations. The guidelines to be used in determining whether a variance should be granted are as follows:
1. That the hardships or difficulties of meeting the requirements of these regulations are peculiar to that property, and not general in character;
2. Financial hardship due to meeting the requirements of these regulations is not sufficient to show unnecessary hardship, unless the financial difficulties amount to confiscation of property.
J. Security guarantee.
1. If at the time of final inspection all the requirements of the landscape regulations are not completed in a satisfactory manner and approved by the Building Official or his or her designee, a certificate of occupancy shall not be issued unless the builder or owner has entered into an agreement with the city for improvements and provided a monetary security guarantee in an amount equal to the estimated cost of installation and establishment of the required improvements whereby the improvements will be made and installed without cost to the city in the event of default of the owner.
2. If a security guarantee is being used, the required improvements shall be installed within 9 months from the date of issuance of an occupancy permit. All required landscaping shall be installed as per plans submitted. All bonds and other methods of guarantee shall be approved by the City Attorney.
K. Enforcement. These regulations shall be a minimum standard and shall apply to the incorporated area of the city. The Building Official or his or her designated representative shall be the enforcing official. The enforcing official is charged with the duty of administering the provisions of these regulations as provided for in Chapter 17.54 of this code.
Lighting of all types, excluding street lighting and traffic signals, shall be directed so as to reflect away from all residential districts, and shall be so situated so as not to reflect directly onto any public rights-of-way, so as to create a traffic hazard.
The following regulations shall apply to swimming pools:
A. A private swimming pool shall be any structure intended for swimming, recreational bathing or wading not located within a completely enclosed building, and containing or normally capable of containing water to a depth at any point greater than 24 inches. This includes in-ground, above-ground and on-ground pools; hot tubs; spas and fixed-in-place wading pools. Private swimming pools are permitted in any residential district provided:
1. The pool is intended and is to be used solely for the enjoyment of the occupants of the property on which it is located and their guests;
2. No swimming pool or part thereof, excluding aprons, walks and equipment rooms, shall protrude into any required front or side yard;
3. The swimming pool area shall be so walled or fenced so as to prevent uncontrolled access by children from the street or from adjacent properties or the private swimming pool shall be equipped with an ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials) tested lockable cover. The fence or wall shall be not less than 4 feet in height and maintained in good condition.
B. A community or club swimming pool not open to the public shall be any pool constructed by an association of property owners, or by a private club for use and enjoyment by members of the association or club and their families and guests. Community and club swimming pools shall comply with the following conditions and requirements:
1. The pool is intended solely for the enjoyment of the members and families and guests of members of the association or club under whose ownership or jurisdiction the pool is operated;
2. The pool and accessory structures thereto, including the areas used by the bathers, shall be not closer than 50 feet to any property line of the property on which located; and
3. The swimming pool and all of the area used by the bathers shall be so walled or fenced so as to prevent uncontrolled access by children from the street or adjacent properties. The fence or wall shall be not less than 5 feet in height and maintained in good condition. The area surrounding the enclosure, except for the parking spaces, shall be suitably landscaped with grass, hardy shrubs and trees, and maintained in good condition.
No tent shall be used, erected or maintained as living quarters. Overnight camping tents are permitted on public lands established for camping purposes, and in private camps permitted in districts of this title.
A. Definitions.
1. SIGHT TRIANGLE. The area of visibility required on a corner to allow for the safe operation of vehicles, trains, pedestrians and cyclists in the proximity of intersecting streets, rail lines, sidewalks and bicycle paths.
2. UNCONTROLLED INTER- SECTION. An intersection with no traffic control signs (such as, stop and yield signs).
3. STOP-CONTROLLED INTER- SECTION. An intersection with traffic control stop signs. Alleys, private roads and driveways intersections are considered as a stop-controlled intersections for the purpose of sight triangle requirements.
4. YIELD-CONTROLLED INTER- SECTION. An intersection with traffic control yield signs.
5. SIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS. An intersection with traffic controlled by an automated traffic signal.
6. PEDESTRIAN SIGHT TRIANGLE. The area of visibility to allow for the safe passage of a pedestrian.
7. RAILROAD CROSSING. That area formed by the intersection of a railroad track with any street, highway, private road, driveway or alley.
B. Restrictions.
1. No obstructions to vision shall be allowed within the applicable sight triangle(s). Any object shall be deemed as an obstruction if it is located within any applicable sight triangle and the object is between 2½ feet and 10 feet above the edge of the roadway.
2. When more than 1 sight triangle applies to the same corner all applicable sight triangle requirements must be satisfied.
3. Setback requirements found elsewhere in this code shall not be decreased by this chapter.
C. Point of measurement. All distance herein shall be measured from the edge of travel lane, unless otherwise specified.
D. Uncontrolled intersections. Each uncontrolled intersection shall have a sight triangle of 70 feet on each leg except the intersection of 2 alleys may have a sight triangle of 25 feet on each leg.
E. Stop-controlled intersections. Each stop-controlled intersection shall have a sight triangle based on the speed limits of the adjoining accessways. These distances are shown in Figure 1, a copy of which is available in the Department.
F. Yield-controlled intersections. Each yield-controlled intersection shall have a sight triangle of 70 feet on each leg.
G. Signalized intersections. Signalized intersections should be considered as stop-controlled for the purpose of sight triangle requirements.
H. Pedestrian sight triangle. At intersecting sidewalks or bicycle paths, and at any intersection of a sidewalk or bicycle path with a street, alley or driveway, a 10-foot pedestrian sight triangle shall be maintained.
I. Pedestrian sight triangle legs. Pedestrian sight triangle legs are to be measured from the intersecting edges of sidewalks or bicycle paths, and the paved or unpaved edge of a street, alley or driveway.
J. Railroad crossings. Each railroad crossing shall have a sight triangle and distance according to Table 15.44.040, as amended.
A. Definitions. As used in this section:
FENCE. A barrier constructed of materials other than living shrubbery erected for purpose of protection, confinement, enclosure or privacy. For purposes of this section, there shall be no distinction between FENCES and walls.
FRONT YARD. An open unoccupied space on the same lot with a main building extending the full width of the lot and situated between the street line and the front line of the building projected to the side line of the lot. The depth of the FRONT YARD shall be measured between the front line of the building and the street line.
HEIGHT.
a. For fences and walls shall be defined as the vertical distance from the top rail, masonry unit, board or wire to the ground directly below.
b. When a fence or wall is located on top of a retaining wall, the HEIGHT for fences or walls shall be defined as the vertical distance from the top rail, board or wire to the ground elevation on the uphill side of the retaining wall. When the ground elevation on the uphill side does not meet or exceed the top of the retaining wall, the HEIGHT of the fence or wall may be increased up to 6 inches to account for standard fence material heights.
RETAINING WALL. A wall designed to resist the lateral displacement of soil or other materials.
SECOND FRONT YARD. In the case of a corner or double-frontage lot, a yard abutting a street that is not designated as the street address of the property.
WALL. A barrier constructed of materials other than living shrubbery erected for purpose of protection, confinement, enclosure or privacy. For the purposes of this section, there shall be not distinction between fences and WALLS.
B. Residential, general agricultural, park forest and public zoning districts.
1. Fences and walls. Fences and walls may be erected or maintained; provided that no fence or wall over 4 feet in height shall be erected or maintained in any front yard. On corner lots and double frontage lots, fences shall be no more than 4 feet in height in the required front yard; however, fences no more than 6 feet in height may be allowed in the second front yard when setback a minimum of 10 feet from the property line. In no case shall fences and walls exceed a height of 6 feet unless an exception is granted pursuant to § 17.50.340F.1.
2. Constructed on top of retaining walls. Fences or walls may be constructed on top of retaining walls provided that the maximum height requirements for fences and walls set forth in subsection A. of this section are met.
3. Guardrails required on retaining walls. Unless a fence is already present, guardrails shall be constructed on top of retaining walls in accordance with, and if required by, the current building codes adopted by the City of Rapid City. Such guardrails shall be limited in height to the applicable maximum height for a fence or wall.
C. Commercial zoning districts.
1. Fences and walls in front yards. Fences and walls may be erected or maintained; provided that no fence or wall over 4 feet shall be erected or maintained in any required front yard. On corner lots and double frontage lots, fences shall be no more than 4 feet in height in the required front yard; however, fences no more than 8 feet in height may be allowed in a second front yard when setback a minimum of 10 feet from the property line. In no case shall fences and walls exceed a height of 8 feet unless an exception is granted pursuant to § 17.50.340F.1.
2. Constructed on top of retaining walls. Fences or walls may be constructed on top of retaining walls provided that the maximum height requirements for fences and walls set forth in subsection A. of this section are met.
3. Guardrails required on retaining walls. Unless a fence is already present, guardrails shall be constructed on top of retaining walls in accordance with, and if required by, the current building codes adopted by the City of Rapid City. Such guardrails shall be limited in height to the applicable maximum height for a fence or wall.
D. Industrial and mining and earth resources extraction zoning districts.
1. Erected in front, side, and rear yards. Fences and walls may be erected in front, side and rear yards. In no case shall fences and walls exceed a height of 8 feet unless an exception is granted pursuant to § 17.50.340F.1.
2. Constructed on top of retaining walls. Fences or walls may be constructed on top of retaining walls provided that the maximum height from the highest point of grade on either side of the structure does not exceed 8 feet.
3. Guardrails required on retaining walls. Unless a fence is already present, guardrails shall be constructed on top of retaining walls in accordance with, and if required by, the current building codes adopted by the City of Rapid City. Such guardrails shall be limited in height to the applicable maximum height for a fence or wall.
E. Airport zoning district.
1. Erected in front, side, and rear yards. Fences and walls may be erected in front, side and rear yards. Fences shall not exceed a height of 12 feet.
2. Constructed on top of retaining walls. Fences or walls may be constructed on top of retaining walls provided that the maximum height requirements for fences and walls set forth in subsection A. of the section are met.
3. Guardrails required on retaining walls. Unless a fence is already present, guardrails shall be constructed on top of retaining walls in accordance with, and if required by, the current building codes adopted by the city. Such guardrails shall be limited in height to the applicable maximum height for a fence or wall.
F. Variances and exceptions.
1. Variances to the requirements of this section shall be subject to the Board of Adjustment process in § 17.54.020 and administrative exceptions process in § 17.50.070. Additional fence requirements approved as part of a Planned Development Overlay District shall follow the major and minor amendment procedures process in § 17.50.050. Additional fence requirements approved as part of a planned unit development shall follow the PUD zoning document amendment procedures in § 17.50.060.
2. Barbed wire is allowed on rural properties being used for agricultural purposes such as containing livestock, but not zoned as such, as determined by the Director.
3. Chain link fences for tennis courts, basketball courts, baseball fields, or similar outdoor recreational uses may be constructed to a maximum height of 24 feet provided that the fence is not located within the required setback area. In addition, mesh netting is allowed for these outdoor recreational uses
4. For public and private utility facilities, fences and walls may be erected in front, side and rear yards. Fences on such facilities shall not exceed a height of 12 feet. Fences for such facilities may include anti-climb devices, including barbed wire, necessary to prevent unauthorized access. Utility facilities shall include, but not be limited to, the following: water treatment, purification, storage and pumping facilities; sanitary sewer pump stations and water reclamation facilities; solid waste disposal sites; public utility service yard or electrical receiving or transforming station; and utility substations. Solid waste disposal sites may erect and maintain litter control devices of sufficient size and height to control blowing litter outside of any front, side and rear yards.
5. The Director may permit the use of prohibited fencing materials if it is determined that the allowance is not contrary to the public interest and will not be injurious to the surrounding neighborhood.
G. Fences over 6 feet—permit required. A building permit is required for all fences over 6 feet in height.
H. Location. No fence or wall shall be placed in designated easements unless approved in writing by the City Engineer. No fence or wall shall be erected in public right-of-way, except as approved by the Common Council.
I. Visibility at intersections.
1. No fence, wall, plant material or earthen berm shall be placed or maintained which obstructs the required sight triangle as provided in § 17.50.335 except as follows:
a. A fence may be allowed in the required site triangle if the fence is not more than 30% solid.
b. Trees may be allowed in the required site triangle if the tree is located more than 30 feet from the intersection of the curb lines and the trees shall have a minimum of 40 feet spacing between trees; provided that the canopy of the tree is 10 feet or more above grade.
J. Prohibited fences.
1. No electrified fences nor fences designed to function as an electrified fence shall be permitted in any zoning district except the general agricultural zoning district and the airport zoning district. Any electrified fence lawfully installed shall have a controller which is labeled and listed by an accepted testing laboratory.
2. No barbed wire fencing shall be permitted in any park forest, residential, mobile home, neighborhood commercial, center, public or floodway zoning district except in association with public or private utility facilities as described in 17.50.340F.4. When used in association with a utility, the barbed wire fencing shall be not less than 6 feet above the ground.
3. Barbed wire fencing may be permitted in a general agricultural zoning district to contain livestock and in the airport zoning district.
4. Barbed wire fencing materials may be used as a fence in a central business, general commercial, light industrial, heavy industrial or mining and extraction zoning district when the material is located not less than 6 feet above the ground.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to:
1. Protect residential areas from the adverse impact of excessive traffic, nuisance, noise and other possible effects of commercial activities within residential neighborhoods;
2. Establish criteria and development standards for home occupations conducted in dwelling units;
3. Provide residents the option to use their residences for certain home occupations without altering the residential character of the neighborhood;
4. Assure that public and private services such as streets, water, sewer systems, fire protection and other public services are maintained as designed for residential areas.
B. Definition. A HOME OCCUPATION is any activity conducted for financial gain by the occupants of any dwelling unit which is located within a residential zoned district.
C. Criteria and standards. All home occupations shall meet the following criteria and standards:
1. The use shall be conducted entirely within the dwelling unit and shall be conducted entirely by the residents of the dwelling. No other employees shall be hired.
2. The area set aside for a home occupation shall not exceed 20% of the total floor area of the residence, including garages. The permissible floor area includes that space necessary for storage of goods or products associated with the home occupation.
3. Merchandise offered for sale shall be clearly incidental to the home occupation; provided, however, that, orders may be taken for later delivery off the premises.
4. Delivery of products to the home for business purposes shall not occur more frequently than twice a week. Delivery by trucks or vehicles not ordinarily utilized for residential deliveries shall be prohibited.
5. No toxic, explosive, flammable, combustible, corrosive, etiologic, radioactive or other restricted material shall be stored on site.
6. No mechanical equipment other than that ordinarily utilized within a dwelling unit for household or hobby purposes shall be permissible.
7. No activity shall be conducted which would interfere with radio or television transmission in the area, nor shall there be any offensive noise, smoke, dust or heat noticeable beyond the premises.
8. No home occupation shall require external alteration of the residence or other visible evidence of the conduct of such home occupation.
9. The operation of the home occupation shall not cause or encourage excess vehicular or pedestrian traffic not ordinarily associated with the residential area in which the home occupation is conducted except under the following conditions:
a. Public access to the home occupation shall be by invitation only and there shall ordinarily be no more than 1 vehicle not owned by the occupants on or adjacent to the property for business purposes except that appointments may overlap for time period not exceeding 30 minutes;
b. Occasional parties, meetings or classes associated with home occupations are permissible. The parties, meetings or classes shall in no case be held more than 4 times monthly and vehicles shall in no way impede the safety and flow of traffic within the neighborhood.
10. Advertising associated with the home occupation shall be by phone number only. On-premises advertising shall be limited to 1 nonilluminated sign not exceeding 1 square foot. The legend shall show only the name of the occupant and type of occupation and shall be neutral in color.
11. If the home occupation is the type in which classes are held or instructions given, there shall be no more than 4 students on the premises at any 1 time. Parking restrictions as indicated in subdivision 9. of this subsection shall apply.
12. Home occupations shall be restricted to the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.
D. Major home occupations. Any proposed home occupation which does not meet the criteria as established in this section is deemed a major home occupation and shall require a conditional use as established by § 17.54.030.
A. Garage Sales. Means and includes all general sales, open to the public, conducted from or on a residential premises in any residential zoning district as defined in this title, for a period not exceeding 10 days within a 12-month period and for the purpose of disposing of personal property, including, but not limited to all sales entitled GARAGE, LAWN, YARD, PORCH, ATTIC, ROOM, BACKYARD, PATIO, NEIGHBORHOOD, or RUMMAGE sale.
B. Personal Property. Property which is owned, utilized and maintained by an individual and members of his or her residence and acquired in the normal course of living in or maintaining a residence. It does not include merchandise purchased for resale or obtained on consignment.
C. Any premises on which a garage sale is conducted for more than 10 days in a calendar year is declared a commercial use not permitted in a residential district.
Repealed.
A. Facilities on existing buildings. The installation of microcell wireless communications facilities shall be allowed on the top of existing buildings, as a permitted use in certain zoning districts, if all of the applicable criteria are met. The applicable criteria for microcell wireless facilities on the top of existing buildings are as follows:
1. No new antenna tower is erected, and the microcell facility is located on buildings in compliance with other subsections of this section.
2. No antenna shall be located within 30 inches of any space occupied by or available to the public.
3. The antenna and equipment shelter associated with a microcell wireless site shall be located as far back from the edge of the roof as possible.
4. The antenna may be mounted on a roof only if the height of the antenna, at the highest point, does not extend higher than 12 feet over the height of the building or structure.
5. Façade-mounted antennas shall be as flush to the wall as technically possible and not project beyond 2 feet above the façade of the structure or wall on which it is mounted.
6. Façade-mounted antennas, rooftop antennas, and supporting electrical and mechanical equipment and buildings shall be compatible with the architectural style of the surrounding built environment considering exterior materials, roof form, scale, mass, color, texture and character so as to make the antenna and related equipment as unobtrusive as possible.
7. Antennas, structures and equipment shall not exceed an aggregate total of 25% of the building roof area, not counting equipment located in an existing penthouse or building.
8. Any microcell facility and related structures shall be situated in such a way that no interference with fire-fighting apparatus or emergency access or exits shall result.
9. All necessary plans, specifications and structural calculations shall be submitted to the Building Official, and a building permit application shall be approved, prior to the construction of the microcell facility.
10. Microcell facilities and related structures shall not be allowed on single-family dwellings as defined in § 17.04.225, 2-family dwellings as defined in § 17.04.235, or townhouse dwellings as defined in § 17.04.230.
11. No signage shall be allowed on any microcell facility or related structures.
12. Variances to § 17.50.400A. may be allowed through the Zoning Board of Adjustment as per § 17.54.020 or through a Planned Development as per Chapter 17.50 of the Rapid City Municipal Code.
B. Facilities on poles. The installation of microcell wireless communications facilities on utility poles, telephone poles, utility facilities and light poles shall require a conditional use permit. The applicable criteria are as follows:
1. Antennas shall be located a minimum of 15 feet above ground.
2. No antenna shall exceed 8-1/2 feet in area.
3. If an on ground equipment box associated with the site is used, it shall not exceed 18 square feet in footprint area and 5 feet in height. If an enclosure is mounted on the facilities or pole, it shall not exceed 2 feet by 3 feet by 3 feet. Further, no on-ground equipment boxes may be allowed in a public right-of-way or access easement or front yard setback.
4. If mounted on the top of the facilities or pole, any antenna and any supporting equipment may not exceed more than 10 feet above the top of the facilities or pole.
5. A side-mounted antenna shall have a maximum projection no greater than 24 inches.
6. To the greatest extent possible, antenna and supporting electrical and mechanical equipment should be colored to blend with the supporting structure or any equipment on the supporting structure so as to make the antenna and related equipment as unobtrusive as possible.
7. Any microcell facility and related structures shall be situated in such a way that there shall be no interference with fire-fighting apparatus or emergency access or exits.
8. All necessary plans, specifications and structural calculations shall be submitted to the Building Official, and a building permit application shall be approved, prior to the construction of the microcell facility.
9. Engineered drawings of the pole design, to include wind load and structural integrity, must be submitted prior to obtaining any building permit.
10. No antennas shall be allowed on signs or sign structures.
11. No signage shall be allowed on poles, antennas or equipment boxes.
12. Exceptions to § 17.50.400B. may be allowed through the Zoning Board of Adjustment as per § 17.54.020.
C. Small wireless facilities. The requirements in subsections A. and B. shall not apply to small wireless facilities as defined by 47 C.F.R. § 1.6002(l) as amended or replaced. A wireless provider's placement of small wireless facilities on City property or on City poles or provider's poles within City right-of-way shall be governed by agreement between the City and the provider. No small wireless facilities shall be placed on City property or on City poles or provider's poles within City right-of-way unless and until the provider enters into an agreement with the City governing such use of City property for the small wireless facilities and the small wireless facility is permitted by the City pursuant to that agreement.
Regulations
A. Property Development Standards.
1. The following property development standards shall apply for all manufactured home parks established after the adoption date of this title; however, no manufactured home park presently existing shall be expanded except in conformity with this section.
2. The manufactured home park shall be subject to the density provisions of the district in which it is located; provided, however, there shall be not less than 3,000 square feet of lot area for each space provided on the site. This space ratio shall include access roads, automobile parking, accessory building space and recreational area. Height of manufactured homes shall not exceed 30 feet, and height of accessory structures shall be as regulated by the applicable zoning district per Title 17.
A. Purpose. In order to accomplish the general purpose of this title it is necessary to give special consideration to certain uses because they are unique in nature, require large land areas, are potentially incompatible with existing development, or because the effects of the uses cannot definitely be foreseen.
1. The conditional uses set out in this article shall be subject to compliance with the regulations in this article and with the procedure for authorizing conditional uses as set forth in § 17.54.030.
2. The Planned Development Overlay District allows the Planning Commission to approve an application containing amendments to the development standards in the underlying zone district chapter. The Planned Development Overlay District shall not be used to add additional land uses that are not listed as permitted uses or conditional uses within the underlying zone district. As applicable an application for a conditional use permit and Planned Development Overlay District may be combined into the same application provided the underlying zone district lists the proposed use or uses as a conditional use. Planned Development Overlay Districts shall be subject to compliance with the regulations in this article and with the procedure for authorizing conditional uses as set forth in § 17.54.030 as applicable.
3. The Planned Unit Development Zoning District allows for the rezoning of property to allow land uses and development standards not listed within any of the specific zone districts within this title. Planned Unit Development applications shall be subject to compliance with the regulations in this article and with the procedure for rezoning property as set forth in § 17.54.040 as applicable.
4. The administrative exceptions section applies to all zone districts allows the Director to approve applications for minor amendments to the development standards in all zoning districts within this title. Administrative exceptions shall be subject to compliance with the regulations in this article.
B. The uses set out in this article shall also be subject to compliance with the regulations for building in the flood fringe building district if the lands concerned lie within the flood fringe building district.
A. If the requirements of § 17.50.030 are met, townhouses shall be permitted uses within the LDR-2, MDR, and HDR zoning districts and conditional uses in the LDR-1 zoning district.
B. In the LDR-1 and LDR-2 zoning districts, there shall be no more than 2 attached dwelling units on any townhouse development lot.
C. In the MDR and HDR zoning districts, there shall be no more than 12 attached dwelling units on a townhouse development lot.
D. Prior to issuance of a building permit, the area upon which a group of attached townhouses are to be constructed must be a platted lot which shall be referred to as a townhouse development lot.
E. Proposed individual townhouse lot lines for a group of townhouses shall be submitted on a site plan and approved prior to issuance of a building permit. Following the start of construction, the final location of individual townhouse lots shall be determined and platted.
F. In order to permit openings in exterior walls, each townhouse structure and its appendage and projections shall have a minimum 6-foot setback from individual townhouse lot lines which are not common to other individual townhouse lots, unless approved otherwise in a planned development or in a conditional use permit.
G. Townhouses shall have a 6-foot exterior maintenance easement on either side of a common lot line to provide adequate room for maintenance, repair and alterations.
H. Townhouses shall conform to city’s Building and Utility Codes.
A. Minimum lot size. There shall be no minimum lot size of a townhouse development lot or an individual townhouse lot. However, all applicable setback, density and open space requirements of this article must be met.
B. Front yard setback. The front yard setback shall comply with the requirements of the underlying zoning district.
C. Side yard setback. A group of townhouses shall have a minimum side yard setback of 8 feet for single-story structures and 12 feet for 2-story structures, measured from the property line of the townhouse development lot to the group of townhouses.
D. Rear yard setback. A group of townhouses shall have a rear yard setback of 25 feet, measured from the property line of the townhouse development lot to the group of townhouses.
E. Lot width. An individual townhouse lot shall have a minimum width of 16 feet.
F. Lot area. Individual townhouse lots shall have land area in addition to the area upon which the structure is built. This land area shall, at a minimum, meet open space requirements for individual townhouse lots.
G. Density. Maximum density for townhouses located in LDR-2, MDR and HDR zoning districts shall be 4,000 square feet of land area for each townhouse unit located on the townhouse development lot.
H. Maximum coverage. Main and accessory buildings shall not cover more than 40% of the townhouse development lot.
I. Open space requirements. Individual townhouse lots shall have a minimum of 300 square feet of open space. A townhouse development lot shall have a total of 600 square feet of open space per unit overall. Open space does not include driveways, parking or service areas.
J. Height regulations. No building shall exceed 2½ stories or 35 feet.
K. Off-street parking. Two off-street parking spaces shall be provided for each townhouse.
A. If a proposed townhouse development meets all of the requirements listed in § 17.50.030, a building permit may be issued, provided all other applicable city codes are met.
B. Procedure.
1. The standard requirements for lot area, density, lot coverage and open space for individual townhouse lots may be reduced if, in the opinion of the Planning Commission and the Common Council, variation of these particular requirements will encourage the development of previously platted smaller land parcels and/or permit innovative land development which is consistent with the intent of this article. Any variation from the standard requirements will require special review and the conditional use procedure shall be followed.
2. If the conditional use permit procedure is utilized, density should not exceed 1 dwelling unit per 2,250 square feet. The requirements of open space on individual townhouses lots may be waived, but the overall open space requirements of 600 square feet per unit for the townhouses development lot shall remain. The Planning Commission and the City Council may also allow an individual townhouse lot to consist of only the townhouse structure and minimum setback, if a determination is made that common open space is adequate in size and appropriate in location.
3. In order to permit adequate review proposal, the petitioner shall submit the following information on a site plan at a scale no greater than 1 inch equals 50 feet:
a. Location and proposed setbacks of all structures including accessory structures;
b. Off-street parking facilities including parking spaces, loading/unloading areas and traffic circulation areas and curbs cuts;
c. Landscaping plans;
d. Location of all common areas and designated open space;
e. Location of proposed lot lines;
f. Location, width, grade of all proposed public and private streets;
g. Topography at a maximum of 5-foot contour intervals;
h. Proposed grading plans;
i. Location of proposed fencing; and
j. Documentation of ownership and maintenance responsibility of common open space, structures, facilities, private streets, drainage and utility easements.
4. This information shall be reviewed by the Department, Building Official, Fire Marshal and Public Works Department in order to determine the appropriateness of a proposed conditional use for a townhouse project.
C. Townhouses, may also be permitted within planned developments. The requirements of §§ 17.50.020 and 17.50.030 may be altered if the proposed townhouses are part of an approved planned development.
A. Created. The Planned Development shall replace the following planned development ordinance designations in effect prior to May 11, 2012:
1. Planned development designation (PDD);
2. Planned residential development (PRD);
3. Planned unit development (PUD);
4. Planned commercial development (PCD);
5. Planned light industrial development (PLID); and
6. Planned industrial development (PID).
B. Intent. The intent of the planned development (PD) is to offer a conditional use in certain zoning districts which permits greater flexibility and promotes development that is more economically efficient while being compatible with adjacent land uses than would otherwise normally be allowed by the underlying zoning district. It is further intended:
1. To allow deviations from the minimum or maximum distance, area, density, or other location criteria contained in the underlying zoning district standards;
2. To simplify and enhance the development review and approval process by allowing a conditional use permit application and planned development application to be processed as a single application;
3. To promote compatibility with adjacent land use and available public facilities; and
4. To provide optional methods of land development and encourage imaginative design.
C. General provisions.
1. All provisions of any existing PDD, PRD, PUD, PCD, PLID and/or PID approved by the city prior to May 11, 2012 shall remain in effect.
2. Any major amendment to an approved PRD, PUD, PCD, PLID and/or PID shall follow the procedures outlined in § 17.50.050F.
3. Property owners may request and be granted a revocation of any PDD approved prior to May 11, 2012, by the Director, provided it was not approved in conjunction with a rezoning application. Revocation of a PDD approved in conjunction with a rezoning application may be approved by the Planning Commission following the procedures outlined in § 17.50.050F.
4. A request for a conditional use in addition to the PD itself, may be included within the submittal of a final planned development application. When requesting a conditional use within a planned development application the more restrictive requirements shall apply.
5. Where a conflict exists between an approved planned development and the regulations of the underlying zoning district, the approved planned development shall prevail.
D. Definitions.
1. DEVELOPMENT REVIEW TEAM. The DEVELOPMENT REVIEW TEAM (DRT) is composed of city staff and representatives of outside agencies that have an interest in or would be affected by a proposed PD application. The Director shall maintain a list of current members and may revise the list. The Director or designee within the Department will select members from the DRT list and forward PD applications to the selected members for review and comment. Copies of the list are available for inspection in the office of the Director.
2. PLANNED DEVELOPMENT DESIGNATION (PDD). A procedure designating a property as a planned development by the Director prior to approval of an initial or final planned development. A PDD indicates that the city acknowledges there are sufficient factors associated with the property that a future planned development may be warranted but provides no assurance that an initial or final planned development application will be approved. PLANNED DEVELOPMENT DESIGNATIONS shall have no expiration period. A PDD is optional and not required prior to submittal of an initial or final development plan.
3. INITIAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT. An INITIAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT is a preliminary development plan submitted for a planned development and may be used for projects with several phases. An INITIAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT may be formally acted upon by the Planning Commission after review by the DRT. An initial development plan can be filed concurrently with a final planned development. An INITIAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT is optional and not required prior to submittal of a final planned development.
4. FINAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT. A FINAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT is a detailed development plan that is formally acted upon by the Planning Commission after review by the DRT. A FINAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT shall be approved prior to issuance of building permits unless the development proposal is for a single family dwelling on a single property and complies with the underlying zoning district requirements.
E. Planned Development Designation application requirements.
1. Information required for a PDD.
a. A completed application signed by the owner of record;
b. A written letter of intent stating why the planned development designation is being requested;
c. Project name, legal description, and contact information for the land owner and developer;
d. A floodplain development permit may be submitted but is not required; and
e. Other information deemed pertinent to the review of the planned development designation by the Director.
2. Planned development designation review and approval. The owner and/or designated agent shall submit the required application and other specified information to the Department. Upon receipt of a complete application and the required information, the Director shall provide all information to the DRT. The DRT shall have 13 working days from receipt of the application to complete their review and to recommend approval, denial, or suspension of the application. If the DRT recommends approval, the PDD shall be approved by the Director. An application not acted on within 13 working days of submittal (approved, denied or suspended) shall be deemed approved. No notice or hearing shall berequired prior to the planned development designation being approved. A denial of the planned development designation may be appealed to the Planning Commission within 7 working days of the denial. The Planning Commission’s decision may be appealed to the City Council.
F. Initial and Final Planned Development application requirements. The following documents shall be included with each application, as follows:
1. Information required for Initial Planned Development application.
a. A completed application signed by the owner of record including the project name, legal description, and contact information for the land owner, developer and design professional(s) and fee;
b. A written letter of intent stating the reasons an initial planned development is being requested;
c. A floodplain development permit, if applicable, may be included, though it is not required at this stage of development;
d. Other information in order to meet city, county, state, and federal rules and regulations shall be submitted for approval when required by DRT or the applicable approving authority; and
e. A site plan drawn at a suitable scale including:
1) Proposed conditional uses including the maximum number of dwelling units and/or the maximum square footage and type of nonresidential buildings;
2) Proposed minimum setbacks from the perimeter of the planned development for all structures, including accessory buildings;
3) Any proposed deviations from the minimum, maximum, or location criteria listed in the underlying zoning district standards including but not limited to setbacks, development density, floor area, lot coverage, lot area, building height, parking ratios, landscaping, signage, fencing, lighting, pedestrian and bicycle facilities, curb cut, driveway, drive aisle, and deck projections;
4) General location of parking and loading areas except for single-family, 2-family, and townhouse units;
5) Location and size of all proposed curb cuts other than for single-family, 2-family and townhouse units;
6) Location of existing and proposed water mains, sanitary sewer mains, and disposal systems;
7) General location of proposed recreation areas and open spaces;
8) General locations of any outdoor lighting except for public lighting and lighting for single-family, 2-family, and townhouse units;
9) Location of proposed lot lines as applicable;
10) General location, width, and grade of existing and proposed improvements to public and private streets;
11) Topography at no greater than 5-foot contour intervals;
12) General location of proposed storm drainage facilities; and
13) General phasing plan if applicable.
2. Information required for the Final Planned Development application.
a. A completed application signed by the owner of record including project name, legal description, subdivision name (when applicable), and contact information for the land owner, developer and design professional(s) and fee;
b. A written letter of intent stating the reasons a final planned development is being requested;
c. If new construction is proposed, all necessary utility, drainage, and access easements shall be submitted along with public facility plans drawn by a registered professional engineer;
d. When applicable, documentation of ownership and continuing perpetual maintenance responsibility for common open space, structures, facilities, private streets, and easement areas, via either a deed to a homeowners association, a joint ownership agreement, or other legally binding agreement acceptable to the City Attorney;
e. Other information in order to meet city, county, state, and federal rules and regulations shall be submitted when required by DRT or the applicable approving authority; and
f. A site plan drawn at a suitable scale including:
1) Proposed conditional uses, including the maximum number of dwelling units and/or the maximum square footage and type of nonresidential buildings;
2) Proposed setback for all structures including accessory buildings;
3) Proposed building heights;
4) Off-street parking facilities including parking spaces, loading spaces, circulation areas and fire access lanes;
5) Location of all pedestrian and bicycle facilities;
6) Detailed landscaping plans showing specific location and types, sizes and quantities of trees, shrubs, sodded or seeded areas, streams, ponds, and berms, except for single-family, 2-family, and townhouse units;
7) Location and size of all proposed curb cuts except for single-family, 2-family and townhouse units;
8) Location and type of existing and proposed water mains, sewer mains, and disposal systems drawn at a horizontal scale of 1 inch equals 20 feet and a vertical scale of 1 inch equals 5 feet;
9) Location and description of proposed recreation areas, common areas, and open spaces;
10) Location of any outdoor lighting except for public lighting and lighting for single-family, 2-family, and townhouse units;
11) Location, height, and materials description of proposed fencing except for single-family, 2-family, and townhouse units;
12) Location, height, size, and setback dimensions of proposed signs including building material specifications;
13) Location of proposed lot lines as applicable;
14) Name, location, width, and grade of proposed improvements to public and private streets drawn at a horizontal scale of 1 inch equals 20 feet and a vertical scale of 1 inch equals 5 feet;
15) Proposed final ground contours at no greater than 2-foot contour intervals;
16) Storm drainage plan and grading plan, shown at 2-foot contour intervals, indicating the location of proposed storm sewers, drainage ways, structures, the direction of water flow, and a permanent and temporary erosion control plan drawn at a horizontal scale of 1 inch equals 20 feet and a vertical scale of 1 inch equals 5 feet with runoff calculations and detailed on-site and off-site hydrologic and hydraulic calculations;
17) If a planned development is to be developed in phases, a development schedule shall be submitted. A scaled map indicating the proposed location and sequence of the future development phases shall be submitted;
18) Floodplain development permit and certificate, as applicable, including first floor elevation and minimum opening elevation for any structure located within a floodplain area; and
19) Location of decks and other projections from proposed structures.
3. Initial and final planned development review and approval.
a. The owner and/or designated agent shall submit the required application, number of copies of the planned development, and the appropriate supporting documents to the Department for review. Upon receipt of a complete application and the required information, the Director and DRT shall complete their review and provide a recommendation to be forwarded to the Planning Commission with or without stipulations.
b. Upon review by the DRT, if it is determined that the application is incomplete, the applicant shall be notified in writing of the deficiencies and the application will not be scheduled for a public hearing before the Planning Commission until such time as the deficiencies in the application have been corrected. An applicant may appeal a DRT determination that an application is incomplete to the City Council within 7 working days of the date the written notice is sent by DRT. The Council shall determine whether the application is complete or whether additional information or documents are required.
c. Once the application is complete, the DRT recommendation shall be provided to the owner and/or designated agent, and the Director shall place the application and recommendation on the next available Planning Commission agenda, with consideration for the required public notice. The Planning Commission will review the application and DRT recommendations and formally act on the application. The Planning Commission may deny the application, approve the application, or approve the application with stipulations. The stipulations for approval may be as recommended by DRT, or may be as found by the Commission to be reasonable and necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Section. The Planning Commission’s decision shall be final unless such decision is appealed to the City Council.
d. The Planning Commission’s decision may be appealed to the City Council within 7 working days. On appeal, the City Council shall review the application and recommendation de novo. The Council may take one of the following actions on the planned development application: approve, approve with stipulations, or deny. The stipulations for approval may be as recommended by DRT, or may be as found by the Council to be reasonable and necessary to accomplish the purposes of this section.
4. Public notice. An applicant for an initial or final planned development shall provide notice to property owners within 250 feet of the property under consideration, inclusive of public right-of-way, by first class mail, not less than 7 days prior to the public hearing before the Planning Commission hearing. Notice is also required, via first class mail, to all property owners located within the planned development. The city may require the applicant to sign a certified affidavit prior to the public hearing as evidence to document compliance with the requirements of this section. The city may decide to perform the adjacent property owner mailing and shall notify the applicant in writing prior to scheduling the public hearing. Additionally, a sign noting the fact that a planned development application is pending shall be posted on the site not less than 7 days before the Planning Commission hearing. Approved signs shall be provided by the Department and include a reasonable deposit sufficient to cover the cost of replacement of the sign. The sign shall be maintained on the site until the later of the Planning Commission’s approval of the initial or final planned development, the City Council’s action on an appeal is final, or the application is withdrawn.
5. Criteria for review. In reviewing applications for an initial planned development and/or final planned development, the following criteria shall be considered by the DRT, as applicable, in its recommendation for approval or denial:
a. There are conditions pertaining to the particular piece of property in question because of its size, shape, or topography that justify a deviation from the underlying zoning district standards or promote an alternative method of development;
b. The application of the underlying zoning district’s requirements or regulations to this particular piece of property would create either a practical difficulty or an undue hardship;
c. Exceptions to the underlying zoning district, if granted, would not cause undue hardship to the public good or impair the purposes and intent of the underlying zoning district’s requirements or regulations;
d. A literal interpretation of this title would deprive the applicant of rights that others in the same zoning district are allowed;
e. Any potential adverse impacts will be reasonably mitigated; and
f. Any requested exception to the underlying zoning district standards is related to an alternative or innovative practice that reasonably achieves the objective of the standard sought to be modified.
Any one or more of the foregoing criteria may be relied upon by the Planning Commission or City Council, as applicable, in approving an application.
G. Initial and final planned development amendments.
1. A major amendment to an initial or final planned development shall require approval of the Planning Commission or City Council, as applicable, following the process outlined above.
2. Minor amendments shall be submitted to the Director on a revised initial or final planned development plan showing the requested changes. Minor amendments that may be approved administratively by the Director include:
a. An increase in overall density, intensity or area of use less than 20%;
b. Any proposed change in the approved phasing plan;
c. A decrease in setbacks less than 20%;
d. An increase in height of buildings less than 20%;
e. A decrease in the size of designated open spaces or recreation areas less than 20%;
f. A decrease in the number of parking, loading, or unloading spaces less than 20%;
g. A decrease in the amount of landscaping less than 20%;
h. A change in the street pattern which would not adversely impact adjacent property;
i. Changes in the location and number of curb cuts;
j. Changes in items such as location of landscaping, fencing, fire access lanes, parking, loading, or unloading spaces, trash and service areas, signage and sidewalk location which the Director determines to be insignificant in nature; and
k. Any other proposed change deemed by the Director to be a minor change to the approved planned development.
H. Administrative dissolution of planned developments.
1. A planned development may be dissolved administratively if the reason the planned development was needed is mitigated due to redevelopment of the property to meet current zoning district requirements, if zoning regulations change such that the property becomes compliant, or if the property is rezoned to a district where the property is in compliance. However, if a planned development was approved in conjunction with a rezoning application, then it cannot be administratively dissolved.
2. Subsection H.1. shall also apply to any PRD, PUD, PCD, PLID and/or PID in effect prior to May 11, 2012.
A. Purpose. The purpose of the Planned Unit Development (PUD) Zoning District is to provide a process for the creation of a zoning district that allows for a mix of land uses and development standards that would not otherwise be permitted within the conventional zoning districts of this chapter. Once approved by City Council a PUD secures the land use and development standards for the property as a separate and unique zoning district. A PUD may be approved for a range of project sizes including but not limited to large scale projects with multiple lots and a mix of land uses or for a small-scale single lot project which requires flexibility because of unique circumstances or to promote unique design.
B. Intent. The intent of the Planned Unit Development (PUD) regulations is to permit greater flexibility of use and, consequently, more creative and imaginative design for development than generally is possible under conventional zoning regulations. It is further intended:
1. To promote more economical and efficient use of land;
2. To provide flexible zoning entitlements for projects that may be subdivided and developed in multiple phases;
3. To establish a method for providing future connections between existing and proposed developments in order to achieve an integrated community with common open space, transportation, transit, and public services networks; and
4. To allow for innovative development projects.
C. Definitions.
1. DEVELOPMENT REVIEW TEAM. The DEVELOPMENT REVIEW TEAM (DRT) is composed of city staff and representatives of outside agencies that have an interest in or would be affected by a proposed PUD application. The Director shall maintain a list of current members and may revise the list. The Director or designee within the Department will select members from the DRT list and forward PUD applications to the selected members for review and comment.
2. PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD). A zoning district designation for a tract of land controlled by one or more landowners, which is developed under a plan for either residential, commercial/retail, industrial, public, agricultural, open space, or recreation uses or a combination thereof.
3. PUD CONCEPT PLAN. A preliminary development plan submittal to be reviewed by the development review team prior to the preparation and submittal of a PUD zoning document. The PUD CONCEPT PLAN is designed to aid the city and applicant in preparing a complete PUD zoning document application.
4. PUD ZONING DOCUMENT. A zoning entitlement document to be reviewed by the Planning Commission and approved by the City Council. The PUD ZONING DOCUMENT is not an overlay district and once approved is the official zoning district designation for the property. An approved PUD ZONING DOCUMENT is recorded at the County Register of Deeds and is used to guide the future subdivision and development of the property.
D. PUD concept plan application requirements and approval process.
1. PUD concept plan submittal requirements. A completed application form shall be submitted with the PUD concept plan. The PUD concept plan shall be submitted on a single sheet at a suitable scale and contain the following information:
a. Perimeter property lines with measurements;
b. Existing and platted streets within or adjacent to the proposed development with right-of-way dimensions and street names;
c. Proposed collector or arterial streets within or adjacent to the proposed development with right-of-way dimensions and street names;
d. Land use and zoning district designations for adjacent properties;
e. The development areas or parcels within the property shall be labeled with the proposed land use(s), total acres and square feet, development density by dwelling units per acre and/or floor area ratio, and maximum area to be used for outdoor storage and large vehicle parking;
f. Location and type of existing and proposed vehicle access points along the perimeter of the property;
g. Location of existing irrigation ditches, flood plains, drainage courses, parks, trails, storm water facilities, culverts, easements and underground utilities, existing buildings to remain, wooded areas, wetlands and other significant natural features;
h. Locations of proposed storm detention and/or retention facilities;
i. Topography at no greater than 5-foot contour intervals; and
j. A title box with the name of planned unit development; name, address, and phone numbers of the landowner(s); applicant, if different from landowner(s), and any entity charged with the preparation of the PUD concept plan; and date of submission with provisions for dating revisions.
2. PUD concept plan approval process.
a. The applicant shall submit the PUD concept plan to the Department for referral to DRT.
b. The DRT shall have 13 working days to review the PUD concept plan. Comments from development review team are collected by the Department and returned to the applicant. The applicant may choose to revise the PUD concept plan and submit for an additional review. There is no formal approval by the city of a PUD concept plan. All comments from the DRT are designed to assist the applicant in the development of the PUD zoning document application.
E. PUD zoning document application requirements and approval process.
1. PUD zoning document application requirements. The PUD zoning document application shall include the following:
a. A completed application form and fee;
b. Proof of ownership;
c. A letter of consent to file the PUD zoning document application signed by the land owner(s) if that owner is not the applicant;
d. An accurate legal description for the property;
e. Preliminary drainage report and preliminary drainage plan (if required by the Director of the Department of Public Works);
f. Traffic study (if required by the Director of the Department of Public Works);
g. Copies of the PUD zoning document at a suitable scale and sheet size to be determined by the Department. Each sheet shall be numbered and contain a title box with the name of planned unit development; name, address, and phone numbers of the landowner(s); applicant, if different from landowner(s); and any entity charged with the preparation of the PUD document; and date of submission with provisions for dating revisions. In most cases the PUD zoning document will consist of multiple sheets and shall be formatted as follows:
1) Section 1 cover sheet.
a) Vicinity map at a suitable scale showing all roadways within ½ mile of the property;
b) Legal description;
c) Signature blocks in accordance with city standards; and
d) Table of contents for all sheets within the PUD zoning document.
2) Section 2 land plan sheet(s).
a) North arrow and scale (written and graphic) on all sheets at a suitable scale. If it is not possible to contain the entire development on the first sheet at this scale then the first sheet in this section shall contain a composite drawing showing the entire development with match lines and designated sheet numbers;
b) Perimeter property lines with measurements;
c) Existing and platted streets within or adjacent to the proposed development with right-of-way dimensions and street names;
d) Proposed collector or arterial streets within or adjacent to the proposed development with right-of- way dimensions and street names;
e) Land use and zoning district designations for adjacent properties;
f) The development areas or parcels within the property shall be labeled with the proposed land use(s), total acres and square feet, development density by dwelling units per acre and/or floor area ratio, and maximum area to be used for outdoor storage and large vehicle parking;
g) Location and type of existing and proposed vehicle access points along the perimeter of the property;
h) Location of existing irrigation ditches, flood plains, drainage courses, parks, trails, storm water facilities, culverts, easements and underground utilities, existing buildings to remain, wooded areas, wetlands and other significant natural features;
i) Locations of proposed storm detention and/or retention facilities; and
j) Topography at no greater than 5-foot contour intervals.
3) Section 3 building bulk standards and site development standards.
a) A building bulk standards table including the proposed development parcels and building type(s) permitted within the parcel (i.e., single-family detached, townhouse, commercial, industrial) along the vertical axis (rows) and the proposed standards (i.e., lot size, lot frontage, building setback, building height, floor area, dwelling unit area, lot coverage, parking and loading) along the horizontal axis (columns). Additional tables may be added for landscaping requirements and signage or a statement shall be added that the city development standards as adopted and amended shall apply.
b) A section may be added granting the Director the authority to approve variances to the bulk standards and site development standards provided there is a specific maximum percentage or amount that can be approved administratively. All other administrative approvals shall be subject to those permitted by § 17.50.060F.
4) Section 4 land use schedule.
a) A land use table including the proposed development area(s) along the horizontal axis (columns) and a list of specific land uses along the vertical axis (rows). The table shall indicate whether a specific land use is a use-by-right, conditional use, accessory use, temporary use, or excluded use within each proposed development area.
5) Section 5 public and private improvements.
a) A narrative description and/or graphic plan detailing landscape standards for public and private parks, open spaces, and drainage facilities within the property as applicable.
b) Street cross section design for all streets within and along the perimeter of the property.
6) Section 6 design standards.
a) A narrative description and/or graphic drawings defining the character of the buildings and site development improvements to be constructed in each development parcel including the color, type, and percentage of materials used in construction of the proposed buildings, building massing, roof line slope and type, and other specific architectural features that may be provided or a statement shall be added that the city development standards as adopted or amended shall apply.
b) A narrative of architectural elements or building materials that the applicant may want to prohibit within the PUD zoning document may be added.
2. PUD zoning document approval process. The PUD zoning document approval process shall follow the city rezoning procedure in § 17.54.040.
F. PUD zoning document amendments.
1. An amendment to the PUD zoning document shall follow the city rezoning procedure as set forth in § 17.54.040. Minor amendments to the PUD zoning document, that do not require the applicant to follow the city rezoning procedure as set forth in § 17.54.040, can be approved administratively by the Director including:
a. An increase or decrease in building lot coverage, housing density or floor area ratio less than 20%;
b. An increase or decrease in lot frontage, lot depth, and lot area less than 20%;
c. An increase or decrease in building setback or building height less than 20%;
d. An increase or decrease in the size of a PUD zoning document parcel less than 20%;
e. An increase or decrease in overall density, intensity or area of use less than 20%;
f. An increase or decrease in the size of designated open spaces or recreation areas less than 20%;
g. An increase or decrease in the number of parking, loading, or unloading spaces less than 20%;
h. An increase or decrease in the amount of landscaping less than 20%;
i. An increase or decrease in width of a proposed street section, right-of-way, or easement less than 20%;
j. A change in the street pattern which would not adversely impact adjacent property;
k. Changes in the location, number or classification of curb cuts or street intersections;
l. Changes in items such as location of landscaping, fencing, fire access lanes, parking, loading, trash and service areas, signage and sidewalk location which the Director determines to be insignificant in nature;
m. Any proposed change in an approved phasing plan; and
n. Any other proposed change deemed by the Director to be a minor change to the approved planned unit development.
G. Minor PUD zoning document amendment application requirements and approval process.
1. Application requirements. A minor PUD zoning document amendment application can be filed for all or a portion of the land area within an approved PUD zoning document. Minor exceptions, modifications, or variances for individual lots shall follow § 17.50.070 Administrative Exceptions or § 17.54.020 Variances as applicable. The application for a minor PUD zoning document amendment shall be submitted to the Department and include the following:
a. An application form signed by the property owner or authorized representative;
b. A written narrative explaining and justifying the request;
c. A revised PUD zoning document sheet(s) with the revisions clearly documented including signature blocks for recording as determined by the Department.
2. Minor PUD zoning document approval process. The Department shall review the application for completeness within 7 working days of submission. Incomplete or improper applications will be returned to the applicant. Within 10 working days of receipt of a completed application, the Director shall approve the application; approve the application with conditions; or deny the application.
3. Documentation of a minor PUD zoning document amendment. The Director shall note any terms of the approved amendment directly on the minor PUD zoning document amendment sheet(s) and affix his or her signature and the date of approval. As applicable, such amended plans shall be recorded.
A. Purpose. The purpose of the administrative exception process is to allow for the administrative approval of minor deviations from the zoning district standards, development standards, and area regulations within all zoning districts. An administrative exception is a form of relief granted to a landowner when the strict application of a particular regulation would result in peculiar, exceptional, or practical difficulties upon the property owner. Such relief shall only be granted provided there will be no substantial detriment to the public health, safety, and welfare of the present and future inhabitants of the city.
B. Intent. The intent of the administrative exception process is to allow the Director to approve minor variations from the zoning ordinance. It is further intended that minor variations to the code may be approved to address:
1. A property constraint such as lot configuration or lot area;
2. A topographic, geological, hydrological, or environmental factor;
3. A non-conforming issue for pre-existing structures;
4. A new construction issue caused by survey or construction error; and
5. A new construction proposal that is innovative and/or would not cause substantial detriment to the public good or significantly impair the purposes and intent of these regulations.
C. General provisions. The Director is authorized by the City Council to approve minor exceptions provided the application complies with the process outlined within this section. In no circumstance shall the Director approve a minor modification that results in a change in permitted land uses that would require the approval of a conditional use permit or rezoning of the property.
1. The Director is authorized to grant deviations of up to 20% of any minimum or maximum zoning district standards, development standards, and area regulations including but not limited to:
a. Development density or intensity;
b. Building lot coverage;
c. Lot frontage, lot depth, and lot area;
d. Building floor area, setback and height;
e. Parking, loading and unloading spaces;
f. Landscape standards; and
g. Fence height and setback.
2. The Director is also authorized to grant deviations from any specific location and/or material requirements prescribed in this chapter including but not limited to:
a. A change in the requirement for screen fence and/or open style fence;
b. A building material type or amount;
c. Location and height of fencing;
d. Location of landscaping and landscape buffer;
e. Location of trash and service areas;
f. Location of parking areas, access lanes, and loading stalls;
g. Location of sidewalk, pedestrian and bicycle facilities;
h. Location of utility cabinets and appurtenances; and
i. Any other location and/or building material requirement which the Director determines to be insignificant in nature.
3. In the Urban commercial district, the Director is authorized to grant deviations under subsections C.1. and 2. and is authorized to grant other exceptions as identified in Chapter 17.66 when an exception is supported by the adopted comprehensive plan.
D. Application requirements. To initiate an application for an administrative exception, an application shall be submitted to the Department and include the following:
1. An application form signed by the property owner or authorized representative and fee;
2. A written narrative explaining and justifying the request; and
3. A site plan drawn to scale showing all property lines with dimensions, location of buildings and other structures, north arrow, street numbers, lot and/or parcel number, locations of setback lines or other dimensional requirements from which the administrative exception is sought.
E. Approval process. Upon receipt of a complete application and the required information, the Director shall have 7 working days from receipt of the application to complete the review and to recommend approval, denial, or suspension of the application. If the Director determines that the application does not contain the specified and required information, the review timeline shall be suspended and the applicant shall be notified of the deficiency. When complete and sufficient information is provided by the applicant, the review timeline shall be re-engaged, with an additional 3 working days added to the remaining balance of the review timeline. The Director shall approve the application, approve the application with conditions, or deny the application. An administrative exception may be approved by the Director upon determination that 1 or more of the following findings exists:
1. There are certain conditions pertaining to the particular piece of property in question because of its size shape, or topography;
2. The application of these regulations to this particular piece of property would create a practical difficulty or undue hardship;
3. Exceptions, if granted, would not cause undue hardship to the public good or impair the purposes and intent of these regulations;
4. A literal interpretation of this chapter would deprive the applicant of rights that others in the same district are allowed;
5. Any adverse impacts will be reasonably mitigated; or
6. The requested exception is an alternative or innovative practice that reasonably achieves the objective of the existing standard sought to be modified.
F. Appeals. The decision of the Director to approve the application with conditions or deny any application under the administrative exception review process may be appealed to the Board of Adjustment following the application procedures in § 17.54.020.
G. Documentation of approval. The Director shall note the terms of the approved exception directly on the amended plan and affix his or her signature and the date of approval.
A. Definitions. For the purpose of this section, §§ 17.50.090 and 17.50.100, the following definitions shall apply unless the context clearly indicates or requires a different meaning.
ABANDONED SIGN. An on-premises or off-premises sign which meets 1 or more of the following:
a. No longer correctly directs or exhorts any person, advertises a bona fide business, lessor, owner, product or activity conducted or product available on or off the premises where such a sign is displayed;
b. The business it advertises has discontinued business in the city of Rapid City;
c. Any sign declared unlawful by the Building Official;
d. Any sign not properly maintained or which no longer displays an advertising message.
ADVERTISING MESSAGE. The copy on a sign which advertises goods, products, services, persons, or public messages.
ANIMATION. Any sign which includes moving graphics, symbols, designs, pictures, or animated creations produced on a digital display, plasma display, LCD display, or other similar technology. For purposes of this code, this item does not refer to flashing, which is separately defined.
AWNING. A shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building.
AWNING SIGN. Any sign attached or incorporated into an awning.
BANNER. A sign composed of lightweight material either enclosed or not enclosed in a rigid frame, secured or mounted so as to allow movement of the sign caused by movement of the atmosphere.
BUILDING FACE OR WALL. All window and wall area of a building in 1 plane or elevation.
BUILDING OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of this code.
CANOPY. See AWNING .
CHANGEABLE COPY SIGN. A sign on which copy is changed manually in the field.
CITY. The city of Rapid City.
COMMON COUNCIL. The Common Council of Rapid City.
COPY. The message on a sign surface either in permanent, temporary or removable form.
COUNTY. Pennington County, South Dakota.
DIRECTIONAL SIGN. Any sign which serves solely to designate the location or direction to a place or area.
DISPLAY SURFACE. The area made available by the sign structure for the purpose of displaying the advertising message.
EARTH TONE. A color such as tan or light brown as approved by the Building Official.
ELECTRICAL SIGN. Any sign containing electrically illuminated utilization equipment with words or symbols designed to convey information or attract attention.
ELECTRONIC MESSAGE CENTER. An on-premises sign capable of displaying words, symbols, figures or images that can be electronically or mechanically changed by remote or automatic means.
ERECTED. Attached, altered, built, constructed, reconstructed, enlarged or moved, and shall include the painting of wall signs, but does not include changing the copy on any sign.
EXEMPT SIGN. A sign for which a permit is not required.
FLAG. A piece of cloth or other similar material, usually rectangular, of distinctive color and design which is used as a symbol, a standard, a signal, or an emblem.
FLASHING SIGN. Any sign displaying a pattern of rapidly changing light illumination where the illumination on the sign alternates suddenly between high and low intensity for the purpose of drawing attention to the sign.
FRONTAGE. The length of the front property line or lines of any premise, which is/are parallel to and along each street right-of-way it borders.
GROUND SIGN. A sign erected on a foundation, free-standing frame, mast or pole which is not attached to any building or other structure.
HEIGHT OF SIGN. The vertical distance from the top of the sign or sign structure, whichever is greater, to the ground directly below, measured from a point equal distance from the sides or edges of the sign.
ILLUMINATED SIGN. Any sign which emanates light either by means of exposed tubing or lamps on its surface, or by means of illumination transmitted through the sign faces.
INDEXING SIGNS. A multi-face sign capable of showing multiple advertising messages in the same area through the manual rotation of vertical or horizontal sections of the sign face.
LAWFUL NONCONFORMING SIGN. A sign or sign structure which does not comply with all provisions of this code, but which was legal at the time it was constructed.
LOT. A parcel of land which is or may be occupied by a building, group of buildings, their accessory buildings, signs, or uses customarily incidental thereto, together with such yards or open spaces within the lot lines.
MAINTAIN. To allow a sign to exist or remain, or to repair or refurbish a sign in order to prevent decay or deterioration.
MARQUEE. A permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and projecting out from a building or structure.
MARQUEE SIGN. Any sign attached to or constructed in or on a marquee.
MESSAGE. A communication through written words, symbols, signals, or pictures.
OFF-PREMISES SIGN. Any sign identifying or advertising a business, person, activity, goods, products or services located off the premises from where the business, person/activity, goods, products, or services are located.
ON-PREMISES SIGN. Any sign identifying or advertising a business, person, activity, goods, products or services which are located on the premises where the sign is installed and maintained.
ORIGINAL TOWN. Blocks 71-76, 81-86, 91-96, 101-106 and 111-116 of the original town plat of Rapid City.
OUTLINE LIGHTING. An arrangement of incandescent lamps or electric-discharge lighting to outline or call attention to certain features such as the shape of a building or the decoration of a window.
OWNER. Any person(s), agent(s), firm(s) or corporation(s) having a legal or equitable interest in the property or premises.
PARAPET or PARAPET WALL. That portion of a building wall that rises above the roof level.
PEDESTRIAN SIGN. A sign that advertises to pedestrian traffic as regulated by § 17.50.080S.
PERSON. A person, heirs, executors, administrators or assigns, and also includes a firm, partnership or corporation, or their successors or assigns, or the agent of any of the aforesaid.
PREMISES. A legally described parcel of land where a sign is physically located.
PROJECTING SIGNS. A sign other than a wall sign which is attached to and projects from a building, structure, or building face.
PUBLIC SERVICE INFORMATION SIGN. See CHANGEABLE COPY SIGN.
RAPID CITY SIGN CODE. Sections 17.50.080, 17.50.090 and 17.50.100 of the Rapid City Municipal Code.
REAL ESTATE or PROPERTY FOR SALE, RENT OR LEASE SIGN. Any sign pertaining to the sale, lease or rental of land or buildings.
ROOF LINE. The top edge of the roof or the top of the parapet, whichever forms the top line of the building silhouette.
ROOF SIGN. Any sign erected upon, against or directly above a roof or on top of or above the parapet of a building.
ROTATING SIGN. Any sign or portion of a sign which moves in a revolving or similar manner.
SCROLLING. The horizontal and/or vertical movement of an advertising message across the face of an electric messaging center sign.
SIGN. Any identification, description, illustration or device illuminated or non-illuminated, which is visible from any public place or is located on private property and exposed to the public, and which directs attention to a product, service, place, activity, person, institution, business or solicitation, including any permanently installed or situated merchandise, or any emblem, painting, banner, pennant, placard or temporary sign designed to advertise, identify or convey information, with the exception of window displays and sign structures; however, for the purpose of removal, signs shall also include all sign structures.
SIGN AREA. The total area or areas of all signs within the outer edges of the sign or advertising message.
SIGN STRUCTURE. Any structure which supports, has supported, or is capable of supporting a sign, including a decorative cover.
STREET. A public or private right-of-way which affords the principal means of access to abutting property.
STRUCTURAL ALTERATION or STRUCTURAL CHANGE. Any change, modification or alteration of a sign or sign structure, except changing the copy or advertising message on a sign, painting the sign, changing light bulbs, performing routine maintenance and upgrades on a sign’s wiring or electrical systems, or installing energy saving technology or maintaining or replacing the digital components or digital modules on existing digital signs up to and including replacing the entire digital cabinet and adjusting the mounting methods as necessary, so long as the change does not require any other changes or modifications to the sign structure in addition to the device being installed.
TEMPORARY SIGN. A sign which is not permanently erected or affixed.
UNLAWFUL SIGN. A sign or sign structure which is unlawfully erected or is unlawful for reasons of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, obsolescence, fire hazard, disaster, damage, or abandonment as declared by the Building Official.
USE. The specific purpose for which land or a building is designed, arranged, intended, or for which it is or may be occupied or maintained.
WALL. Any wall or element of a wall, or any member or group of members which defines the exterior boundaries or courts of a building and which has a slope of 60 degrees or greater with the horizontal plane.
WALL SIGN. A sign painted directly on the surface of a building, fence, awning or marquee; or a sign attached to or erected against the wall of a building, fence, awning or marquee, with the face in a parallel plane to the plane of the building wall.
B. Administration. The provisions of this section apply to the Rapid City Sign Code.
1. The Building Official is authorized and directed to enforce all the provisions of this code.
2. The Building Official shall have the power to render interpretations of this code and to adopt and enforce rules and supplemental regulations in order to clarify the application of its provisions. The interpretations, rules and regulations shall be in conformance with the intent and purpose of this code.
3. The Building Official may deputize inspectors or employees as may be necessary to assist in carrying out the administration and enforcement of this code.
4. When it is necessary to make an inspection to enforce the provisions of this code, or when the Building Official has reasonable cause to believe that there exists a sign or a condition which is contrary to, or in violation of this code, the Building Official may enter the premises at reasonable times to inspect or to perform duties imposed by this code, provided credentials be presented to the occupant and entry requested, if premises are occupied. If premises are unoccupied, the Building Official shall make a reasonable effort to locate the owner or other person having charge or control of the premises and request entry. If entry is refused, the Building Official shall have recourse to the remedies provided by law to secure entry.
5. Whenever the work is being done in contrary to the provisions of this code, or other pertinent laws or ordinances implemented through the enforcement of this code, the Building Official may order the work stopped by notice in writing served on any persons engaged in doing or causing the work to be done. Work must then be stopped until otherwise authorized by the Building Official.
6. This code shall not be construed to relieve from or lessen the responsibility to any person owning, operating or controlling any sign or sign structure for any damages to persons or property caused by defects, nor shall the city be held as assuming any such liability by reason of the inspections authorized by this code or any permits issued under this code.
7. All provisions of the laws and ordinances of the city and the state shall be complied with, whether specified herein or not. In the event that portions of this section conflict with other portions, or portions of this section conflict with state or federal law, the more restrictive requirement shall apply. In addition, compliance with this code does not presume to give authority to violate, cancel or set aside any of the provisions of the building code, municipal code or other local law, or ordinance regulating construction or the performance of construction in the city.
C. Enforcement.
1. The Building Official may declare any sign unlawful if it is not properly maintained, if it is not structurally sound, if it has been abandoned, if it was erected without a proper permit, if it does not qualify as a legal non-conforming sign and violates some provision of this code, or if it is in violation of any other provision of the city code, state law or federal law.
2. Upon determining that a sign is unlawful, the Building Official shall prepare a written notice and order which shall describe the sign and specify the violation involved and shall state that if the sign is not removed, or the violation is not corrected within a specified period of time as determined by the Building Official, the sign shall be removed in accordance with the provisions of this section. The owner of the building, structure, premises, or sign shall be responsible for the cost of removing the sign or sign structure.
3. Service of the notice and order shall be made upon all persons entitled thereto either personally or by mailing a copy of the notice and order by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to each such person at their address as it appears on the last equalized assessments roll of the county or as known to the Building Official. If no address of any such person so appears or is known to the Building Official, then a copy of the notice and order shall be mailed, addressed to the person, at the address of the premises where the unlawful sign is located. The failure of any such person to receive the notice and order shall not affect the validity of any proceedings taken under this section. Service by certified mail in the manner herein provided shall be effective on receipt of mailing.
4. Notwithstanding any other provision of this code, an unlawful sign is declared a nuisance and may be abated as such under applicable state laws and city ordinances.
D. Prohibited signs. The following types of signs are expressly prohibited, except as otherwise provided by this code:
1. Off-premises or public purpose signs incorporating animation, graphics, pictures or video which is in motion.
2. Signs incorporating noise, blasts, vibration or dust;
3. Signs incorporating flashing, blinking or traveling lights;
4. Any sign or portion of a sign which moves or assumes any motion constituting a non-stationary position, except barber poles and signs attached to or placed upon a motor vehicle;
5. Abandoned signs or unlawful signs;
6. A sign attached to, or painted on, a motor vehicle or trailer that is parked on, or adjacent to, property for more than 24 consecutive hours, the principal purpose of which is to serve as a stationary advertising device and to attract attention to a good service, business or product, not including vehicle sales. A logo or business name on a motor vehicle or on equipment, shall not be prohibited unless the motor vehicle or equipment is being used as a stationary advertising device. However, this prohibition shall not include trailer-mounted signs when the gross weight of the sign and the trailer is less than 1,000 pounds;
7. Signs located in the public right-of-way unless otherwise allowed by another provision of city ordinance, state law or federal law;
8. Banners, pennants, search lights, streamer, twirling signs, sandwich board signs, sidewalk or curb signs, balloons, air and gas-filled figures shall be prohibited except when permitted pursuant to § 17.50.080S.1.;
9. Flags displaying an advertising message, excluding flags of any nation, state, political subdivision, or corporate flag;
10. Projecting signs, except pedestrian-oriented signs that do not exceed 8 square feet;
11. Off-premises roof signs;
12. On-premises roof signs;
13. Off-premises wall signs;
14. Indexing signs, as defined herein;
15. Signs advertising words or pictures of obscene or pornographic material, signs that emit sound, odor, visible matter or which are similar to traffic control signs or signals and which advertise words such as “Stop,” “Go,” “Danger,” “Warning”; or signs that obstruct the vision of traffic control signs or signals or lights in the public right-of-way;
16. Off-premises sign constructed with more than 1 display surface per side;
17. Off-premises sign in a position or shape other than horizontal whose height is greater than its width;
18. Off-premises ground signs with faces constructed at any angle greater than 20 degrees as measured by any angle between the 2 faces;
19. Off-premises signs with a face width greater than 30 feet or a face height greater than 15 feet;
E. Off-premises sign license.
1. Every off premises sign shall have an off-premise sign license issued by the Building Official. The Common Council shall establish the fee for each off-premises sign license by resolution. One license shall be required per structure.
2. Off-premises sign licenses expire on December 31 of the year in which the license is purchased.
3. Any off-premises sign that does not have an off-premises sign license by February 1 of any year is an unlawful sign as defined under this code and is subject to removal under the provisions of § 17.50.080C.
4. No off-premises sign license shall be issued for a new off-premises sign unless the owner of the sign shall surrender to the Building Official 2 off-premise sign credits which have been previously issued pursuant to this code or under the provisions of earlier versions of this code.
5. All funds paid to the city pursuant to this section shall be deposited in a separate fund designated the Sign Code Enforcement Fund. The Building Official shall use the funds in this account to enforce the provisions of §§ 17.50.080, 17.50.090 and 17.50.100 of the Rapid City Municipal Code.
6. No sign shall be deemed unlawful for being unlicensed under this section until 90 days after the enactment of this section. Any off-premise sign that is not licensed within 90 days of enactment of this section is a prohibited sign subject to removal under the provisions of § 17.50.080C. of this code.
F. Sign contractor license required. No person shall engage in the business of constructing signs without obtaining the required contractor license(s) issued by the Building Official.
G. Sign building permits.
1. Except as otherwise provided in this code, it shall be unlawful for any person to erect, construct, enlarge, move or convert any sign in the city, or cause the same to be done, without first obtaining a sign building permit from the Building Official as required by this code.
2. Every sign building permit issued by the Building Official shall expire and become null and void if construction of the sign does not commence within 60 days from the date the permit is issued. All sign building permits shall expire 120 days from the date the permit is issued. For good cause, the Building Official may extend the time limitations for up to an additional 120 days. Any extension granted shall be accompanied by a fee equal to one-half of the original permit fee paid to the city.
3. No new off-premise sign shall be permitted unless the applicant has first obtained an off-premise sign license as required by § 17.50.080E. of this code.
H. Exemptions. The following types of signs and activities are exempt from the provisions of § 17.50.080G.:
1. So long as structural changes are not made, changing the advertising copy or message; painting, maintaining and/or repairing an existing lawful sign; changing light bulbs; performing routine maintenance and upgrades on a sign’s wiring or electrical systems; or installing energy saving technology or maintaining or replacing the digital components or digital modules on existing digital signs up to and including replacing the entire digital cabinet and adjusting the mounting methods as necessary, so long as the change does not require any other changes or modifications to the sign structure in addition to the device being installed.
2. One construction sign shall be allowed per lot. The sign shall not exceed 32 square feet in area, and shall not be erected until a building permit has been issued. The sign shall be removed within 14 days after the issuance of a certificate of occupancy;
3. Directional signs entirely on the premises where the sign is located. Directional signs under this provision shall not exceed 5 square feet in area;
4. Corporate flags or emblems limited to a maximum of 1 per premises;
5. Flags of any nation or political subdivision with a maximum number of one flag type per premises, per street frontage;
6. Traffic control devices and other similar signs placed by the city or state, directional signs placed by the city, state or authorized by the city or state and signs authorized by the city’s Traffic Engineer pursuant to the authority granted to him or her by the city code;
7. Signs located within the interior of any building, or within any enclosed lobby or court of any building, or signs located within the inner or outer lobby, court or entrance of any theater, or within any sports field, stadium; or ice rink; provided such signs are not intended or designed to be viewed from any public property or to other adjacent property. Determination of intent and design shall be based upon the size, location, orientation and legibility of such signs, and whether they are reasonably suited to convey a message to patrons of the property upon which they are located, rather than to persons viewing the sign from any public property or from adjoining property, and the extent to which reasonable measures have been taken to limit the conveying of a message to persons viewing the sign from any public property or from adjoining property. Specifically, design and intent shall be determined by a good faith standard and with an intent that this exemption shall not be used as a subterfuge to allow off-premises advertising under a pretext of conveying a message to patrons of the premises upon which such sign is located. Nothing herein shall be construed as exempting the signs from any other provision of this code or any other ordinance, law, rule or regulation;
8. “No trespassing” or “no dumping” signs;
9. Plaques or name plate signs, not more than 2 square feet in area, which are fastened directly to the building and which do not contain an advertising message;
10. Window signs covering up to 25% of the area per window;
11. Temporary political signs are allowed so long as they are not located within the public right of way, a required sight triangle or a required parking stall or parking area. Temporary political signs are limited to 32 total square feet and a maximum height of 8 feet;
12. Identifying logos on municipally owned water storage reservoirs, when directed by the City Council;
13. Real estate signs, subject to the following restrictions:
a. Residentially zoned lots or parcels.
i. Less than 1 acre. One sign per street frontage not to exceed 6 square feet per sign.
ii. At least 1 acre but not greater than 5 acres. One sign per street frontage not to exceed 32 square feet per sign.
iii. Greater than 5 acres but less than 10 acres. Two signs not to exceed 32 square feet per sign, or 1 sign not to exceed 64 square feet.
iv. Ten acres or more. Three signs not to exceed 32 square feet per sign, or 2 signs not to exceed 48 square feet, or 1 sign not to exceed 96 square feet.
b. All other zoned lots or parcels.
i. Less than 1 acre. One sign per street frontage not to exceed 32 square feet per sign.
ii. At least 1 acre but not greater than 5 acres. One sign per street frontage not to exceed 64 square feet per sign.
iii. Greater than 5 acres but less than 10 acres. Two signs not to exceed 64 square feet per sign, or 1 sign not to exceed 128 square feet.
iv. Ten acres or more. Three signs not to exceed 64 square feet per sign, or 2 signs not to exceed 128 square feet per sign.
c. Real estate signs, removal. Real estate signs are to be removed as required by the provisions of state law which regulate real estate listings.
d. Directional real estate signs. These signs are intended to be used for the advertising of vacant lots that need traffic to be directed to the lot for sales purposes. One sign not exceeding 20 square feet shall be allowed per vacant lot of 1 acre or less upon which the sign is erected. One sign not exceeding 32 square feet shall be allowed per vacant lot of more than 1 acre upon which the sign is erected. Signs are to be removed within 24 hours of the expiration of the listing. Landowner permission is required for sign erection.
e. Model complex signs. These signs shall be located on the project site and conform to the following requirements:
i. One sign per complex not to exceed 32 square feet;
ii. One sign per model not to exceed 6 square feet;
iii. Two traffic direction signs, not to exceed 4 square feet each; and
iv. Signs are to be removed when complex ceases to be model home complex.
f. Off-premises open house signs. Off-premises open house signs are permitted, subject to the following criteria:
i. A maximum of 4 signs are allowed per open house;
ii. Signs may be put up 1 hour before opening and must be removed 1 hour after closing the open house;
iii. Landowner permission is required before a sign may be placed on their property; and
iv. Signs may not be placed in the public rights-of-way or medians.
I. Sign permit application, fees, and inspection requirements.
1. Application for a sign permit shall be made in writing upon forms furnished by the Building Official. The following information shall be provided:
a. Name and address of owner of the sign and licensed sign contractor if applicable;
b. Name and address of owner or the person in possession of the premises where the sign is located or to be located if not the same as the sign owner;
c. Clear and legible drawings drawn to scale with description showing the location of the sign which is the subject of the permit and all other existing signs whose construction requires permits;
d. Site plan of premises; and
e. Other such data and information as may be required by the Building Official.
2. The fees for sign building permits shall be based on the most recent building code fee tables adopted by the City Council by resolution. The permit fee for electrical signs or outline lighting shall be identical to the fees established in the State Wiring Bulletin, as adopted by the City Council by resolution.
3. All signs and sign structures shall be subject to inspection by the Building Official for compliance with the city code.
J. Construction specifications.
1. Supports for signs and sign structures shall be built to conform to the requirements of the current building codes as adopted by the city for wind loads, seismic loads, and other combined loads.
2. Signs shall be constructed to a minimum standard of quality as specified by the city municipal code for non-combustibility, steel, smoke density, ignition properties, and classification of plastics.
3. The Building Official may require an applicant for a sign permit to submit a stamped set of engineered drawings for any sign in accordance with the adopted building codes.
K. Electrical signs.
1. Electrical signs shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of the Administrative Rules of South Dakota (ARSD) 20:44:22, the National Electrical Code and the city's Municipal Code. Signs constructed in a UL shop must be energized by a licensed electrician. If a sign is constructed in a shop that is not UL, then wiring of the sign and energizing of the sign must be done by a licensed electrician.
2. Electrical permits are required for electrical installations serving outdoor signs. Electrical wiring requiring a permit shall be installed by a licensed electrical contractor. The minimum permit fee shall be identical to the fees established by the State Wiring Bulletin, as adopted by the City Council by resolution. Electrical signs and outline lighting shall be listed and labeled in accordance with ARSD 10:44:22:02, 20:44:22:03 and 20:44:22:04 and the National Electrical Code 600-3.
3. Electrical signs and outline lighting shall be marked with the manufacturer’s name, voltage input, and current rating. The marking required by this section and the label of a recognized testing lab, shall be located in a visible location and readable from both grade and the sign’s electrical disconnect.
4. All metal parts of electrical signs and outline lighting shall be grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code.
5. Each electrical sign or outline lighting system shall have an externally operable disconnect means located within sight of the sign or outline lighting transformer.
6. Electrical signs may be illuminated internally or externally so long as all lighting is directed away from the public right-of-way and adjacent residential areas. In addition, off premise signs must comply with the requirements of § 17.50.080N.
L. Maintenance. All signs and sign structures shall be in good repair, and shall be maintained so as to protect from deterioration, damage, decay and/or abandonment.
M. Advertising message required. All signs shall display an advertising message. If any sign fails to display a full face advertising message for 30 consecutive days, the Building Official shall notify the owner of the sign that the sign is in violation of this section, and that if the violation is not corrected within 60 days (the cure period), the sign will be subject to immediate removal pursuant to § 17.50.080C. of this code.
N. Sign brightness.
1. Any sign that is internally illuminated, or which displays electronic variable messages through light emitting diodes, liquid crystal display, plasma image display, or any other light emitting mechanism must be equipped with automatic dimming technology that automatically adjusts the display’s brightness based upon ambient light conditions. The brightness level for signs shall not exceed a brightness level of 0.3 foot candles above ambient light as measured using a foot candle (Lux) meter at a preset distance depending on sign area, measured as follows:
Area of Sign Sq. ft. | Measurement Distance (ft.) |
|---|---|
10 | 32 |
15 | 39 |
20 | 45 |
25 | 50 |
30 | 55 |
35 | 59 |
40 | 63 |
45 | 67 |
50 | 71 |
55 | 74 |
60 | 77 |
65 | 81 |
70 | 84 |
75 | 87 |
80 | 89 |
85 | 92 |
90 | 95 |
95 | 97 |
100 | 100 |
2. For signs with an area in square feet other than those specifically listed in the table (i.e., 12 square feet, 400 square feet, etc.), the measurement distance may be calculated with the following formula: The square root of the product of the sign area and 100.
Example using a 12-square-foot sign:
Measurement Distance = (12 sq. ft. × 100) = 34.6
3. The brightness measurement shall be performed as follows:
a. At least 30 minutes after sunset or 30 minutes before sunrise, the Building Official shall measure and determine the sign’s brightness by aiming a foot-candle meter directly at the sign. The measurement will be taken as close as possible to the above prescribed distance from the sign face being measured.
b. After the sign brightness has been determined, the Building Official shall contact the sign owner or the owner’s agent to schedule a time to measure and determine the ambient light conditions with the electronic messaging center off or while displaying all black copy. The ambient light reading shall be taken with the same foot-candle meter at the same location used to establish the sign’s brightness.
c. Once the 2 light readings have been determined, the second measurement reading shall be subtracted from the first measurement reading. To be in compliance with this standard, the difference of the two readings shall be 0.3 foot-candles or less.
O. Existing digital, LED or video type signage. Existing off-premises signs and public purpose signs displaying variable messages through the use of internal illumination technology or through light emitting diodes, liquid crystal displays, plasma image displays, or any other similar light emitting technology may only display static messages. Full motion images, graphics or video are prohibited. Static copy on these signs may be changed at a minimum interval of 8 seconds.
P. Sign benches. Sign benches displaying off-premises advertising may be located only on commercial premises. The display area on any sign bench shall not exceed 12 square feet. No more than 3 sign benches shall be located on any premises. Sign benches must be located within a 50-foot radius of each other.
Q. Historic sign requirements.
1. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to create historic sign districts. The boundaries of the historic sign districts shall correspond to the same boundaries as any historic district or property listed and regulated by the National Register of Historic Places, including the environs.
2. Historic Sign Review Committee. The Historic Sign Review Committee, as previously established, is hereby continued. The Committee shall consist of 5 persons.
a. Four members shall be appointed by the Mayor and approved by the Common Council. The members appointed by the Mayor should include individuals with knowledge and experience in historic preservation, architecture, sign industry, and/or be a property owner or business owner within a historic district.
b. The Historic Preservation Commission shall nominate 1 of its members to serve on the Historic Sign Review Committee as a standing member. The Historic Preservation Commission shall also nominate an alternate from its membership to serve in the absence of the standing member.
3. Length of term. Members appointed by the Mayor and approved by the Common Council shall serve terms of 3 years. The member and alternate chosen by the Historic Preservation Commission shall serve for a term of 1 year. The Committee shall elect a Chairperson from its membership to serve for a term of 1 year.
4. Meetings. Meetings of the Committee shall be held at the call of the Chairperson or the Building Official. All meetings of the Committee shall be open to the public. The Committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote of each member upon each question; or if absent or failing to vote, indicating such fact. A majority of the voting members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum.
5. Committee approval. Approval for any sign located within a historic sign district shall be granted by the Historic Sign Review Committee. The Committee may delegate some approvals to the Community Development Director or his or her designee in conjunction with guidelines further described in § 17.50.080Q.6. Decisions of the Community Development Director or his or her designee may be appealed to the Committee. Appeal requests must be made in writing within 14 days of a decision.
6. Criteria for approval. In considering sign permits within historic districts, the Historic Sign Review Committee shall consider the following criteria: size and position, projection, color, message, texture, materials, illumination and lettering style for the historic era for which the building or structure was constructed. The Committee may adopt guidelines administrable by the Community Development Director or his or her designee. Any such guidelines shall further describe the criteria in this section and identify conditions under which signs located within a historic sign district may be administratively approved. In order to adequately review these factors, the applicant for a sign permit must, in addition to the requirements of § 17.50.080I., submit the following: a photograph of the property and structure, a photograph or scaled drawing of the property or structure with the proposed sign sketched on it, color chips or color samples of the same colors that are to be used for the sign, and a scaled drawing of the proposed sign depicting the sign fonts and other attributes as they will actually appear on the sign.
7. Rules. The Historic Sign Review Committee may adopt bylaws and rules in accordance with the authority granted by this section.
8. Permit issuance. If the Historic Sign Review Committee approved an application for a sign which meets the criteria established by this section, then a sign permit may be issued. In order to ensure compliance with the provisions of this section, the Committee may approve applications with stipulations that must be met before a sign permit may be issued by the city. If the Historic Sign Review Committee denies an application for a sign which does not meet the criteria established by this section, the applicant shall be notified in writing as to the reasons for denial. Decisions of the Historic Sign Review Committee may be appealed to the City Council.
9. Register of Historic Signs. The Committee may create a Register of Historic Signs. The Committee may add signs to the Register that are lettered or symbolic messages
a. Affixed to or associated with historic buildings, or
b. Signs that otherwise merit inclusion on the register due to the following:
i. Association with historic figures, events, or places;
ii. Historic significance of the product, business, or service advertised;
iii. Attributes that are characteristic of a specific historic period;
iv. Significance as a local landmark, that is, recognized as popular focal points in the community.
Inclusion of an historic sign on the Register shall allow the sign to be maintained, repaired, and preserved, notwithstanding provisions of this chapter to the contrary. While maintenance and preservation shall be allowed, no expansion or increase in any nonconformity shall be allowed. Property owners shall not have any obligation for maintenance, repair, or preservation by virtue of a sign’s inclusion on the Register.
R. Shopping center entrance signs.
1. The provisions of this section apply to shopping center entrance signs. A shopping center entrance sign is a sign placed at the entrance of a community shopping center that is part of a Planned Development Overlay District or Planned Unit Development of at least 25 acres. For the purposes of this section, a community shopping center must consist of a grouping of retail shops and stores planned and designed as an integrated unit which provide goods and services for people within a 30-minute drive.
2. Shopping center entrance signage may be on-premises or off-premises so long as it is located within 2,500 feet of the exterior boundaries of the development it is part of.
3. Shopping center entrance signage can only identify the shopping center and/or the businesses and shopping center tenants that are located within the development.
4. Shopping center entrance signs shall be ground mounted, monument style signs. Signs that are raised off of the ground or are mounted on poles or pylons are not allowed.
5. Shopping center entrance signs shall not exceed 15 feet in height and 200 total square feet in area per sign.
6. The location and design of any shopping center entrance sign must be reviewed and approved as part of a Planned Development Overlay District or Planned Unit Development. Specific attention should be paid to the location of the proposed shopping center entrance sign in relation to other off-premises and on-premises signs in the vicinity. Any alteration of the sign other than the changing of names located on the sign shall follow the planned development overlay amendment process § 17.50.060G. or planned unit development amendment process amendment process § 17.50.060F. and G.
7. Shopping center entrance signs shall not be located within any clear sight triangle as set forth in the Rapid City Municipal Code.
8. Shopping center entrance signs are exempt from the following provisions of the Rapid City Municipal Code:
a. Section 17.50.060E.4.;
b. Section 17.50.090B.; and
c. Section 17.50.100B.
S. Miscellaneous signs. The following sign requirements are intended to provide exceptions or qualify and supplement the other requirements of this code:
1. A permit may be issued to a business, public entity, or a civic, charitable or fraternal organization for a temporary banner, pennant, sandwich board sign or air gas filled figure. A temporary sign shall not exceed 15 feet in height. A permit may be issued up to twice a year to the same business or organization and shall be issued for a maximum duration of 30 days. The permit may authorize temporary signage at multiple locations throughout the city. The fee for this permit will be calculated in the same manner as the permit fee for on on-premises sign permit.
2. The City Council may authorize the placement of banners on public light poles and structures which promote the city, any educational institutions within the city, or which promote community events, activities and celebrations. Such banners may not convey a commercial message, but may identify sponsors. The City Council may impose conditions upon which its authorization to mount banners under this section has been given, including the length of time the banner(s) may be located in the authorized location. The City Council may also establish rules and administrative procedures for the mounting of banners under this section and may further enter into agreements with public or private groups to mount and maintain banners on light poles or other public structures within the city.
3. Public or private institutions, school, nonprofit membership organizations, and philanthropic institutions that are educational, cultural, religious or recreational in nature and located in a zoning district that does not otherwise provide for on-premises signage may display on-premises signs. However, such sign or part thereof shall not contain a commercial advertising message. The signs shall comply with the following:
a. One on-premises ground sign shall be allowed per street frontage. The maximum height and area of the sign shall be based on its distance from the street frontage based on the following table:
Distance from Street Frontage | Maximum Height | Maximum Area |
|---|---|---|
0 to 50 ft. | 8 ft. | 32 sq. ft. |
50 to 200 ft. | 15 ft. | 64 sq. ft. |
Over 200 ft. | 20 ft. | 120 sq. ft. |
b. One on-premises wall sign shall be allowed per street frontage. The maximum area for the signs is based on the distance from the street frontage and is identical to the area allowed for on-premises ground signs. The height of the wall sign is dependent on the height of the building and is not subject to the restrictions on height for on-premises ground signs. If a wall sign is directly adjacent to a walking or other paved surface, it must be at least 8 feet from the lowest part of the sign to the surface grade;
c. Signs shall not be placed within a required sight triangle or a required parking area; and
d. Electric signs shall comply with § 17.50.080K.
4. For home businesses or occupations located in residential zoning districts, the total area of wall signs or ground signs is 1 square foot for each dwelling unit. Wall signs or ground signs for all residential entities on the premises must also meet the following:
a. A maximum of 1 such sign per street frontage is allowed;
b. The maximum height of the sign shall be 5 feet; and
5. Wall signs or ground signs for a commercial use in a residential district or a home occupation may be 1 square foot in size per commercial use or home occupation.
6. Miscellaneous signs shall not be located within any clear sight triangle as set forth by city’s Municipal Code.
7. In addition to any applicable requirements of § 17.50.080N., the light from any light source intended to illuminate a miscellaneous sign, or emanating from an internally illuminated miscellaneous sign, shall be so shaded, shielded, directed or of such an intensity that the brightness shall not adversely affect surrounding or facing premises, nor adversely affect safe vision of pedestrians or operators of vehicles moving on public or private streets, driveways or parking areas. If a miscellaneous sign is located in a residential zoning district, any illumination will be turned off from 10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.
T. Joint identification signs.
1. A JOINT IDENTIFICATION SIGN is defined as a sign designed to identify multiple business located in a specific area that has been designated as a development complex by the Director or their designee regardless of whether said establishments occupy separate structures or are under separate ownership.
2. A DEVELOPMENT COMPLEX is defined as a shopping center or 3 or more businesses in close proximity to each other that are part of a common development where joint identification signs will be allowed. The factors to consider in determining if a shopping center or 3 or more businesses in close proximity to each other are part of a common development are the layout of the site, the ownership of the land and whether or not the businesses share access, customer parking areas or other common areas. It is not required that the lots within a development complex be under common ownership if other factors which support the finding that a shopping center or grouping of 3 or more businesses are part of a common development are present. If the area being designated as a development complex for purposes of allowing a joint identification sign contains lots that are under separate ownership, all the lot owners must consent to the designation.
3. In addition to a sign permit, an applicant requesting to designate an area as a development complex must submit information relating to the factors described in § 17.50.080T.2. The Director or their designee will review the information submitted and in addition to determining whether or not the proposed joint identification sign is in compliance with the requirements of the code pertaining to joint identification signs, will determine whether or not to designate the requested area as a development complex. Any person or group aggrieved by the decision of the Director or their designee to designate an area as a development complex may appeal such decision to the City Council. The time for appealing this determination shall be limited to 7 days. The Building Official cannot issue a sign permit until the time for appeal has expired.
4. Joint identification signs will be treated as on-premises signs for all businesses located within the development complex whether or not they are located on the same legally described parcel as the sign. Joint identification signs can only identify those businesses or activities that are located within the development complex.
5. Each development complex shall be permitted 1 monument sign per public street frontage. For purposes of this section, a MONUMENT SIGN is defined as a freestanding sign not erected on 1 or more poles or other similar supports but erected to rest on the ground or on a base designed as an architectural unit with the sign. Individual on-premises ground signs will not be allowed for business located within the development complex. There shall be a minimum distance of 100 feet between joint identification signs. Each business will be allowed to have on-premises wall signs as allowed under this code.
6. Joint identification signs will be allowed to have a maximum area of 100 square feet or 1 square foot of sign for each 2 linear feet of street frontage of the development complex, whichever is greater. Provided that the total area of all signs on each frontage shall not exceed 200 square feet.
7. The maximum height of a joint identification sign shall be 15 feet.
8. Joint identification signs must be located on property that has been designated as part of the development complex. No joint identification sign can be located closer than 10 feet from any external boundary of the development complex.
U. Non-conforming signs. Any sign which was legal at the time it was constructed is a legal non-conforming sign. A legal non-conforming sign which is moved, relocated, structurally altered, or damaged by more than 50% of the sign’s value at the time the damage occurs, must be brought in to full compliance with all requirements of the Rapid City Municipal Code. Any legal non-conforming sign which is structurally altered and is not brought into compliance with all requirements of the Rapid City Municipal Code shall be deemed unlawful by the Building Official and removed in accordance with § 17.50.080C. of this Rapid City Municipal Code or any other applicable regulations related to unlawful signs.
V. Severability. If any section, sentence, clause, phrase or other portion of this section is held invalid or unconstitutional by any court of competent jurisdiction, it shall in no way affect the validity of any remaining portions of this section.
W. Variances. Applications for variances for sign height, sign area, sign setback, sign spacing, and total number of signs within this section, §§ 17.50.090 and 17.50.100 are subject to the review and approval process requirements outlined in §§ 17.50.050, 17.50.060, 17.50.070, and 17.54.020 as applicable.
X. Replacement of condemned signs. Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, any off-premise sign which is removed under the eminent domain authority of any governmental unit as a part of a publicly funded construction project may be replaced in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Prior to removal, the governmental unit proposing to relocate the off-premise sign shall make an application to the Building Official for permission to relocate an off-premise sign. The governmental unit applying for permission to relocate an off-premise sign shall provide on its application its certification that the sign is being removed pursuant to its eminent domain authority for the purpose of undertaking the construction of a publicly funded construction project, the location, size, and a description of the existing off-premise sign, and all information required for applications for new off-premise signs for the proposed location of the new sign. The governmental unit is not required to supply off-premise sign credits to make the application under this section.
2. Upon receipt of the application from a governmental unit, the Building Official shall review the application for completeness. The Building Official shall have the request placed upon the next available Public Works agenda.
3. Prior to the next available Public Works agenda, the Building Official shall make an on-site inspection of the off-premise sign. If the Building Official determines that the off-premise sign that is the subject of the application for relocation is an illegal sign, he or she shall proceed in accordance with the provisions of this section regarding the removal of illegal signs. No illegal sign may be relocated. If the Building Official determines that the sign is not an illegal sign, he or she shall report that fact to the Public Works Committee.
4. Upon receipt of the application for relocation of the off-premise sign and the report of the Building Official, the Public Works Committee shall recommend to the Council whether to authorize the relocation of the off-premise sign.
5. Upon receipt of the recommendation of the Public Works Committee, the Council may authorize the removal and relocation of the off-premise sign. The decision of the Council is final.
6. Any off-premise sign relocated under the authority of this section shall be constructed in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of this section pertaining to the size, height, and all structural requirements of this section and all other provisions of the Rapid City Municipal Code regulating the construction of structures.
7. Upon the approval of the application for relocation, the governmental unit or the owner of the relocated sign may apply for a conditional use permit as required by Title 17 of the Rapid City Municipal Code. No sign authorized to be relocated under the provisions of this section shall be constructed until all the requirements of Title 17 are met.
Y. Substitution of noncommercial speech for commercial speech. Notwithstanding any other provision of this section to the contrary, any lawfully erected off-premises or other sign displaying a commercial message may, at the option of the owner, display a noncommercial message. The noncommercial message may occupy the entire sign face or any portion thereof. The sign face may be changed from commercial to noncommercial messages, or from 1 noncommercial message to another, as frequently as desired by the owner of the sign, in compliance with the rest of this section, provided that the sign is not a prohibited sign or sign-type and provided that the size, height, setback, dimensional and other criteria contained in this section are satisfied.
Z. Penalty. In addition to any administrative actions or remedies authorized by this code, a violation of this section shall be subject to the city's general penalty provision, § 1.12.010 of this code.
A. Off-premises signage.
1. Off-premises signs, where permitted, shall be regulated by the requirements of this section and § 17.50.080 of the Rapid City Municipal Code, as well as any other applicable requirements found in the Rapid City Municipal Code.
2. The owner of an off-premises sign is required to obtain a sign building permit pursuant to § 17.50.080 prior to building a new off-premises sign or making structural alterations to an existing off-premises sign.
3. If any zoning district requires a conditional use permit for an off-premises sign, prior to a sign building permit being issued pursuant to § 17.50.080, approval of the conditional use permit must be obtained. A conditional use permit is required for any new off-premises sign. A conditional use permit is not required for any work to an existing or approved off-premises sign, including converting to a digital sign. A major amendment to a conditional use permit is not required for work to an existing or approved off-premises sign if that work is in compliance with the requirements of this title.
4. Approval of a conditional use permit is required for the conversion of an on-premises sign to an off-premises sign as defined by this section and § 17.50.090F. and prior to a sign permit being issued pursuant to § 17.50.080.
B. Size, height and spacing regulations for off-premises signage. Off-premises signs shall be constructed in accordance with the following regulations:
1. Off-premises signs shall be ground signs only. Off-premises wall or roof signs are prohibited. Off-premises ground signs shall have no more than 1 structural support or pole. Off-premises sign structures shall be earth tone.
2. Off-premises signs shall have no more than 2 faces. Each face of an off-premises sign may have a maximum area of 250 square feet, except as provided in subsection B.4. The faces on an off-premises sign may be mounted parallel to each other, or may be angled to each other up to a maximum angle of 20 degrees.
3. The maximum height of an off-premises sign is 30 feet, except as provided in subsection B.4. Off-premises signs with a minimum clearance of less than 10 feet from grade shall be setback at least 10 feet from all public rights or way and property lines. Off-premises ground signs with a minimum clearance of 10 feet or more from grade may be setback 0 feet from all public rights of way or property lines. The lowest point of an off-premises sign which extends over an area intended for pedestrian use shall not be less than 8 feet above the finished grade below it. The lowest point of an off-premises sign which extends over an area intended for vehicular use shall not be less than 14 feet above the finished grade below it.
4. For off-premises signs which are located within 100 feet of the right of way for Interstate 90 and which advertise to traffic on Interstate 90, an off-premises sign may have a maximum area of 672 square feet and may have a maximum height of 40 feet.
5. Electrical service to all off-premises signs shall be provided by an underground service lateral. In no case shall overhead wires be attached in any manner to an off-premise sign.
6. New off-premises signs shall not be located less than 1,000 feet from any other off-premises sign. The distance between off-premises signs shall be measured from the base of the sign in all directions (radial feet). No off-premises sign shall be located nearer than 1,500 feet from the nearest off-premises signs as measured by the distance over a public road between a line that extends from the base of each sign to the nearest mid-point of any public road from which the sign is intended to be viewed.
7. All off-premises signs shall be at least 50 feet from any on-premises sign. This subsection B.7. shall not prevent the construction of an on-premises sign within 50 feet of a previously existing off-premises sign.
8. Off-premises signs shall be identified by a label, nameplate, or trademark identifying the owner of the sign, except those signs which are exempt under § 17.50.080H. of this code.
9. Off-premises signs shall not be placed in any railroad right-of-way.
10. Off-premises signs shall not be located within any clear sight triangle as set forth by the city's Municipal Code, Design Criteria Manuals or standard specifications.
11. Off-premises signs shall not be placed on any property without written consent of the property owner or the owner’s authorized agent. Applicants for an off-premises sign building permit shall provide the city with a copy of an easement or other legally binding document before receiving a permit. The city is not responsible for verifying the legality of the document, but will maintain a copy for its files.
C. Lighting of off-premises signs. In addition to any applicable requirements of § 17.50.080N., the light from any light source intended to illuminate an off-premises sign, shall be so shaded, shielded, directed or of such an intensity that the brightness shall not adversely affect surrounding or facing premises, nor adversely affect safe vision of pedestrians or operators of vehicles moving on public or private streets, driveways or parking areas.
D. Off-premises sign credit system.
1. Off-premise sign credit system. After March 22, 2013, off-premises sign credits shall be issued by the city’s Building Official to those owners of off-premises signs who have completely removed a previously existing, lawfully erected off-premise sign and all associated structures. Any outstanding sign credits issued by the city prior to adoption of this section will remain valid and can be used in an identical manner to sign credits that are issued under this section. All sign credits, including those previously issued are subject to the provisions of this section, §§ 17.50.080 and 17.50.090 of this code.
2. Requirements prior to issuance of credit. The process for issuance of off-premise sign credits is as follows:
a. The owner of the sign completes an application for an off premises sign credit.
b. The owner of the sign provides proof to the Building Official that the sign for which a credit is sought was lawfully erected and in existence prior to the adoption of this section.
c. The Building Official determines the sign is not currently a prohibited sign as defined by this code and otherwise conforms to all applicable federal, state or local laws and regulations.
d. If the Building Official is satisfied that the first 3 requirements are met, a certificate of eligibility for an off-premises sign credit shall be issued. Certificates of eligibility for off-premise sign credit shall expire and become null and void 21 days after they are issued.
e. The Building Official, or their designee, confirms by on-sight inspection that the off-premises sign has been completely removed and that the certificate of eligibility for off-premise sign credit has not expired. No request for inspection shall be made to the Building Official until the structure has been completely removed. The Building Official, or their designee, shall make an inspection within 2 working days of a request for inspection.
f. An off-premise sign credit may not be issued if there are more than 20 sign credits outstanding.
3. Off-premise sign credit basis. The number of off-premises sign credits that may be issued for removal of an existing off-premises sign is determined as follows:
a. For any existing off-premises sign which complied with § 17.50.090B.5. the Building Official may issue 1 off-premises sign credit. For any existing off-premises sign which did not comply with § 17.50.090B.5., the Building Official may issue 2 off-premises sign credits. If the face of the existing off-premises sign being removed is smaller than the maximum size for sign faces established in this code, the sign credit will only authorize construction of a new off-premises sign which is the same size as the one which is removed. In all other situations, an off-premises sign credit will authorize construction of an off-premises sign with a face as large as the maximum size legally allowed at the time the credit is used.
b. The square footage permitted by 1 off-premise sign credit may not be transferred or added to the square footage of another off-premise sign credit.
4. Transferability of sign credits; notice of transfer required. Off-premise sign credits are freely transferable through legal means; however, a transferee shall provide written notice of the transfer to the city by registered mail, return receipt requested, within 90 days following the transfer of the credit(s) or the sign credit(s) shall be void.
5. Usage. Off premise sign credits may only be used to erect a new off-premise sign if the proposed new sign is in full compliance with all requirements of the Rapid City Municipal Code and all applicable federal, state or local laws and regulations. The city has no obligation to guarantee that a sign credit may be utilized within the city during the life of the credit.
6. Sunset date for sign credit. An off-premises sign credit shall not exist in perpetuity. An off-premises sign credit shall terminate 2 decades after it has been issued unless utilized within 20 years from the date of issuance by the Building Official or unless the same has become void by operation of the provisions of this section. This section shall not apply to sign credits issued prior to June 9, 2011.
7. The city shall maintain a list of all unused off-premises sign credits and their expiration dates.
E. Alteration of existing off-premises signs.
1. Notwithstanding any other provision of this code, any legal non-conforming off-premise sign may be reconstructed by the current permit holder in the same location as it currently exists so long as the alterations or reconstruction of the sign bring it into compliance with all of the provisions of the City Code with the exception of any spacing requirements between signs. A sign building permit is required to make the alterations allowed by this subsection E.1.
2. Whenever any off-premise sign is structurally altered, the current permit holder of the sign shall be eligible for off-premise sign credits as follows:
a. The current permit holder of the sign completes an application for an off-premise sign credit;
b. The current permit holder of the sign provides proof to the Building Official that the sign for which a credit is sought was lawfully erected and in existence prior to the adoption of this section;
c. The Building Official determines the sign is currently not a prohibited or unlawful sign as defined in this code;
d. The Building Official issues a certificate of eligibility for off premise sign credit. Certificates of eligibility for off-premise sign credit shall expire 21 days after it is issued;
e. The Building Official confirms, by on-sight inspection, that the sign has been brought into compliance with all the provisions of the city's Sign Code with the exception of any spacing requirements between signs and that the certificate of eligibility for off-premise sign credit has not expired. No request for inspection shall be made to the Building Official until the alterations to the sign have been fully completed. The Building Official shall make an inspection within 2 working days of a request for inspection; and
f. Upon compliance with all provisions of this subsection, the Building Official shall issue 2 off-premise sign credits to the current permit holder of the sign.
F. Conditional use permit requirements for off-premises signs.
1. Submittal requirements. In addition to the requirements set forth in §§ 17.50.080, 17.50.100, and 17.54.030 of this code, all applications for conditional uses for off-premises signage shall include the following:
a. Site plan drawn to scale showing proposed sign location, adjacent property lines, distance to nearest surrounding off-premise signage, and other such data and information as may be required by the Planning Director or his or her designee;
b. If necessary, the applicant shall submit a drawing prepared by a professional land surveyor identifying the proposed sign location and distances to the nearest adjacent off-premise signs;
c. If applicable, a letter from the South Dakota Department of Transportation indicating that all state requirements are being met;
d. A site-specific, engineered stamped drawing for the sign structure; and
e. An elevation drawing of the sign showing all sign features, including, but not limited to the post, sign structure, sign face and lightning.
2. Criteria for review. The following criteria shall be considered in considering applications for conditional uses for off-premises advertising:
a. The minimum requirements of the city’s Sign Code;
b. The standard requirements for all conditional uses set forth in § 17.54.030;
c. Size of the proposed off-premises sign;
d. Spacing from adjacent off-premises signs;
e. Density of off-premises signs in the neighborhood;
f. Height of the proposed off-premises sign;
g. Proposed lighting;
h. Impacts upon significant urban or natural viewsheds;
i. Impacts upon nearby residences;
j. Location with respect to any major community entryways, historic property, parks, schools, churches, playgrounds or similar public and recreational uses;
k. The potential height, size, lighting, and impacts of a future off-premises sign under the Sign Code;
l. The city’s comprehensive plan; and
m. Other criteria deemed pertinent to the review of the conditional use.
A. On-premises sign general regulations. On-premises signs, where permitted, shall be regulated by the requirements of this section and § 17.50.080 of the Rapid City Municipal Code.
1. Unless it is otherwise exempt, the owner of an on-premises sign is required to obtain a sign building permit before constructing a new on-premises sign or before making structural alterations to an existing on-premises sign.
2. The owner of an on-premises sign may not sell advertising on such sign or otherwise enter into contracts which allow the sale of advertising on the sign.
3. A property where an on-premises sign is permitted may have both on-premises ground and on-premises wall signs.
4. No on-premises sign may be converted to an off-premises sign except as provided in § 17.50.090G. of this code.
5. Any on-premises sign which is illegally converted to an off-premises sign is declared unlawful and subject to removal pursuant to § 17.50.080C. of this code.
B. Size, height and spacing regulations for on-premises ground signs. On-premises ground signs shall be constructed in accordance with the following regulations:
1. The maximum size of all on-premises ground signs for a single premises is 2 square feet in size for every lineal foot of lot frontage on a public street, except for premises which are located in the central business district and urban commercial district which shall be limited to 1.5 square feet in size for the first 25 feet of lot frontage on a public street and .5 square feet for the remaining lot frontage on a public street.
2. The maximum height of an on-premises ground sign is 45 feet.
3. On-premises ground signs with a minimum clearance of less than 10 feet from grade, or monument type ground signs, shall be setback at least 10 feet from all public rights of way and property lines. On-premises ground signs with a minimum clearance of 10 feet or more from grade may be setback 0 feet from all public rights of way or property lines.
4. There shall be a minimum separation distance of 100 feet from all on-premises ground signs located on the same premises.
C. Size, height and spacing regulations for on-premises wall signs. On-premises wall signs shall be constructed in accordance with the following regulations:
1. The maximum size of all on-premises wall signs for a single premises is 2 square feet in size for every lineal foot of lot frontage on a public street, except for premises which are located in the central business district and urban commercial district which shall be limited to 1.5 square feet in size for the first 25 feet of lot frontage on a public street and .5 square feet for the remaining lot frontage on a public street. A premises with 16 feet or less of frontage on a public street may have an on-premises wall sign with a maximum area of 32 square feet in size, except for a premises located in the central business district and urban commercial district which shall be limited to an area of 24 square feet in size.
2. On-premises wall signs may be displayed on any side of a building or structure on the premises.
3. The face of an on-premises wall sign shall be parallel to the plane of the wall it is mounted on. An on-premises wall sign shall not project above or beyond the plane of the wall it is mounted on. In the area of the central business district and urban commercial district, each separate business entity may display 1 pedestrian-oriented sign for each wall of the building that faces a public street. These signs are limited to 5-foot projection, 8 square feet, 9-inch letters and 8-foot clearance.
D. On-premises roof signs. Notwithstanding § 17.50.080D.12. of this code, on-premises roof signs on buildings 6 or more stories in height and located in the “original town” of the City of Rapid City, which lawfully existed on January 1, 2012, may be structurally altered or replaced subject to the following regulations:
1. Only the name or logo of the primary occupant of the building may be displayed on a roof sign.
2. The square footage of the new or structurally altered roof sign may not be greater than the existing roof sign.
3. If an existing roof sign is removed, it must be replaced within 180 days to be subject to this exception.
E. Electronic message centers incorporating varying message display technology.
1. On-premises electronic message centers, reader boards and other signs that allow for the display of varying messages through either manual means, or by the use of a digital, plasma, or LCD display, or other similar technology are allowed.
2. The maximum area of an on-premises sign authorized by this section is 60 square feet.
3. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this code, on-premises signs utilizing a digital display or other similar technology authorized by this section may incorporate graphic, animated or scrolling messages, but may not incorporate full motion video.
F. Lighting of on-premises signs. In addition to any applicable requirements of § 17.50.080N., the light from any light source intended to illuminate an on-premises sign, or emanating from an internally illuminated on-premises sign, shall be so shaded, shielded, directed or of such an intensity that the brightness shall not adversely affect surrounding or facing premises, nor adversely affect safe vision of pedestrians or operators of vehicles moving on public or private streets, driveways or parking areas.
G. Conversion of certain on-premises signs to off-premises signs. Notwithstanding § 17.50.090A., certain on-premises signs may be converted to off-premises signs if all of the following criteria are satisfied:
1. The sign that is being converted must be a legal, pre-existing, on-premises sign.
2. The conversion of the sign from an on-premises sign to an off-premises must be the result of the subdivision of an existing platted parcel of land.
3. The Rapid City Common Council determines, based on the totality of the circumstances taking into consideration the size, location, height and design of the current sign, and the location and topography of the parcel being served by the sign, that allowing the existing sign to remain will not be contrary to the public interest and will be in the best interests of justice.
4. The process for getting approval to convert a legal on-premises sign to an off-premises sign under this exception is as follows:
a. Application to convert the sign from an on-premises sign to an off-premises sign must be submitted to the Building Official who shall review the application for compliance with the mandatory criteria and after having reviewed the application shall forward a recommendation for approval or denial to the Rapid City Common Council;
b. The Rapid City Common Council shall review the application, along with the recommendation of the Building Official, and must determine that all the mandatory criteria are met prior to granting its approval for the conversion of the sign from on-premises to off-premises; and
c. The decision to allow the conversion of an on-premises sign to an off-premises sign is within the sole discretion of the Common Council and its decision on the issue is final.
5. Additional regulations that apply to converted signs:
a. At the time the application for conversion of the existing sign is submitted, the applicant must designate up to 2 specific parcels which the sign will serve. The converted sign will be treated as an on-premises sign for the businesses located on the designated parcels; and
b. The converted off-premises sign may not be expanded or structurally altered in any way except that advertising copy may be altered; and
c. The converted off-premises sign shall not ever be eligible for off-premises sign credits; and
d. At such time as the use of the property being served by the converted off-premises sign changes, the face of the converted off-premises sign may be changed to advertise that new use.
A. Purpose and intent. It is the purpose of this section to regulate medical cannabis establishments to promote the health, safety, and general welfare of the citizens of Rapid City, and to establish reasonable and uniform regulations to allow medical cannabis land uses in appropriate areas without harm to the city's residential, commercial, and industrial neighborhoods.
B. Definitions. The following words, terms, and phrases, when used in relation to medical cannabis establishments, shall have the meanings ascribed to them as follows.
1. Cannabis Products. Any concentrated cannabis, cannabis extracts, and products that are infused with cannabis or an extract thereof, and are intended for use or consumption by humans. The term includes edible cannabis products, beverages, topical products, ointments, oils, and tinctures.
2. Church. A church, synagogue, mosque, temple, or building which is used primarily for religious worship and related religious activities.
3. MEDICAL CANNABIS CULTIVATION FACILITY or CULTIVATION FACILITY. An enterprise, whether for profit or not, that carries on any activity involving the planting, growing, cultivation, harvesting, drying, curing, grading, or trimming of cannabis for the purpose of sale to others.
4. MEDICAL CANNABIS DISPENSARY or DISPENSARY. Means an enterprise, whether for profit or not, that acquires, possesses, stores, delivers, transfers, transports, sells, supplies, or dispenses cannabis, cannabis products, paraphernalia, or related supplies.
5. MEDICAL CANNABIS ESTABLISHMENT. A business enterprise registered by the State of South Dakota Department of Health as a medical cannabis cultivation facility, a medical cannabis dispensary, a medical cannabis manufacturing facility, or a medical cannabis testing facility.
6. MEDICAL CANNABIS PRODUCT MANUFACTURING FACILITY or MANUFACTURING FACILITY. An enterprise, whether for profit or not, that carries on any activity involving the compounding, blending, extracting, infusing, or otherwise making or preparing of a cannabis product.
7. MEDICAL CANNABIS TESTING FACILITY or TESTING FACILITY. An enterprise, whether for profit or not, that undertakes any analysis to examine or determine the potency or safety of cannabis or cannabis products.
8. PUBLIC OR PRIVATE SCHOOL. Any kindergarten, elementary school, primary school, middle school, junior high school, high school, or alternative or other secondary school, whether public, private, or parochial.
9. PUBLIC PARK. A green space or recreational area which has been designated for park or recreational activities including but not limited to a park, playground, swimming pool, athletic field, basketball or tennis courts, or other similar public land which is under the control, operation, or management of Rapid City park and recreation authorities.
10. RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT. LDR-1, LDR-2, MDR, HDR, MHR, and PF zoning districts, and any other district created after the effective date of Ordinance 6500 that may have residential uses as the primary intended purpose of the district. It shall also include properties zoned OC when developed as a residential use.
Any term not specifically defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to it by Chapter 17.04 or applicable state law.
C. Location of establishments. Medical cannabis establishments shall meet the location requirements of state law. In addition, medical cannabis establishments shall meet the following requirements:
1. A medical cannabis establishment shall not be permitted to operate within 1,000 feet of a public or private school.
2. Cultivation and manufacturing facilities shall not be permitted to operate within 500 feet of a child care center, church, public park, or property zoned as a residential district.
3. A dispensary may be permitted to operate within 500 feet of a child care center, church, public park, or a property zoned as a residential district only by obtaining a conditional use permit pursuant to § 17.54.030, and division D. below.
4. All measurements shall be made in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the nearest portion of the building or structure used as a part of the premises of a medical cannabis establishment to the nearest property line of the premises of those facilities or boundaries outlined above.
D. Requirements for operation. Medical cannabis establishments shall meet the following requirements:
1. All establishments must be wholly contained within an enclosed structure.
2. All applicants shall submit an operational plan detailing compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, administrative rules, and ordinances. The plan shall include an identification of the type of establishment, scaled drawings of the site and floorplan, operating hours, safety plans, security plans, and any other plans or information required by the Department of Health for registration as a medical cannabis establishment.
3. Applicants shall submit a waste management plan detailing waste handling and security. Wastewater pretreatment processes shall also be submitted if the medical cannabis establishment qualifies as an industrial user.
4. Applicants shall submit an odor control plan that shows all ventilation, odor abatement, and any other measures taken to prevent nuisances. The premises of an establishment shall be properly ventilated and the exhaust air filtered or treated to neutralize the odor from cannabis so that the odor cannot be detected by a person with a normal sense of smell at the property line of the premises or on any adjoining property. No operable windows or exhaust vents shall be located on the building façade that abuts a residential use or zone. Exhaust vents on rooftops shall direct exhaust away from residential uses or zones.
5. Applicant shall submit a survey stamped by a professional licensed surveyor, if required by the Director, to show distances to schools, churches, parks, or residential zoned property. The survey may be required by the Director if the distances required above are within 5% of the requirement as shown by the city's GIS Division's mapping application.
6. Registration with the South Dakota Department of Health shall be required for operation of any medical cannabis establishment. Failure to obtain a registration certificate, or revocation of a registration certificate, shall disqualify the establishment as a permitted use in all zoning districts and shall be sufficient cause for revocation of a conditional use permit.
A. Property Development Standards.
1. The following property development standards shall apply for all manufactured home parks established after the adoption date of this title; however, no manufactured home park presently existing shall be expanded except in conformity with this section.
2. The manufactured home park shall be subject to the density provisions of the district in which it is located; provided, however, there shall be not less than 3,000 square feet of lot area for each space provided on the site. This space ratio shall include access roads, automobile parking, accessory building space and recreational area. Height of manufactured homes shall not exceed 30 feet, and height of accessory structures shall be as regulated by the applicable zoning district per Title 17.
3. There shall be established and maintained within each park 2 parking spaces per manufactured home for the use of residents plus a minimum of 1 parking space per 4 manufactured homes for use by guests.
4. Manufactured home spaces must abut upon an unobstructed interior park road of not less than 20 feet in width. Vehicular access shall be provided from a public street. All dead-end interior park roads in excess of 150 feet in length shall include an approved emergency vehicle turning area.
5. Each manufactured home space shall be provided with a water connection and a connection to the city's sanitary sewer lines.
6. Each manufactured home park shall be provided with a management office. Service buildings shall be provided as necessary.
7. Manufactured homes shall not be used for commercial, industrial, or other nonresidential uses within manufactured home parks.
8. Clearances for all structures within a manufactured home park shall comply with Chapter 15.48 of this code.
9. Setbacks from all exterior property boundaries shall comply with the provisions of the applicable zoning district.
B. Application for Permit. An application for a new manufactured home park permit or for the expansion or alteration of an existing manufactured home park shall be as regulated in § 17.54.030 and shall be in compliance with all current building codes adopted by the city.
C. Nonconforming Manufactured Home Parks. A legal nonconforming manufactured home park and/or structures within the manufactured home park existing at the time of the adoption of this title may be continued and maintained except as otherwise provided in this chapter.
D. Compliance Required Upon Expansion. If an existing manufactured home park is expanded or altered in any manner, the manufactured home park shall come into compliance with all the requirements of Chapter 17.50 and Chapter 15.48 of this code. However, larger manufactured homes may be placed on the site as long as all clearance requirements are met.
A. The site proposed for a cemetery shall not interfere with the development of a system of collector and larger streets in the vicinity of the site. In addition, the site shall have direct access to a thoroughfare.
B. Any new cemetery shall be located on a site containing not less than 20 acres.
C. All other structures including, but not limited to mausoleum, permanent monument or maintenance building shall be setback not less than 25 feet from any property line or street right-of-way line.
D. All graves or burial lots shall be setback not less than 25 feet from any property line or street right-of-way line.
E. All required yards shall be landscaped and maintained.
A. The site must have direct access to a major public road.
B. In addition to the required setbacks from streets and highways, all yards shall be planted and maintained as a landscaped strip.
C. The theater screen shall not be visible from any public street within 1,500 feet. In addition, cars parked in the viewing area shall be screened on all sides by a wall, fence or densely planted evergreen hedge not less than 6 feet in height.
D. Loading space for patrons waiting admission to the theater shall be equal to 20% of the capacity of the theater. All entrances and exits shall be separated, and internal circulation shall be laid out to provide one-way traffic.
E. Sale of refreshments shall be limited to patrons of the theater.
F. No central loudspeakers shall be permitted.
G. All parking areas and access ways shall be adequately lighted; provided, however, that, the lighting shall be shielded to prevent any glare or reflection onto a public street or onto neighboring properties.
H. Amusement parks or kiddylands shall be limited to patrons of the theater.
I. The connecting driveways shall be surfaced with permanent paving, maintained in a good condition and free of all weeds, dust, trash and other debris.
A. Health Department report. Application for permission to operate waterworks and/or sewage treatment plants shall be accompanied by a report and a recommendation from the Health Department. The recommendations as to design and construction, type of treatment, source of water, standards for testing and sampling, and standards for the quality of effluent shall be incorporated into and made a part of the application.
B. Lot area and location. The required lot area and location shall be specified as part of the application and shall be determined in relation to the proposed use, the intensity of the use, and the effects of such use upon the environment.
C. Fencing and/or screening. Where findings indicate that a hazard may result or that interference with the development or use and enjoyment of surrounding residential properties may ensue, fencing or screening with an evergreen hedge or other shielding material may be required in a manner consistent with the findings.
A. Permissible zoning districts. Child care centers are permissible in residential, commercial, and light industrial zoning districts if a conditional use is approved by the Common Council. A conditional use is granted at the location for which application is made.
B. Factors for consideration.
1. In reviewing requests for a conditional use for child care centers, the Council may, in addition to the criteria included in § 17.54.030E. consider the following:
a. Proximity to major arterials;
b. Proximity to recreation facilities;
c. Traffic generated by the center;
d. Hours of operation of the center; and
e. Maximum number of children as appropriate to the area.
2. The Council, in reviewing requests for a conditional use for child care centers in commercial and light industrial zoning districts, may consider, in addition to the preceding considerations, the following:
a. Existing or potential levels of air and noise pollution in the area;
b. Access from the child care center to adjacent areas which are used for commercial or industrial purposes;
c. Appropriateness of outdoor play areas. If outdoor play areas are permitted, fencing shall be not less than 4 feet in height; and
d. Type of vehicular traffic common to the area.
C. Play area.
1. Play space of not less than 35 square feet per child shall be provided. Play space shall not include floor space used for permanent and stationary equipment, storage, halls, bathrooms, offices and kitchens. No more than half of the space occupied by cribs shall be used in determining total square feet of play space.
2. A fenced-in play area of not less than 50 square feet per child shall be provided. The play area shall not be closer than 25 feet to any property line which abuts the right-of-way of a public street. The fence shall have a minimum height of 4 feet. If an outdoor play area is not provided, play space provided shall not be less than 70 square feet per child. Any outdoor area in which children are permitted to play shall be fenced. The height and location of existing fences for child care centers currently operating under an approved conditional use as of the effective date of the ordinance codified in this section are deemed to meet the requirements of this section.
3. A fenced outdoor play area shall not be required if a child care center exclusively provides a structured preschool instruction program to a particular child for not more than 4 hours per day, and children are not permitted to play outside. Such a center shall provide the required play space as defined in subdivision 2. of this subsection if children are permitted to play outside.
D. Parking. Appropriate parking and unloading areas shall be provided for all child care centers. Criteria on which appropriateness is determined shall include:
1. Schedule of center operation;
2. Number of children served by the center;
3. Location of parking and unloading facilities relative to the structure and its entrances; and
4. Proximity of the center to major streets.
E. Continuing compliance. Compliance with any regulations cited herein is a continuing requirement of the ordinance codified herein applicable to all conditional use permits issued pursuant to the ordinance codified herein. Any child care center operating without an approved conditional use permit on the effective date of the ordinance codified herein is declared an illegal nonconforming use and shall comply with all requirements of the ordinance codified herein or cease operation. A conditional use may be subject to revocation pursuant to § 17.54.030.
A. Location. Because of the tendency for salvage yards to promote the breeding of vermin, no such operation shall be permitted closer than 300 feet from any established residential district.
B. Screening. All outdoor storage of salvage and wrecking operations shall be conducted entirely within an enclosed opaque fence or wall, excepting driveway areas, from 8 to 12 feet in height. Storage between the street and the fence or wall is expressly prohibited. Any fence or wall erected for screening purposes shall be properly painted or otherwise maintained in good condition.
C. Off-street parking. As regulated in § 17.50.270.
D. Ingress and egress.
1. The number of vehicular access driveways permitted on any single street frontage should be limited to:
a. One driveway where the parcel to be used has a maximum street frontage of 100 feet or less;
b. Two driveways where the street frontage exceeds 100 feet.
2. Driveways used for ingress and egress shall be limited to 25 feet in width, exclusive of curb returns.
An application for a permit for recreational fads including trampoline centers, kart tracks and similar recreational activities not specifically covered by these regulations, shall be reviewed by the Common Council.
A. Where the major portion of a motel complex is located in a proper zoning which allows motel complexes, a portion of the motel may be located in a MDR and HDR area if this portion is contiguous to the properly zoned motel area.
B. The nature of the motel complex in the residential area must be operated in such a manner that dust, odor, noise, glare and other offensive conditions are nonexistent. The use of the motel in the residential area must be for sleeping and rest purposes only.
C. The total motel complex must be under one common ownership.
D. The following regulations shall apply to motel complexes located in a MDR or HDR area:
1. Lot area. There shall be a lot area of not less than 10,000 square feet.
2. Front yard.
a. All lots fronting on an arterial or residential street shall have a building setback of not less than 25 feet.
b. All other lots shall have a building setback of not less than 25 feet.
3. Side yard.
a. For single story structures located on interior lots, side yards shall be not less than 8 feet wide.
b. For structures of more than 1 story there shall be a side yard of not less than 12 feet.
c. Lots having frontage on more than 1 street shall provide the required front yards along those streets.
4. Rear yard. Each lot shall have a rear yard of not less than 10 feet.
5. Lot width. Each lot shall have a width at the front building line of not less than 75 feet.
6. Maximum lot coverage. The maximum lot area which may be covered by any principal and accessory building shall not exceed 40%.
7. Off-street parking. As regulated in § 17.50.270.
8. Height restrictions. No principal building or structure shall exceed 2 stories or 35 feet in height except as provided in § 17.50.260.
An on-sale liquor establishment must be issued if:
A. The requested use will not adversely affect the use of any place used for religious worship, school, park, playground or similar use within a 500-foot radius.
B. The requested use is sufficiently buffered with respect to residential areas so as not to adversely affect the areas.
C. The proposed use will not create an undue concentration of similar uses, so as to cause blight, deterioration or substantially diminish or impair property values.
D. The proposed use complies with the standards of §§ 5.12.140 and 17.54.030 of this code.
A. Purpose and intent. It is the purpose of this article to regulate sexually oriented businesses to promote the health, safety and general welfare of the citizens of the city, and to establish reasonable and uniform regulations to prevent the concentration of sexually oriented businesses within the city. The provisions of this article have neither the purpose nor effect of imposing a limitation or restriction on the content of any communicative materials including sexually oriented materials. Similarly, it is not the intent nor effect of this article to restrict or deny access by adults to sexually oriented entertainment to their intended market, unless otherwise restricted by law.
B. Definitions. The following words, terms and phrases, when used in this article, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this section:
1. ADULT ENTERTAINMENT CENTER. An enclosed building or a part of an enclosed building, wherein an admission is charged for entrance into the facility, or for food, alcoholic beverages or other beverages intended for consumption within the facility, wherein may be observed or which contains 1 or more coinoperated mechanisms which when activated permit a customer to view 1 or more live persons unclothed or in such attire, costume or clothing as to expose to view any portion of the areola of the female breast, or any portion of the male or female pubic hair, anus, cleft of the buttocks, vulva or genitals.
2. ADULTS-ONLY BOOKSTORE. An establishment having as a substantial or significant portion of its stock in trade, books, magazines, films for sale or viewing on premises by use of motion picture devices or other coin-operated means, and other periodicals which are distinguished or characterized by their principal emphasis on matters depicting, describing or relating to nudity, sexual conduct, sexual excitement or sadomasochistic abuse, as defined below, or an establishment with a segment or section devoted to the sale or display of such material, for sale to patrons therein.
3. ADULTS-ONLY MOTION PICTURE THEATER. An enclosed building used regularly and routinely for presenting programs, material distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on matter depicting, describing or relating to nudity, sexual conduct, sexual excitement or sadomasochistic abuse, as defined below, for observation by patrons therein.
4. NUDITY. The showing of the human male or female genitals, pubic area or buttocks, or areola of the female breast with less than a fully opaque covering or the depiction of covered male genitals in a discernibly turgid state.
5. SADOMASOCHISTIC ABUSE. Flagellation or torture by or upon a person clad in undergarments, a mask or bizarre costume, or the condition of being fettered, bound or otherwise physically restrained on the part of one so clothed.
6. SEXUAL CONDUCT. Acts of masturbation, homosexuality, sexual intercourse or physical contact with a person’s unclothed genitals, pubic area, buttocks or, if such person be a female, her breast.
7. SEXUAL EXCITEMENT. The condition of human male or female genitals when in a state of sexual stimulation or arousal.
8. SEXUALLY ORIENTED BUSINESS. An adult entertainment center, adults-only bookstore, adult novelty store, adult video store, or adults-only motion picture theater whose inventory, merchandise, or performances are characterized by a preponderance of nudity, sexual conduct, sadomasochistic abuse, and/or sexual excitement.
9. RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT. Any land within the city limits of Rapid City zoned as LDR-l , LDR-2, MDR, HDR. MHR. and PF.
C. Classification. Sexually oriented businesses are classified as follows:
1. Adults-only bookstores, adult novelty stores, and adult video stores;
2. Adults-only motion picture theaters;
3. Adult entertainment centers.
D. Location of sexually oriented businesses.
1. A sexually oriented business shall not be permitted to operate within 1,000 feet of:
a. A church, synagogue, mosque, temple or building which is used primarily for religious worship and related religious activities;
b. A public or private educational facility including but not limited to child day care facilities, nursery schools, preschools, kindergartens, elementary schools, private schools, intermediate schools, junior high schools, middle schools, high schools, vocational schools, secondary schools, continuation schools, special education schools, junior colleges, and universities; school includes the school grounds, but does not include facilities used primarily for another purpose and only incidentally as a school;
c. Any property zoned LDR-1, LDR-2, MDR, HDR, MHR, and PF;
d. Any property zoned Central Business District (CBD);
e. A public park or recreational area which has been designated for park or recreational activities including but not limited to a park, playground, nature trails, swimming pool, reservoir, athletic field, basketball or tennis courts, pedestrian/bicycle paths, wilderness areas, or other similar public land within Rapid City which is under the control, operation, or management of Rapid City park and recreation authorities;
f. Auditoriums, convention centers, fairgrounds, museums, art or music centers, and theaters.
2. A sexually oriented business shall not be permitted to operate within 1,000 feet of another sexually oriented business.
3. For the purposes of paragraph 1., measurement shall be made in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the nearest portion of the building or structure used as a part of the premises where a sexually oriented business is conducted, to the nearest property line of the premises of those facilities or boundaries outlined in paragraph 1.
4. For the purposes of paragraph 2. of this section, the distance between any 2 sexually oriented businesses shall be measured in a straight line without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the closest exterior wall of the structure in which each business is located.
E. Conditional Use. Any sexually oriented business lawfully operating in a location permitted by this section shall be classified as a conditional use, and authorized by § 17.54.030
F. Nonconforming sexually oriented businesses. Any sexually oriented business lawfully operating on August 2, 2002 that is in violation of subsection D. of this section shall be deemed a nonconforming use and shall not be expanded or enlarged except in conformance with Chapter 17.52 of this title.
G. Sign requirements. All new sexually oriented businesses, and all existing sexually oriented businesses uses on August 2, 2002, shall, in addition to the requirements of §§ 17.50.080 through 17.50.100, comply with the following sign requirements:
1. No merchandise or pictures of the products or entertainment on the premises shall be displayed in window areas or any area where they can be viewed from persons walking or driving by the premises;
2. Window areas shall be covered and opaque.
H. Severability of provisions and applications. If a part of this chapter is invalid, all valid parts that are severable from the invalid part remain in effect. If a part of this chapter is invalid in one or more of its applications, the part remains in effect in all valid applications that are severable from the invalid application.
The uses of land, buildings, and other structures permitted in each of the districts established by this title are designated by listing the principal uses permitted. In addition to such principal uses, this article shall regulate uses customarily incidental to any principal use permitted in the district.
Each permitted accessory use shall:
A. Be customarily incidental to the principal use established on the same lot;
B. Be subordinate to and serve the principal use;
C. Be subordinate in area, extent and purpose to the principal use; and
D. Contribute to the comfort, convenience or necessity of users of such principal use.
Accessory uses shall be permitted as specified in § 17.50.200, and such accessory uses shall be applicable to the principal use and shall include, but not be limited to the following:
A. For dwellings:
1. Shelter to house domestic animal pets, but not exceeding 2 shelters per dwelling;
2. Children's playhouse and playground equipment;
3. Incinerator, incidental to the principal use only;
4. Private greenhouse, vegetable, fruit or flower garden, from which no products are sold or offered for sale;
5. Private garage or carport;
6. Private swimming pool and bathhouse;
7. Shed for the storage of maintenance or recreation equipment used on the premises; and
8. Accessory dwelling units as regulated by § 17.50.219.
B. For church, chapel, temple or synagogue:
1. Parish house, or residence for the clergymen of the congregation; and
2. Religious education building.
C. For educational institutions:
1. Convent or lay teacher's quarters;
2. Dormitories;
3. Power or heating plants;
4. Stadiums, gymnasiums, fieldhouses, game courts or fields; and
5. Fallout or civil defense shelters of the type and construction meeting the Department of Civil Defense Specifications.
D. For golf and country clubs:
1. Dwelling for caretaker;
2. Maintenance equipment storage shed;
3. Pro shop; and
4. Lounge and dining area.
E. For hospitals and health institutions:
1. Staff quarters;
2. Laundry, incidental to the principal use only;
3. Medical and nursing instruction; and
4. Chapel.
F. For industrial uses in the industrial districts:
1. Offices;
2. Restaurants or cafeterias;
3. First-aid clinics or dispensaries;
4. Watchmen's quarters; and
5. Research or pilot structures.
A. Mobile food vendor operational requirements. Mobile food vendors conducting business within the city must comply with the following requirements:
1. All mobile food vendors must abide by all federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations. Mobile food vendors must operate in compliance with all state laws and regulations and must maintain continuous licensure with the South Dakota Department of Health.
2. Mobile food vendors may vend only on private or public property with the consent of the property owner and may not encroach into any right-of-way adjoining the property with the mobile food vending establishment or any accessory items such as trash cans, tables, chairs, etc. If requested by the city, a mobile food vendor shall promptly provide proof of a property owner's consent to operate on the property.
3. Mobile food vending is allowed as an accessory use in the following situations:
a. On a parcel with a commercial or industrial use;
b. On city property, including parks;
c. On a construction site to fulfill on-site needs;
d. In a residential zoning district if in conjunction with a special event held at a non-residential structure; or
e. As otherwise authorized by the Common Council.
4. The vendor shall not conduct any vending in a way that causes congestion or blocking of vehicle or pedestrian traffic or fire lanes. Each vendor has an affirmative and independent duty to determine the safety and suitability of any particular location of operation and to operate in a manner reasonably calculated to avoid and prevent harm to people and to other vehicles.
5. All areas within and surrounding a mobile food service establishment must be maintained in a clean, neat, and sanitary condition. A mobile food vendor shall provide 1 private trash bin and 1 private recycling bin for public use with capacity of no less than 13 gallons each. Trash bins shall be anchored or otherwise secured upright. A mobile food vendor shall remove all litter generated by its operation at the vendor’s expense. The mobile food vendor shall not place trash or litter from the mobile food vending establishment in any unauthorized private or city receptacle.
6. Umbrellas and canopies must be designed to be secure during windy conditions. Umbrellas and canopies must be at least 7 feet above the ground when open and may not protrude into the right-of-way.
7. All mobile food vendors must ensure that individuals with disabilities have comparable access to mobile food vending establishment. If existing designs cannot be modified to be accessible to people with disabilities, the method of providing service must be modified to become accessible.
8. A mobile food vending establishment cannot be permanently located on any property and cannot function as a permanent structure.
9. Mobile food vendors may not vend alcohol unless they comply with all applicable city and state regulations, including compliance with Chapter 5.12 and with this title.
B. Prohibited conduct. No mobile food vendor shall:
1. Vend in the public right-of-way, including on any public street, alley, sidewalk, or in any on-street parking space, except in the following situations:
a. In conjunction with a special event that is approved by the city, if applicable, so long as the special event includes the closure of the public right-of-way and consents to the presence of the mobile food vendor; or
b. In limited situations with the approval of the Common Council;
2. Operate a mobile food establishment within 300 feet of any event held in the Central Business District without obtaining written permission from the event sponsor;
3. Operate within a city park without receiving permission or obtaining a vendor permit, as applicable, from the Parks and Recreation Department;
4. Place any object that blocks any pedestrian pathway or ADA access;
5. Utilize any signage other than signage that is affixed to the exterior of the mobile food vending establishment or other than 2 additional banners or signs located within 100 feet of the establishment; or
6. Project audible amplified music or sound or make any unreasonably loud noise for the purpose of advertising or attracting attention to the mobile food vending establishment.
C. Certificate of insurance. Every mobile food vendor who operates on city property or within the right-of-way shall furnish to the city proof of adequate insurance coverage with designated limits as required by the city. The insurance policy shall name the city and its representatives as an additional insured for any liability arising directly or indirectly from the operation of a mobile food vendor. The city may waive some or all of this requirement if it determines that the mobile food vendor is operating as part of a special event permit which has provided adequate insurance to cover the vending operation. If insurance coverage is not waived by city under this section, any permission given to vend on public property shall be deemed void in the absence of a current insurance policy meeting the terms of this Section.
D. Criminal penalty. Any person violating this section shall be subject to the city’s general penalty provision in § 1.12.010.
A. General. Wind energy conversion systems shall be allowed as accessory structures as conditional uses in certain zoning districts. In addition to the standards set forth in Chapter 17.54.030 regarding all conditional, all wind energy conversion systems shall also meet all requirements of § 17.50.215 herein.
B. Commercial sale of power prohibited. Any wind energy conversion system shall be used only for the purpose of generating power for the property on which the wind energy conversion system is located, or for the purpose of transmitting power to the electrical grid of an electric utility company through an approved interconnection.
C. Utility interconnections. Any wind energy conversion system shall be constructed and operated, and any interconnection between a wind energy conversion system and an electric utility company shall be allowed only in accordance with all local, state, and federal regulations including regulations issued by the Public Utilities Commission and the Federal Aviation Administration. Additionally, electrical interconnections shall be allowed only in accordance with the applicable standards of the electric utility company.
D. Required setbacks. A minimum setback of one and one-half times the height of the wind energy conversion system shall be maintained between the wind energy conversion system and any property line, structure intended for human occupation, overhead utility line, or other tower support base.
E. Tower height. In no event shall the height of a wind energy conversion system exceed 90 feet as measured from the ground to the rotor hub. Further, there shall be no less than 30 feet between the lowest arc of the rotors of a wind energy conversion system and the ground, any portion of a structure or any tree.
F. Rotor size/operation. The maximum size of the rotors of a wind energy conversion system shall be reviewed upon application for a conditional use. In determining the appropriate size for the rotors, the city shall consider such factors as noise, proximity to surrounding residences, safety and aesthetic issues. All systems shall be equipped with appropriate braking devices or similar protective devices to slow down or stop the rotors if the wind exceeds the capacity of the system.
G. Noise. No wind energy conversion system shall produce more than 60 decibels of sound measured at the closest point on the closest property line from the base of the system. Information from the manufacturer of the wind energy conversion system shall be submitted at the time of the submittal of the conditional use, ensuring that this requirement can be met once the system is operational.
H. Electromagnetic interference. No wind energy conversion system shall produce electromagnetic interference so as to disrupt transmissions such as those from radio, television or microwave towers. At the time of application for the conditional use, the petitioner must submit information from the manufacturer indicating that, once operational, the wind energy conversion system will not adversely affect the transmissions. If necessary, generators and alternators shall be filtered, shielded, or both so as to prevent the emission of radio and television signals.
I. Tower access. Appropriate safety measures must be undertaken to discourage unauthorized climbing of a wind energy conversion system tower. Appropriate measures shall include either:
1. The construction of a 6-foot tall chain link fence with locking gate around the tower;
2. The tower shall be constructed so that the lowest climbing access shall be at least 12 feet above the ground; or
3. A locked anti-climb device shall be installed on the tower.
J. Warning information. Information related to the maximum power output, nominal voltage and maximum current, and emergency shut-down procedures for the wind energy conversion system shall be posted near the base of the tower in a visible location.
K. Lighting. Unless required by a more restrictive regulation, no lighting shall be installed on a wind energy conversion system.
L. Tower design. In reviewing the conditional use for a wind energy conversion system, the city shall consider the design and color of the tower to ensure that no significant adverse impacts are occurring to neighboring property owners, including, but not limited to, infringement into natural and urban viewsheds, historic property, major community entryways, parks, schools, churches, playgrounds, or similar public and recreational uses.
M. Manufacturer warranty/maintenance information. Upon application for a conditional use for a wind energy conversion system, the petitioner shall submit a manufacturer's statement documenting that the system has been successfully and safely operated in atmospheric conditions that are similar to conditions in Rapid City. Further, the petitioner shall provide a copy of the manufacturer's warranty indicating that the system is warranted against any system failures reasonably expected during severe weather conditions. Further, the petitioner shall submit system specifications including maximum power output and a maintenance schedule for the system.
N. Construction standards. Any wind energy conversion system shall be constructed in accordance with all applicable life, safety, building and fire codes including but not limited to the following:
1. An applicant for a building permit for a wind energy conversion system shall submit plans and specifications stamped by a registered engineer.
2. Lightning Protection. Any wind energy conversion system shall have appropriate lightning protection to sufficiently protect all connected and adjacent equipment and structures from damage. The lightning protection system shall effectively discharge lightning energy from the structure to the ground through the application of shielding, lightning arresters and deep earth grounding.
O. Abandonment/removal.
1. Any wind energy conversion system which has not been used for a period of 6 months or more shall be declared abandoned. Upon abandonment of the system, the city shall revoke the conditional use and the system shall be removed at the expense of the property owner. The city shall determine that a wind energy conversion system has not been used if the following criteria apply:
a. The wind energy conversion system has not been operating for a substantial period of time and the owner of the system is unable to provide documentation demonstrating that the system has produced a minimum of 25% of the power output as stated in the system specifications over the past 6 months;
b. The wind energy conversion system has fallen into obvious disrepair and/or has been condemned by the City of Rapid City.
c. The wind energy conversion system has become violative of some other local, state or federal law and the owner of the system has not taken appropriate actions to remedy the problem.
2. If deemed appropriate, the city may stipulate through the conditional use that the wind energy conversion system shall be removed at the owner's expense, upon the rezoning of the subject property to a zoning district classification in which wind energy conversion systems are not allowed as either a permitted use or conditional use.
A. General. Vertical axis wind turbines shall be allowed as a conditional use accessory to principle permitted or conditional uses in certain zoning districts. In addition to the standards set forth in § 17.54.030 regarding all conditional use permits, all vertical axis wind turbines also meet all requirements of this section.
B. Commercial sale of power prohibited. Any vertical axis wind turbine shall be used only for the purpose of generating power for the property on which the vertical axis wind turbine is located, or for the purpose of transmitting power to the electrical grid of an electric utility company through an approved interconnection.
C. Utility interconnections. Any vertical axis wind turbine shall be constructed and operated, and any interconnection between a vertical axis wind turbine and an electric utility company shall be allowed only in accordance with all local, state, and federal regulations including regulations issued by the Public Utilities Commission and the Federal Aviation Administration. Additionally, electrical interconnections shall be allowed only in accordance with the applicable standards of the electric utility company.
D. Required setbacks. A minimum setback of one times the height of the vertical axis wind turbine as measured from the ground or rooftop if mounted on a rooftop, shall be maintained between the vertical axis wind turbine system and any property line, overhead utility line or other tower support base.
E. Tower height. In no event shall the height of a vertical axis wind turbine exceed 60 feet as measured from the ground to the center of the rotor hub. Further, there shall be no less than 30 feet between the vertical axis wind turbine and the ground.
F. Rotor size/operation. The maximum size of the vertical axis wind turbine shall be reviewed upon application for a conditional use. In determining the appropriate size, the city shall consider such factors as noise, proximity to surrounding residences, safety and aesthetic issues. All systems shall be equipped with appropriate braking devices or similar protective devices to slow down or stop the rotors if the wind exceeds the capacity of the system.
G. Noise. No vertical axis wind turbine shall produce more than 60 decibels of sound measured at the closest point on the closest property line from the base of the system. Information from the manufacturer shall be submitted at the time of the submittal of the conditional use, ensuring that this requirement can be met once the system is operational. The owner may be required to submit independent noise studies to verify that the noise standard is met during actual operations.
H. Electromagnetic interference. No vertical axis wind turbine shall produce electromagnetic interference so as to disrupt transmissions such as those from radio, television or microwave towers. At the time of application for the conditional use, the petitioner must submit information from the manufacturer indicating that, once operational, the vertical axis wind turbine will not adversely affect the transmissions. If necessary, generators and alternators shall be filtered, shielded or both so as to prevent the interference of radio and television signals.
I. Tower access. Appropriate safety measures must be undertaken to discourage unauthorized climbing of a vertical axis wind turbine. Appropriate measures shall include either:
1. The construction of a 6-foot tall chain link fence with locking gate around the tower;
2. The tower shall be constructed so that the lowest climbing access shall be at least 12 feet above the ground; or
3. A locked anti-climb device shall be installed on the tower.
J. Warning information. Information related to the maximum power output, nominal voltage and maximum current, and emergency shut-down procedures for the vertical axis wind turbine shall be posted near the base of the tower in a visible location.
K. Lighting. Unless required by a more restrictive regulation, no lighting shall be installed on a vertical axis wind turbine.
L. Tower color and design. The tower and turbine shall be a neutral color and shall have a non-reflective finish. In reviewing the conditional use for a vertical axis wind turbine, the city shall also consider the design of the tower to ensure that no significant adverse impacts are occurring to neighboring property owners, including, but not limited to, infringement into natural and urban viewsheds, historic property, major community entryways, parks, schools, churches, playgrounds or similar public and recreational uses.
M. Manufacturer warranty/maintenance information. Upon application for a conditional use for a vertical axis wind turbine, the petitioner shall submit a manufacturer’s statement documenting that the system has been successfully and safely operated in atmospheric conditions that are similar to conditions in Rapid City. Further, the petitioner shall provide a copy of the manufacturer’s warranty indicating that the system is warranted against any system failures reasonably expected during severe weather conditions. Further, the petitioner shall submit system specifications including maximum power output and a maintenance schedule for the system.
N. Construction standards. Any vertical axis wind turbine shall be constructed in accordance with all applicable life, safety, building and fire codes including but not limited to the following:
1. An applicant for a building permit for a vertical axis wind turbine shall submit plans and specifications stamped by a registered engineer.
2. Lightning protection. Any vertical axis wind turbine shall have appropriate lightning protection to sufficiently protect all connected and adjacent equipment and structures from damage. The lightning protection system shall effectively discharge lightning energy from the structure to the ground through the application of shielding, lightning arresters and deep earth grounding.
O. Abandonment/removal.
1. Any vertical axis wind turbine which has not been used for a period of 6 months or more shall be declared abandoned. Upon abandonment of the system, the city shall revoke the conditional use and the system shall be removed at the expense of the property owner. The city shall determine that a vertical axis wind turbine has not been used if the following criteria apply:
a. The vertical axis wind turbine has not been operating for a substantial period of time and the owner of the system is unable to provide documentation demonstrating that the system has produced a minimum of 25% of the power output as stated in the system specifications over the past 6 months;
b. The vertical axis wind turbine has fallen into obvious disrepair and/or has been deemed unsafe by the City of Rapid City.
c. The vertical axis wind turbine has become violative of some other local, state or federal law and the owner of the system has not taken appropriate actions to remedy the problem.
2. If deemed appropriate, the city may stipulate through the conditional use that the vertical axis wind turbine shall be removed at the owner’s expense, upon the rezoning of the subject property to a zoning district classification in which the vertical axis wind turbines are not allowed as either a permitted use or conditional use.
A. Purpose and intent. The purpose and intent of this section is to protect the residential character of Rapid City and to provide for supplementary living accommodations in the community. These provisions are intended to support affordable and workforce housing options with reasonable limitations to minimize the impact on neighboring properties and neighborhoods, and to promote the health, safety, and welfare of the property owners and residents of accessory dwelling units.
B. Definition of accessory dwelling unit. A subordinate permanent dwelling which has its own cooking, sleeping, and sanitation facilities and which is:
1. Within or attached to a single-family residential building; or
2. Within a detached accessory structure associated with a single-family dwelling that is smaller than the primary structure, on a permanent foundation, and is not a recreational vehicle.
C. Owner occupied. No accessory dwelling unit shall be created, established, or occupied in a single-family dwelling unless the owner of the property occupies either a portion of the main dwelling or a detached accessory unit on the same single-family lot. For the purpose of this section, the term "owner occupied" shall be defined as full time residency within the home by the bona fide property owner(s) as shown on the Pennington County tax assessment rolls.
D. Zoning districts. An accessory dwelling unit which meets ordinance requirements may be allowed in a single-family dwelling unit or in a detached accessory unit within the Low Density Residential-1, Medium Density Residential, High Density Residential, Low Density Residential-2, or General Agricultural Districts. An accessory dwelling unit which meets ordinance requirements may be allowed only as part of a single-family dwelling unit within the Park Forest District.
E. Number of accessory dwelling units. A maximum of 1 accessory dwelling unit shall be allowed in each owner occupied single-family dwelling or in a detached accessory unit associated with a single-family dwelling.
F. Location. Except as provided in subsections D. and G.4., accessory dwelling units may be located within the main residential dwelling or in a detached accessory unit.
G. Area regulations. Each accessory dwelling unit shall comply with the area regulations for the zoning district in which it is located. In addition, accessory dwelling units shall comply with the following requirements. Any deviation from these regulations will require a variance from the Zoning Board of Adjustment.
1. Detached accessory dwelling units may not be located in the front yard.
2. Lot coverage shall not exceed the maximum lot coverage allowed in the underlying zoning district. A detached accessory dwelling unit shall not cover more than 10% of the lot area.
3. A detached accessory dwelling unit shall be smaller than the footprint of the primary dwelling unit. The footprint of the primary dwelling unit does not include any attached garage.
4. Accessory dwelling units on lots with a lot area of less than 6,500 square feet shall be located within the main structure only and shall not be located in a detached accessory unit.
H. Dwelling unit occupancy. The occupants of an accessory dwelling unit shall be limited to a family as defined in § 17.04.250.
I. Addresses. The principal dwelling unit and the accessory dwelling unit shall have different address numbers.
J. Parking. A single-family dwelling with an accessory dwelling unit shall provide at least 2 off-street parking spaces for the main dwelling unit, and 1 off-street parking spaces for the accessory unit, for a minimum total of 3 off-street parking spaces. All parking shall comply with city ordinances and regulations, including the Infrastructure Design Criteria Manual.
K. Living areas. An accessory dwelling unit must provide living areas for cooking, sleeping and sanitation facilities separate from the principal dwelling unit.
L. City codes. All new construction and remodeling shall comply with all city ordinances, regulations, and requirements, including Title 15 Buildings and Construction and Chapter 8.24 International Fire Code, in effect at the time of construction or remodeling. If applicable, construction and/or remodeling shall comply with the procedures for historic preservation found in § 17.54.080.
M. Not intended for sale or for short term rentals. The accessory dwelling unit shall not be sold or detached by deed and shall only be rented for a term of more than 28 days.
N. Design standards for large units. Detached accessory dwelling units that exceed 500 square feet shall have a residential appearance.
O. Existing accessory dwelling units. Accessory dwelling units constructed prior to December 2, 2019 may register under subsection P. even if they do not meet subsections G., I., and N. Any nonconformities with city regulations will be acknowledged and may not be made worse as a result of a renovation or expansion. Any renovation or expansion must comply with applicable area regulations, ordinances, codes, and design standards that are attributable to that renovation or expansion.
P. Accessory dwelling unit registration. Any person owning an existing accessory dwelling unit that has not previously been registered with the city, or any person constructing or causing the construction of a residence that has an accessory dwelling unit, or any person remodeling or causing the remodeling of a residence for an accessory dwelling unit, shall register the accessory dwelling unit with the Department of Community Development. In order to meet the requirements of the registration, the applicant shall:
1. Submit a fee set by resolution of the Common Council with a completed registration form including a site plan that shows property lines and dimensions, existing buildings and building entrances, proposed buildings or additions, dimensions from buildings or additions to property lines, parking stalls, garbage collection points, utility meters, and utilities (public and private), including water and wastewater services from mains to the building(s) being served;
2. Include floor plans with labels on rooms indicating uses or proposed uses and points of access;
3. Pay building permit fees, if applicable, for the construction of a new dwelling, or the remodeling of an existing dwelling, in accordance with the established fees and charges set by resolution of the Common Council;
4. For existing accessory dwelling units, demonstrate compliance with subsection O. For accessory dwelling units constructed after the adoption of this section, demonstrate compliance with all applicable city ordinances for accessory dwelling units; and
5. Provide additional information as requested by the Director of Community Development.
Q. Denial of registration. City staff shall review registration forms for accessory dwelling units and accompanying information. Accessory dwelling units that are found to meet the standards of this section shall be registered with the Department of Community Development. Staff may refuse to register an accessory dwelling unit which does not meet any one of the requirements found in this section or elsewhere in the code by providing written notice of the denial to the property owner and the basis for the denial.
R. Suspension or revocation of registration. The Director may suspend or revoke any accessory dwelling unit registration based on failure to adhere to applicable regulations or laws. The Director's decision to suspend or revoke may be appealed to the Common Council. A written notice of appeal shall be filed with the Director within 7 working days of the action taken. The Director shall timely notify the registration holder of the date and time of the Council hearing at which the appeal will be heard.
S. Failure to complete registration. If the property owner does not complete the registration as outlined in subsection P., the accessory dwelling unit shall not be considered approved permitted use. Failure to complete the registration of an existing accessory dwelling unit within 2 years of the passing of this section is a violation of the general penalty provision found in § 1.12.010.
T. Home occupations. A home occupation business in an accessory dwelling unit shall be in compliance with § 17.50.350 and shall be restricted to a use which creates no customer traffic.
The regulations contained in this article are necessary to govern the operation of certain transitory or seasonal uses, nonpermanent in nature. Any tent or similar structure used as a temporary use shall be regulated as in the International Fire Code.
A. Areas where temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities may be allowed.
1. Temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities are allowed as a conditional use or as part of a planned commercial development in the general commercial shopping center I and shopping center II zoning districts as an accessory use to an existing legal use.
2. Temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities are only allowed in parking lots with more than 100 off-street parking spaces in accordance with all provisions of Chapter 17.50 of the Rapid City zoning ordinance.
3. Not more than 10% of the off-street parking spaces may be designated and utilized for temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities.
4. All off-street parking spaces designated for use as temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities shall be located a minimum of 600 feet from any property utilized for residential purposes and 300 feet from any property utilized for commercial purposes.
B. Standards for use of temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities.
1. A recreational vehicle may be parked in the temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities on a property for not more than 24 hours and shall be removed from the site for a minimum of 5 days following. In no case shall a recreational vehicle utilize the temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities on a site for more than 7 days in any calendar year.
2. All recreational vehicles shall fully be contained. No connections to electric, wastewater or water facilities shall be allowed. No generators shall be utilized on this site.
3. No dumping of wastewater or gray water shall be allowed on the site.
4. The temporary overnight recreational vehicle parking facilities shall continually be maintained in a litter-free condition.
The following uses are deemed to be temporary uses and shall also be subject to the specific regulations and time limits which follow and to the regulations of any district in which such use is located:
A. Carnival, circus, or tents. Carnival or circus, or tents associated with a carnival, circus or public event that exceeds size requirements in subsections H., I., and J. of this section. In any nonresidential district, a temporary use permit may be issued for a carnival, circus, or tent associated with that use but such permit shall be issued for a period not longer than 14 days. Such a use shall set back from all residential districts a distance of not less than 100 feet.
B. Christmas tree sale. In any district, a temporary use permit may be issued for the display and open-lot sales of Christmas Trees, but such permit shall be issued for a period of time commencing no earlier than November 1 and ending prior to January 10 of the following year.
C. Temporary contractor’s buildings. In any district, a temporary use permit may be issued for a contractor’s temporary office and equipment sheds incidental to a construction project. Such office or shed shall not contain sleeping or cooking accommodations. Such permit shall be valid for the duration of the construction period. Such office or shed shall be removed upon completion of the construction of the structure(s).
D. Real estate sales office. In any district, a temporary use permit may be issued for a temporary real estate sales office in any new subdivision which has been approved in accordance with the regulations of Rapid City. Such office shall contain no sleeping or cooking accommodations. Such permit shall be valid for that specific office only and any change in temporary office structure shall require a new permit. Such permit shall be otherwise valid for 2 years, but may be renewed upon expiration thereof. Such temporary sales office shall be required to maintain a 20-foot clear zone on all sides of the office free from any structure, temporary or permanent.
E. Mobile home sales office. In any district permitting mobile home sales, a temporary use permit may be used for a temporary sales office on such sales area. Such office shall contain no sleeping or cooking accommodations. Such permit shall be valid for that specific office only and any change in temporary office structure shall require a new permit. Such permit shall be otherwise valid for 2 years, but may be renewed upon expiration thereof. Such temporary sales office shall be required to maintain a 20-foot clear zone on all sides of the office free from any structure, temporary or permanent.
F. Temporary trailer parks or campgrounds.
1. In any nonresidential or general agricultural district, a temporary use permit may be issued for a period not to exceed 30 days for a temporary trailer park or campground provided such use is required to serve a special event and the following requirements are met:
a. A minimum area of 1,000 square feet of area per campsite will be provided;
b. Sanitary facilities will be provided at a ratio of 1 toilet for every 10 campsites;
c. Approved dumpsters or trash receptacles for the collection and removal of trash shall be provided;
d. There will be no open fires;
e. Full emergency vehicle access to all portions of the campground or trailer park shall be maintained;
f. One 24-hour security guard shall be provided for every 50 campsites, or fraction thereof, in campgrounds or trailer parks which exceed 25 campsites.
2. For purposes of this subsection, a special event shall be defined as any event occurring within the city, county or a neighboring county which the Common Council recognizes as such by resolution.
3. A permit shall be required whenever a gathering of 15 or more persons for a period exceeding 36 hours is proposed. The permit fee shall equal $75.
4. A campsite shall contain a maximum of 10 persons.
G. Seasonal greenhouse or garden shop. In any nonresidential zoning district, a temporary use permit may be issued for a seasonal greenhouse or garden shop, but such permit shall be issued for a period of not longer than 120 days. Seasonal greenhouses and garden shops are exempt from any maximum floor area requirement. Seasonal greenhouses or garden shops shall conform to the clear sight triangle, setback and parking requirements of subsection I. of this section.
H. Other temporary retail business or structure. In shopping center 1 (SC-1), shopping center 2 (SC-2), general commercial (GC), neighborhood commercial (NC) and central business (CB), and civic center (CC) zoning districts licenses may be issued to the operator of a 14-day temporary business in accordance with the following provisions:
1. Temporary structures may not exceed 200 square feet in floor area nor exceed 15 feet in height.
2. All temporary businesses or structures must provide proof that the requirements of the Rapid City Municipal Code, South Dakota Department of Revenue, South Dakota Department of Health, South Dakota Electrical Code and the South Dakota State Plumbing Code for licensing, plumbing and electrical are being met.
3. An individual temporary use may occupy a property for not more than 14 days and shall vacate the property for a period of 180 days.
4. The fee for a temporary use permit shall be $50. In the case of an event, only 1 temporary use permit shall be required notwithstanding the number of businesses or vendors.
5. All temporary structures shall contain approved toilet facilities or shall have contracted with the owners of permanent toilet facilities within 300 feet for employee access to the facilities. Operations that include prepared foods or beverages shall provide or have contracted for access to approved toilet facilities by customers of the business.
6. All temporary structures and displays shall be located outside of clear sight triangles at streets, alleys and driveways.
7. All temporary structures and displays shall be located outside of the front yard setbacks.
8. All temporary business operators shall provide a minimum of 2 off-street parking spaces. Additional parking may be required upon review by the Director in accordance with § 17.50.270E. of this code. Access to and circulation upon the site shall be subject to review. The temporary use or parking may not occupy an area required for parking for another use.
9. Each temporary business may display 1 sign to advertise the business. The sign shall be in compliance with the Rapid City sign code, except that the sign may be no larger than 8 square feet.
I. Other seasonal retail business or structure. In central business district (CB) and in properties with 25,000 square feet of paved parking zoned shopping center 1 (SC-1) district, shopping center 2 (SC-2) district, or general commercial (GC) district, licenses may be issued to the operator of a seasonal retail business or structure. A seasonal retail business or structure may occupy the property for not more than 120 days in accordance with the following provisions:
1. Seasonal retail structures may not exceed 200 square feet in floor area nor exceed 15 feet in height.
2. All seasonal retail businesses or structures must provide proof that the requirements of the Rapid City Municipal Code, South Dakota Department of Revenue, South Dakota Department of Health, South Dakota Electrical Code and the South Dakota State Plumbing Code for licensing, plumbing and electrical are being met.
3. An individual seasonal retail business shall occupy a property for not more than 120 days and shall vacate the property for a period of 120 days.
4. The fee for an individual seasonal retail business or structure permit shall be $150.
5. All seasonal retail businesses or structures shall contain approved toilet facilities or shall have contracted with the owners of permanent toilet facilities within 300 feet for employee access to the facilities. Operations that include prepared food or beverages shall provide or have contracted for access to approved toilet facilities by customers of the business.
6. All seasonal retail structures and displays shall be located outside of clear sight triangles at streets, alleys and driveways.
7. All seasonal retail structures and displays shall be located outside of the front yard setbacks.
8. All seasonal retail business or structure operators shall provide a minimum of 2 off- street parking spaces. Additional parking may be required upon review by the Director in accordance with § 17.50.270E. of this code. Access to and circulation upon the site shall be subject to review. The seasonal retail business or structure or parking may not occupy an area required for parking for another use.
9. Each seasonal retail business or structure may display 1 sign to advertise the business. The sign shall be in compliance with the Rapid City sign code, except that the sign may be no larger than 8 square feet.
J. Other continuous retail business or structure. In central business district (CB) and in properties with 25,000 square feet of paved parking zoned shopping center 1 (SC-1) district, shopping center 2 (SC-2) district, or general commercial (GC) district, licenses may be issued to the operator of a year-round retail business or structure not able to meet the current building codes, as adopted by the City of Rapid City. A continuous retail business or structure may occupy a property in accordance with the following provisions:
1. Structures may not exceed 200 square feet in floor area nor exceed 15 feet in height.
2. All continuous retail businesses or structures must provide proof that the requirements of the South Dakota Department of Revenue, South Dakota Department of Health, South Dakota Electrical Code and the South Dakota State Plumbing Code for licensing, plumbing and electrical are being met.
3. The fee for a continuous retail business or structure permit shall be $250.
4. All continuous retail businesses or structures shall contain approved toilet facilities or shall have contracted with the owners of permanent toilet facilities within 300 feet for employee access to the facilities. Operations that include prepared food or beverages shall provide or have contracted for access to approved toilet facilities by customers of the business.
5. All continuous retail structures and displays shall be located outside of clear sight triangles at streets, alleys and driveways.
6. All continuous retail businesses shall be located outside of the front yard setback.
7. All continuous retail structures shall be anchored to safeguard against movement from high winds or floodwaters in accordance with plans prepared by a professional engineer and approved by the city building official.
8. All continuous retail business or structure operators shall provide a minimum of 2 off-street parking spaces. Additional parking may be required upon review by the Director in accordance with § 17.50.270E. of this code. Access to and circulation upon the site shall be subject to review. The continuous retail business or structure or parking may not occupy an area required for parking for another use.
9. Each continuous retail business or structure may display 1 sign to advertise the business. The sign shall be in compliance with the Rapid City sign code, except that the sign may be no larger than 8 square feet.
10. A continuous retail business shall be valid for a period of 2 years. At the conclusion of the second year of operation the continuous retail business shall either come into full compliance with the current building codes adopted by the City of Rapid City or cease operation and vacate the property.
K. Farmer's market. A farmer’s market, as defined in § 17.04.263, may be conducted in any nonresidential zoning district subject to such conditions and limitations as the Council may direct in designating such farmer’s market as a community activity.
L. Temporary uses in public parks in all zoning districts. Temporary uses in public parks may be public or private events that may be held for a period not to exceed 14 days. A special event permit shall be obtained from the Parks Department.
M. Temporary uses in flood hazard zoning district. Temporary uses located in the flood hazard zoning district may be held for a period not to exceed 14 days following the approval of a conditional use permit and a flood plain development permit from the Public Works Department. A conditional use permit may be approved for a complete master plan of an identified property.
N. Temporary community activities in the public right-of-way in all zoning districts. Temporary community activities located in the public rights-of- way may be held for a period not to exceed 3 days after obtaining a permit from the Police Department in accordance with Chapter 12.28 of this code.
Application for a temporary use permit shall be made to the Building Inspector and shall contain the following information:
A. A survey or legal description of the property to be used, rented or leased for a temporary use, including all information necessary to accurately portray the property;
B. A description of the proposed use; and
C. Sufficient information to determine the yard requirements, setbacks, sanitary facilities and availability of parking space to service the proposed use.
The following requirements are intended to provide exceptions or qualify and supplement, as the case may be, the specific district regulations set forth in Chapters 17.08 through 17.48 and Chapters 17.56 through 17.66 of this code:
A. No yard, open space or lot area required for a building or structure shall, during its life, be occupied by any other building or structure except:
1. Awnings and canopies, as provided for in the current building codes adopted by the City of Rapid City;
2. Bay windows and chimneys, not to exceed 2 feet;
3. Driveways, curbs, sidewalks and steps, provided, however, steps or stairs to a dwelling, non-enclosed, not to exceed 6 feet;
4. Fences, walls and hedges, subject to the regulations as set forth in this section;
5. Flagpoles;
6. Garbage disposal equipment, nonpermanent;
7. Landscape features, planting boxes and recreational equipment;
8. Overhanging roof, eave, gutter, cornice or other architectural feature, not to exceed 3 feet. Open fire escapes may extend into any required yard not more than 6 feet;
9. Parking space subject to the regulations set forth in § 17.50.270;
10. Signs, subject to the regulations set forth in §§ 17.50.080 through 17.50.100;
11. Terraces (open) and porches (nonenclosed) not to exceed 6 feet;
12. Trees, shrubs, flowers and other plants subject to the vision requirements in this section.
B. The following regulations provide for the maximum safety of persons using sidewalks and streets, and for the maximum enjoyment of the use of property:
1. No object may intrude into the sight triangle as provided in § 17.50.335.
2. In any required front yard, except as provided in subsection B.1. of this section, no fence, wall, hedge or yard ornament shall be permitted which materially impedes vision across such yard above the height of 3½ feet.
C. The purpose here is to clarify certain conditions pertaining to the use of lots and access points.
1. Residential districts. In residential districts, if 25% or more of the lots on 1 side of the street between 2 intersecting streets are improved with buildings all of which have observed an average setback line of greater than 25 feet, and no building varies more than 5 feet from this average setback line, then no building shall be erected closer to the street line than the minimum setback so established by the existing buildings; but, this regulation shall not require a front yard of a greater depth than 50 feet.
2. Frontage on more than 1 street. Lots having frontage on more than 1 street shall provide the required front yards along those streets.
3. Division of a lot. No recorded lot shall be divided into 2 or more lots unless such division results in the creation of lots each of which conforms to all of the applicable regulations of the district in which the property is located. No reduction in the size of a recorded lot below the minimum requirements of this title shall be permitted.
4. Dwellings on small lots. Where there are existing recorded lots which do not meet the minimum lot area requirement, single-family dwellings may be constructed as long as a side yard shall be not less than 4 feet and the sum of the side yards shall be not less than 12 feet and as long as all other requirements, except lot size, are met.
5. Principal uses without buildings. Where a permitted use of land involves no structures, such use, excluding agricultural uses, shall nonetheless comply with all yards and minimum lot area requirements applicable to the district in which located, as well as obtain any other license or permit applicable to that particular use.
6. Dwelling not abutting. No dwelling shall be erected on a lot which does not abut on at least 1 street for at least 25 feet. A street shall form the direct and primary means of ingress and egress for all dwelling units. Alleys, where they exist, shall form only a secondary means of ingress and egress.
7. Garages. An attached garage which faces on a street shall not be located closer than 25 feet to the street right-of-way line. A detached private garage which faces on a street shall not be located closer than 35 feet to the street right-of-way line.
8. Accessory buildings. Accessory buildings shall not be located closer than 35 feet from the street right-of-way line.
9. Provisions for wheelchair ramps. The Director may authorize an exception to allow a wheelchair ramp within a required setback in compliance with the following criteria:
a. The applicant has submitted a letter from a licensed physician specifying that the wheelchair ramp is necessary to accommodate a resident of the property;
b. The wheelchair ramp shall be designed so as to encroach into the required setback the minimum distance feasible;
c. The wheelchair ramp shall not encroach into any recorded easement or into public right-of-way;
d. The encroachment into the required setback shall be removed when the individual requiring the wheelchair ramp no longer resides on the property or the wheelchair ramp is no longer required; and
e. The wheelchair ramp shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
The following requirements are intended to provide exceptions or qualify and supplement, as the case may be, the specific district regulations set forth in Chapters 17.08 through 17.48 of this code:
A. In measuring heights, a habitable basement or attic shall be counted as half a story;
B. The following structures or parts thereof are exempt from the height limitations set forth in the zoning districts:
1. Agricultural buildings: barn, silo, windmill, but not including dwellings;
2. Chimneys, smokestacks, penthouse, spires, flagpoles, ventilators, skylights, derricks, conveyors, and cooling towers;
3. Radio and television antennas and towers, observation towers, power transmission towers and cellular communication towers;
4. Water tanks and standpipes; and
5. Other similar and necessary mechanical appurtenances pertaining to and necessary to the permitted uses of the districts in which they are located; provided that they are not used for human occupancy;
C. Churches, schools, hospitals, sanatoriums, and other public and semipublic buildings may exceed the height limitations of the district if the minimum depth of the front, side and rear yards required in the district is increased 1 foot for each 2 feet by which the height of the public or semipublic structure exceeds the prescribed height limit.
A. Duty to provide and maintain off-street parking spaces.
1. It is the duty of the owner or occupant of any real property outside the central business district (CBD), jointly and severally, to provide off-street parking in accordance with the standards established by this chapter. However, any parking that is optionally provided in the central business district must comply with subsection H., Parking for Persons with Disabilities, of this section. In the urban commercial zoning district, parking shall be provided pursuant to § 17.66.060. The regulations in this chapter shall apply to parking in the urban commercial district only when not in conflict with § 17.66.060.
2. Every building, or portion of building hereafter erected, and every initiation or expansion of use involving an existing building, shall be provided with permanently maintained parking space as provided in this chapter.
3. Prior to the issuance of a building permit for a multilevel parking facility, a planned commercial development (PCD) or planned light industrial development (PLID) shall be approved. As a part of the planned development review, pursuant to §§ 17.50.100 and 17.50.105 of this code, the Rapid City Planning Commission or Rapid City Common Council may impose specific design or compatibility standards.
B. Initiation and expansion of use. Every building, structure or use with parking facilities which does not conform to the requirements of this title shall conform with the provisions of this section when a use is initiated or expanded.
1. A use is initiated when:
a. A building or structure is erected;
b. An existing property, structure, or portion thereof, changes from one Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) 2-digit code classification to another; or
c. An existing property, structure or portion thereof, other than a single-family or duplex structure, is occupied after an intervening vacancy of at least 1 year.
2. A use is expanded when:
a. An existing building or structure is enlarged by 20% or more with respect to square feet of gross floor area (SFGFA);
b. An existing building or structure is modified internally to accommodate an increased occupant load of 20% or more, as determined by the current building codes adopted by the City of Rapid City;
c. A use is expanded by 20% or more as measured by area, employees, rooms, seats, dwelling units or occupants; or
d. A garage or carport is added to the structure.
C. Permit required. A building permit is required for the construction or development of an off-street parking facility.
D. Minimum required off-street parking spaces. The minimum number of off-street parking spaces shall be determined in accordance with the following table of parking spaces required:
Table 17.50.270(D). TABLE OF PARKING SPACES REQUIREDa
(SFGFA-Square Feet Gross Floor Area)e
Land Use Building Type | Parking Spaces Required |
|---|---|
Assembly/banquet hall | 25.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Auto repair with gas sales | 13.00 per 1,000 SFGFAf |
Auto repair without gas sales | 10.00 per 1,000 SFGFAf |
Auto sales, new or used | 3.00 per 1,000 SFGFAb |
Auto towing, body repair and painting | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFAf |
Bank/savings and loan office | 4.30 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Bank/savings and loan | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
(With drive-up teller) | plus 03.00 per drive-through laned |
Carpet store | 2.60 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Child care: | |
-Day care center | 1.00 per full-time equivalent staff plus .1 per child and unloading zonec |
-Family child care | 1.00 per nonresident full-time equivalent staff |
Church/synagogue | 0.25 per each seat or 18" of linear bench |
Cleaners, retail | 1.66 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Cocktail lounge/nightclub/tavern/bar | 10.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Convenience store with gas sales | 11.50 per 1,000 SFGFAd |
Convenience store without gas sales | 7.50 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Discount store | 4.45 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Drive-through (specialty, film ATM, carwash) | 3.00 per drive through laned |
Funeral home | 7.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Furniture store | 2.60 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Hardware store/home center | 3.20 per 1,000 SFGFA |
High technology industrial production facilities | 1.05 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Hospital | 2.00 per bed |
Hotel/motel | 1.00 per room |
Industrial structures: | |
-Less than 100,000 SFGFA | 2.10 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-100,000 to 199,000 SFGFA | 1.75 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-200,000 to 399,000 SFGFA | 1.60 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-400,000 to 499,000 SFGFA | 1.80 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-500,000 and greater SFGFA | 2.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Laundromat | 5.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Library | 2.20 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Liquor store (off sale) | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Lumberyard/mart | 1.60 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Manufacturing | 2.10 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Manufacturing, jewelry | 10.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Medical clinic office | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Mobile home sales, new or used | 5.00 per site |
Museum | 3.30 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Nursing home | 0.50 per room |
Office | 5.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Office, undivided common work area | 8.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Pawnshop | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Public utility/sewage treatment | 1.00 per site |
Recreational: | |
-Bowling alley | 5.50 per lane |
-Miniature golf | 2.00 per hole |
-Recreation center | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-Recreation fad | 20.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-Roller/ice skating rink | 5.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-Sports club/health spa | 7.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
-Sports stadium, auditorium | 0.33 per seat or 18" linear bench |
-Swimming club, pool | 1.00 per 150 square feet water area |
-Tennis/racquet club | 0.40 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Residential uses: | |
-Assisted living center room | 0.33 per unit |
-Assisted living center suite | 0.50 per unit |
-Condominium | 2.00 per dwelling unit |
-Dormitory | 1.00 per sleeping room |
-Elderly housing | 0.50 per dwelling unit |
-Fraternity/sorority | 1.00 per member at maximum occupant load |
-Mobile home park | 2.00 per unit |
-Multi-family dwelling | 1.50 per dwelling unit |
-Single-family/duplex/townhouse | 2.00 per dwelling unit |
-Skilled nursing home | 0.25 per unit plus 1 per shift employee |
Restaurant, drive-in | 11.00 per 1,000 SFGFA plus 01.00 per serving stall |
Restaurant, fast food | 11.00 per 1,000 SFGFA plus 07.00 per drive-through laned |
Restaurant, table service | 11.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Retail sales/service | 5.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Schools: | |
-Preschool | 1.40 per employee/staff |
-Grade school | 1.40 per employee/staff |
-Middle school | 1.00 per employee/staff, plus 00.04 per student capacity |
-Senior high schools | 1.00 per employee/staff plus 00.33 per student capacity |
-Junior/community/tech college or university | 0.50 per student capacity |
Shopping center I and shopping center II | 4.50 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Supermarket | 5.00 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Theaters | 1.00 per 4 fixed seats |
Tire sales and service facility | 4.00 per 1,000 SFGFA, service bays shall count as a parking space |
Used or secondhand sales | 3.00 per 1,000 SF of display/storage area including outside display |
Warehousing | 0.25 per 1,000 SFGFA |
Warehousing, ministorage | 30 feet of circulation aisle width immediately adjacent to area of building(s) with controlled access stalls or locker. |
NOTES TO TABLE:
a–Numbers include spaces required for employee and staff parking.
b–Parking spaces used for customer and employee parking exclusive of automobile display area.
c–Passenger unloading zones shall not conflict with parking stalls or aisles and shall have adequate ingress and egress.
d–Stacking in drive-through lanes shall count as 1 space per 23 linear feet of striped stacking lane. Service windows or bays shall not be counted as stacking.
e–Square footage shall be the total square footage of the combined usable floors as measured by outside building dimensions.
f–Automotive repair business indoor and outdoor vehicle storage or repair areas that are not accessible to the public are exempt from the aisle width and access requirements of this chapter. Proposed vehicle storage or repair areas must be designated on the lot site plan and building floor plan.
E. Parking requirements for uses not specified.
1. Where the parking requirements for a use are not specifically defined herein, the parking requirements for such use shall be determined by the Director. Such determination shall be based upon Parking Generation published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE).
2. Where new construction is proposed in a commercial or industrial district, but no definite use is specified, parking requirements shall be calculated as follows:
a. Commercial district: 5 parking spaces per 1,000 square feet gross floor area;
b. Industrial district: 1- 3/4 parking spaces per 1,000 square feet gross floor area.
3. When a use is to be initiated or changed in any vacant or occupied building or portion thereof the parking required for the combined uses shall be reviewed by the Department, based upon this title and Parking Generation published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE). The determination of the Department shall establish the total number of parking spaces required.
F. General requirements. The following general requirements shall apply to all parking spaces and areas:
1. Size and access. Each off-street parking space shall be rectangular, and not less than 9 feet in width and 18 feet in length regardless of the angle of parking. Each commercial or multiple-family parking space shall be served by an aisle which meets or exceeds the standards set forth in these regulations. When curbs or curb stops are employed, up to 2 feet of the stall length may overhang the curb. Stalls may overhang sidewalks provided 4-foot wide usable sidewalks are retained and public rights-of-way are not encroached upon.
2. Aisle length. Parking lot aisles of over 150 feet in length shall have either an approved method of emergency vehicle egress deemed acceptable by the Rapid City Fire Marshal or a turnaround which will accommodate a 30-foot vehicle with a 42-foot turning radius.
Table 17.50.270F.2. REQUIRED MINIMUM OFF-STREET PARKING DIMENSIONS
Parking Angle (Degrees) | Stall Length | Stall Width | Aisle Width (1-way) | Aisle Width (2-way) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
90º | 18' | 9' | 26' | 26' |
60º | 18' | 9' | 18' | 20' |
45º | 18' | 9' | 12' | 20' |
30º | 18' | 9' | 10' | 20' |
0º (parallel) | 22' | 9' | 10' | 20' |
NOTE TO TABLE:
Exception: Ninety-degree parking immediately off an alley requires 10 feet by 20 feet stalls and the aisle width of 20 feet being provided by the alley.
3. Locations.
a. Off-street parking facilities shall be located outside the public right-of- way and as hereinafter specified.
b. Parking facilities shall either be provided on the same parcel as the use it is to serve or within 300 feet from the building’s primary entrance or use it is to serve, using established sidewalks and crossings. Such distance shall be the walking distance measured from the nearest point of the parking facility to the building’s primary entrance that such facility is required to serve.
4. Clear sight triangles. Parking spaces and areas shall not be allowed which would obstruct the required sight triangle as provided in § 17.50.335 when such parking space or area is being occupied.
5. Mixed occupancies in a building. In the case of mixed uses in a building or on a lot, the total requirements for off-street parking facilities shall be the sum of the requirements for the various uses computed separately. Off-street parking facilities for 1 use shall not be considered as providing required parking facilities for any other use except as hereinafter specified for shared use.
6. Shared parking facilities.
a. Upon application by the owner or lessee of any property and after staff review of the application, the Director may authorize the shared use of parking facilities under the conditions specified in this section:
1) Not more than 50% of the parking facilities required by this title will be provided by the shared parking facility;
2) No substantial conflict in the operating hours of the buildings or uses for which the shared use of the parking facility is proposed will occur;
3) The building or use utilizing the shared parking facilities is located within 300 feet of such parking facility using established sidewalks and crosswalks where available.
b. Parking using shared off-street parking facilities shall evidence agreement for such shared use by a proper legal instrument approved by the City Attorney as to form and content. Copies of such instrument, when approved as conforming to the provisions of this section, shall be filed with the Department.
G. Use and maintenance of off-street parking area. Off-street parking space shall be maintained in accordance with the following specifications:
1. Entrances and exits.
a. Driveways and curb cuts for ingress and egress shall be built in accordance with the Engineering Division’s curb cut policy and as approved by the City Engineer or his or her designee and in accordance with the city’s off-street parking requirements. Entrances and exits shall in no case be less than 10 feet nor more than 40 feet in width or 14 feet in vertical clearance.
b. Unpaved access to parking facilities is not permitted except for single-family and duplex uses. All commercial and industrial uses intending to utilize an unimproved access for parking facilities shall bear the cost of paving the access way to city minimum construction standards. This requirement is subject to waiver by Common Council only in cases where paving continuity would not be achieved and gravel segments would remain.
2. Circulation. Circulation within a parking area shall be such that a vehicle entering the parking area need not enter a public right-of-way to reach another aisle and that a vehicle need not enter a public right-of-way backwards. This provision shall not apply to off-street parking required for 1- or 2-family dwelling units.
3. Surfacing. Off-street parking areas shall be paved and maintained so as to eliminate dust or mud. Paved parking facilities shall comply with standards established in Ordinance 1976, as approved by the Common Council on October 9, 1980, as administered by the City Engineer, and on file in the Finance Office.
4. Dust palliative. All commercial, light industrial and heavy industrial uses which involve outdoor storage shall apply a dust palliative approved by the City Engineer to all unpaved areas utilized for storage. An approved dust palliative shall be applied annually or as directed by the Engineering Division. Vehicle or equipment maneuvering areas and approaches to permanent loading docks shall be paved as set forth in Minimum Standards for Construction of Parking Lots, June 16, 1980.
5. Drainage. Off-street parking areas shall be graded and drained as to dispose of all surface water with drainage directed toward curb cuts when possible. Parking facilities may be designed to function as metered stormwater detention facilities, when in connection with a master drainage plan and as approved by the City Engineering Division.
6. Markings. Except for 1- and 2-family uses, all parking facilities shall be marked with striping paint as shown on the approved building permit. Aisles, approach lanes, stalls, handicapped stalls and designated no parking areas shall be clearly marked with direction arrows, lines and symbols to assure the safe and efficient movement of vehicles. CLEARLY MARKED is defined as displaying a visibly-defined edge. Whenever parking lots are re-striped, any parking facility which does not meet the standards set forth in subsections H.4. through H.6. of this section shall be made to comply with subsections H.4. through H.6. of this section involving parking for persons with disabilities.
7. Border, barricades, screening and landscaping. Off-street parking areas shall conform to the regulations set forth in the landscape ordinance, § 17.50.300. Tree planting in the right-of-way is permitted as provided in § 12.32.080 of this code, landscape requirements.
a. Every parking area that abuts a public or private sidewalk, public right-of-way, or building entrance or exit shall be provided with a wheel guard or curbs not less than 6 inches in height which shall be securely installed and maintained.
b. Every multiple-family or commercial parking area on a lot that abuts a single-family residential lot along a side lot line shall be set back a distance of not less than 12 feet. Not less than 50% of the required landscaping for the subject lot shall be placed within the parking lot or within 20 feet of the parking lot.
c. Every parking area on a lot which abuts the rear lot line of a lot within single-family residential district shall be set back a distance of not less than 15 feet. Fifty percent or more of the required landscaping for the subject lot shall be located in the parking lot or within 20 feet of the parking lot.
d. Landscaping proposed to be located in the right-of-way between the property line and the street section may be applied to the requirements of the landscape ordinance in an amount not to exceed 25% of the total landscaping points required as determined pursuant to the formula in the landscape ordinance.
8. Lighting. All parking areas except single-family residential shall be provided with lighting when evening usage is anticipated. The lighting shall be arranged so as to provide security and to reflect light toward the parking area.
9. Bond for completion. When the required off-street parking area cannot be paved at the time of issuance of the certificate of occupancy, the Chief Building Official shall require a surety in an amount equal to the estimated cost of paving and improvements which will provide for and secure through an improvements agreement the paving completion within 1 paving season. All bonds and other methods of guarantee shall be approved by the City Attorney.
H. Parking for persons with disabilities.
1. Provision of parking. In addition to the general requirements for parking provided for under subsection G. of this section, accessible parking facilities for persons with disabilities shall be provided in accordance with this subsection. Accessible parking for a particular building must be located on the shortest accessible route of travel from adjacent parking to an accessible entrance. If there are multiple accessible entrances to the building, the accessible spaces must be dispersed and located closest to the accessible entrances. For parking facilities which do not serve a specific use or building, the accessible parking shall be located on the shortest accessible route to the nearest accessible pedestrian entrance to the parking facility. Accessible spaces may be provided off-site in accordance with this chapter as long as accessibility is not jeopardized.
2. Accessible route. A minimum of 1 accessible route meeting the requirements of this section must be provided between the building’s accessible entrance and the accessible parking spaces, passenger loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks. An accessible route shall meet the following requirements:
a. To the maximum extent feasible, it shall coincide with the route for the general public;
b. It shall have a minimum clear width of 36 inches. If an obstruction turnaround is required then the minimum clear width must be provided as shown in Figures H.2(b)-1 and H.2(b)-2 of the technical drawings on file in the Department;
c. Passing spaces are required if the accessible route is less than 60 inches wide. Passing spaces shall be at least 60 inches by 60 inches and spaced at no more than 200-foot intervals. A T-intersection of 2 walks is an acceptable passing space (see Figure H.2(c)-1 of the technical drawings on file in the Department);
d. A minimum of 80 inches of vertical headroom along the route must be provided. If less than 80 inches of vertical headroom exists in any area adjoining the accessible route, then barriers must be provided to warn blind or visually- impaired individuals (see Figures H.2(d)-1, and H.2(d)-2 of the technical drawings on file in the Department);
e. The ground surface of the accessible route shall be stable, firm and slip resistant. The accessible route may not include stairs, steps, or escalators. Changes in level of less than 1/4- inch do not require edge treatment. Changes in level between 1/4- and 1/2-inch shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2. Changes in level greater than 1/2-inch shall require a ramp at least 36 inches wide and complying with all other ramp requirements (subsection H.3. of this section). Surface treatments involving carpeting or grating must meet specific ADA requirements;
f. An accessible route with a running slope of greater than 1:20 is a ramp and shall have a maximum slope of 1:12 and a minimum width of 36 inches and shall comply with all other ramp requirements (subsection H.3. of this section). Nowhere along the accessible route shall the cross slope exceed 1:50;
g. Curb ramps must be provided wherever an accessible route crosses a curb. Slope of curb ramps must be the least possible with a maximum slope for new construction of 1:12 and a maximum rise for any run of 30 inches. Curb ramps and exterior ramps to be constructed in areas which preclude the use of a 1:12 slope may have reduced slopes and rises as follows: (a) a slope between 1:10 and 1:12 is allowed for a maximum rise of 6 inches; and (b) a slope between 1:8 and 1:10 is allowed for a maximum rise of 3 inches. A slope steeper than 1:8 is not allowed (see Figures H.2(g)-1 through H.2(g)-4 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). The minimum clear width of a ramp shall be 36 inches. Ramps shall have level landings at the top and bottom of each ramp and each ramp run. These landings shall: (a) be twice as wide as the ramp run leading to it; (b) landing length shall be at least 60 inches clear; (c) if ramps change directions then the landing size shall be 60 by 60 inches; (d) if a doorway is located at a landing then the area in front of the doorway shall comply with 4.13.6 of ADA. Handrails shall be provided in compliance with 4.8.5 of ADA if a ramp run has a rise greater than 6 inches or a horizontal projection greater than 72 inches.
3. Ramps. The least possible slope shall be used for any ramp. The maximum rise for any run shall be 30 inches. The maximum slope for any new ramp shall be 1:12 unless otherwise allowed by this code. Curb ramps and other exterior ramps constructed in areas where space limitations prevent a 1:12 slope may have slopes and rises as follows: (a) a slope between 1:10 and 1:12 is allowed for a maximum rise of 6 inches; (b) a slope between 1:8 and 1:10 is allowed for a maximum rise of 3 inches. No slope steeper than 1:8 is allowed. The minimum clear width of a ramp shall be 36 inches. Ramps shall have level landings at the top and bottom of each ramp and each ramp run. These landings shall: (a) be twice as wide as the ramp run leading to it; (b) landing length shall be at least 60 inches clear; (c) if ramps change directions then the landing size shall be 60 by 60 inches; (d) if a doorway is located at a landing, the area in front of the doorway shall comply with 4.15.6 of ADA. Handrails shall be provided in compliance with 4.8.5 of ADA if a ramp run has a rise greater than 6 inches or a horizontal projection greater than 72 inches.
4. Spaces required.
a. The following number of off-street parking spaces, based on the total required parking, are to be reserved for exclusive use by persons with disabilities. One in every 8 accessible spaces but always at least 1 space must be van accessible. Parking spaces for persons with disabilities may be counted toward the total number of parking spaces required for the use.
REQUIRED NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE SPACES
Total Parking in Lot | Required Minimum # of Accessible Spaces |
|---|---|
1 to 25 | 1 |
26 to 50 | 2 |
51 to 75 | 3 |
76 to 100 | 4 |
101 to 150 | 5 |
151 to 200 | 6 |
201 to 300 | 7 |
301 to 400 | 8 |
401 to 500 | 9 |
501 to 1,000 | 2% of total spaces |
1,001 and over | 20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1,000 |
Notes:
1.The required number of accessible spaces for out-patient medical facilities shall be 10% of the total number of parking spaces.
2.The required number of accessible spaces for facilities that specialize in treatment or services for persons with mobility impairments shall be 20% of the total number of parking spaces.
5. Signage. Accessible parking spaces shall be designated as reserved by a sign showing the symbol of accessibility (see Figure H.5-1 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). Van accessible parking shall include this symbol of accessibility sign plus an additional van-accessible sign mounted below the symbol of accessibility sign. (see Figure H.5-2 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). Such signs must be located so they cannot be obscured by a vehicle parked in the space and so they are visible from the driver’s seat of the vehicle parked in the space. Such signs must be located on a permanent supporting post or on an adjacent wall.
6. Parking spaces.
a. Accessible parking spaces. Accessible parking spaces must be a minimum of 96 inches in width. Parking access aisles shall be part of an accessible route to the building or facility entrance. Two accessible parking spaces may share a common access aisle. Parking spaces may not exceed a 1:50 slope in all directions. Accessible parking spaces may be angled as long as all other requirements specified in this section are met (see Figure H.6a-1 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). Access aisles adjacent to accessible spaces shall be a minimum of 60 inches in width. The spaces shall be 18 feet in length.
b. Van-accessible parking spaces. Van-accessible spaces shall be a minimum of 96 inches wide and 18 feet in length, and shall be served by an access aisle a minimum of 96 inches wide. The access aisle for a van-accessible space must be located on the driver’s right-hand side of the van as it would be parked in the space. The minimum vertical clearance for van-accessible spaces and vehicle routes between van-accessible spaces and the site entrance/exit shall be 98 inches. A sign alerting van users to the presence of the wider aisle is required, but the space is not restricted to vans. Parking spaces may not exceed a 1:50 slope in all directions. Van-accessible parking spaces may be angled as long as all other requirements specified in this section are met (see figure H.6b-2 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). A van-accessible space and an accessible space may share an access aisle as long as that aisle is at least 96 inches wide.
c. Parking access aisles. Parking access aisles must be part of the accessible route to the building and must comply with the accessible route requirements (subsection H.2. of this section). Vehicle overhang may not reduce the required width of an accessible route.
d. Universal parking. An alternative to the provision of separate van-accessible spaces is the provision of universal parking. Universal parking spaces shall be 132 inches wide, with a 60- inch-wide access aisle. These stalls do not have to be signed separately for van-accessibility, but do need to meet signage requirements set forth in subsection H.5. of this section.
7. Protruding objects. Objects projecting from walls, with their leading edges between 27 inches and 80 inches above the finished floor, shall protrude no more than 4 inches into walks, passageways or aisles (see Figure H.7-1 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). Objects mounted with their leading edges at or below 27 inches above the finished floor may protrude any amount (see Figures H.2d-1 and H.7-1 of the technical drawings on file in the Department). Freestanding objects mounted on posts or pylons may overhang a maximum of 12 inches, from 27 inches to 80 inches above the ground or finished floor. Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route or maneuvering space (see Figure H.7-2 of the technical drawings on file in the Department).
8. Passenger loading zones. Passenger loading zones shall provide an access aisle at least 60 inches wide and 20 feet long, adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space. If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, then a curb ramp complying with subsection H.3. of this section shall be provided. Vehicle standing spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes, not exceeding 1:50 (2%) in all directions. Any loading zone must maintain a minimum of 114 inches of vertical headroom. This 114-inch clearance is also required along at least 1 vehicle route from the passenger loading zone to the site entrance and exit. For purposes of this chapter, valet parking areas shall meet the same requirements as passenger loading zones.
9. Addition of accessible parking in existing parking lot. Whenever a parking facility, which does not meet the requirements of subsections H.4., H.5. or H.6. of this section, is re-striped, or when existing parking markings are to be repainted, such parking markings shall be altered to conform to the requirements of subsections H.4., H.5. or H.6. of this section. If the entity providing the parking facility is required to eliminate 1 or more parking spaces to comply with this provision, such elimination shall be permitted without requiring a variance to the parking requirements.
a. This provision shall apply only to parking facilities providing for 4 or more parking stalls.
b. Nothing in this section shall be construed to require the reconstructions of any parking lot to achieve the requisite slope required in the construction of a new parking facility.
I. Residential requirements. New single-family residential off-street parking shall consist of a driveway, garage, or combination thereof. The parking areas shall be paved to accommodate at least 2 off-street parking spaces of 9 feet by 18 feet each. The hard surface improvements on driveways must begin at the street or curb line, and either extend to the garage or parking slab or a minimum of 50 feet. All portions of the required paving for parking shall be outside of the public right-of-way.
A. For any vehicle or trailer that is used principally for commercial purposes, it is unlawful for any person to store or park more than one such vehicle or trailer outside of a fully enclosed garage on any lot in a residential zoning district or in any right-of-way in a residential zoning district.
B.
1. Unless the vehicle or trailer is parked or stored in a fully enclosed garage, it is unlawful for any person to store or park a vehicle or trailer on any lot in a residential zoning district or in any right-of-way in a residential zoning district that exceeds any of the following:
a. A gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 12,000 lbs. or more for a vehicle;
b. A gross trailer weight rating (GTWR) over 5,000 lbs. for a trailer;
c. A height of 10 feet from top to bottom; or
d. A length of 22 feet from front to back.
2. The restrictions in subsection B. shall not apply to recreational vehicles. For purposes of this section, a RECREATIONAL VEHICLE is defined as a motor vehicle or trailer, including a motorhome, campervan, travel trailer, camper trailer, popup camper, or truck camper, designed primarily for use as temporary living quarters for recreational, camping, travel, or seasonal use.
3. For the purposes of the measurement of vehicle or trailer dimensions, the height of a vehicle or trailer shall be the vertical distance between the lowest part of the tires of the measured vehicle or trailer to the top of the highest part of the vehicle or trailer. The length of a vehicle or trailer shall be the horizontal distance between the front edge of the vehicle or trailer to the rear edge of the vehicle or trailer. For purposes of these measurements, accessories, attachments and materials fixed or carried upon such vehicle or trailer, including boats, shall be considered part of the vehicle or trailer, with the exception of aerial antennas and wakeboard towers. For purposes of this section, a WAKEBOARD TOWER is defined as a tower designed to elevate the pulling position of an attached rope, allowing a rider utilizing the rope to launch and stay in the air longer reducing the pull downwards. A wakeboard tower includes accessories, such as racks, speakers, lights, and mirrors, attached to the tower.
C. It is unlawful for any person to store or park a commercial vehicle or trailer used for hauling explosives, gasoline, liquefied petroleum products, toxic or hazardous materials in a residential zoning district, on any lot that is adjacent to a residential zoning district, or in any right-of-way that is adjacent to a residential zoning district, unless the vehicle or trailer is temporarily parked for the purpose of unloading or dispensing.
D.
1. Up to five vehicles and/or trailers may be temporarily parked in a residential zoning district in conjunction with provision of service to a lot in a residential zoning district pursuant to one of the following situations:
a. For construction activities that do not require a building permit where the construction activities are 14 calendar days or less;
b. Where a building permit has been issued, for construction activities but no longer than 180 days after the building permit is first issued;
c. For delivery services, including mail, parcel, furniture, and appliance delivery;
d. For vehicle towing services;
e. For landscaping services, including tree trimming or removal services, where the services are seven calendar days or less;
f. For household moving services, where the services are seven calendar days or less; and
g. For emergency services.
2. If no more than five vehicles and/or trailers are temporarily parked in a residential zoning district in conjunction with provision of service to a lot in a residential zoning district pursuant to one of the situations in subsections D.1.a. through D.1.g., then the provisions in subsections A. through C. of § 17.50.280 are not applicable to those vehicles and/or trailers that are temporarily parked.
E. It is unlawful for any person to store or park a vehicle or trailer in any right-of-way that does not have affixed thereto an unexpired license plate.
F. It is unlawful for any person to store or park a vehicle or trailer in violation of any other section of this Municipal Code. The storage and parking of any vehicle or trailer must also be in compliance with all other sections of this Municipal Code.
G. It is unlawful for any person to store or park a vehicle or trailer in the boulevard, across a sidewalk, or within the required sight triangle as provided in § 17.50.335.
H. It is unlawful for any person to store or park a recreational vehicle or trailer in an off-street parking stall that is required by this Municipal Code to be a parking stall for a passenger vehicle.
I. For any lot occupied by a dwelling or any lot in a residential or commercial zoning district, it is unlawful for any person to store or park a vehicle or trailer on the lot if the vehicle or trailer, when combined with the principal and accessory buildings, occupies more of the lot than allowed for under the district lot coverage provisions.
J. For any lot occupied by a dwelling or any lot in a residential or commercial zoning district, it is unlawful for any person to store or park a vehicle or trailer on the lot unless the vehicle or trailer is stored or parked on a graveled or hard surfaced parking or storage pad in order to eliminate dust, mud, and weeds. Parking areas that are required to be paved pursuant to § 17.50.270I. may serve as parking/storage pads as long as the parking areas are as large in length and width as the vehicle or trailer.
K. For any lot occupied by a dwelling or any lot in a residential or commercial zoning district, it is unlawful for any vehicle or trailer that is to remain stationary for more than 72 hours to serve as temporary or permanent sleeping quarters for any person.
L. The provisions in this section shall not apply to vehicles or trailers utilized by the city and its contractors or by any public or private utility and its contractors in the course of a city or utility project.
In all commercial or industrial districts, except the central business district (CBD), and on the same premises with every building devoted to retail trade, retail and wholesale food market, warehouse, supply houses, wholesale or manufacturing trade, hotels, hospitals, laundries, dry cleaning establishments or other buildings where large amounts of goods are received or shipped, there shall be provided and maintained on the lot adequate space for vehicle standing, loading and unloading. The space shall be adjoining to the opening used for loading and unloading and situated to avoid undue interference with the use of streets, alleys and public access easements.
A. Loading Spaces Required. All commercial and industrial uses shall provide and maintain the following off-street loading spaces:
Use (square feet of gross floor area) | Loading Spaces |
|---|---|
0-20,000 | 1 |
20,001 - 40,000 | 2 |
40,001 - 60,000 | 3 |
60,001 - 80,000 | 4 |
80,001 - 110,000 | 6 |
over 110,000 | There shall be provided 1 additional off-street loading and unloading space for each additional 40,000 square feet of gross flood area (SFGFA), or fraction thereof, in excess of 110,000 SFGFA. |
B. Loading space layout and access.
1. The minimum size of loading spaces shall be 12 feet in width, 40 feet in length and 14 feet in vertical clearance.
2. All permanent off-street loading, unloading and maneuvering areas shall be paved per the Minimum Standards for Construction of Parking Lots approved June 16, 1980.
3. Off-street dock areas shall be located so that trucks using the docks do not encroach upon any public right-of-way, street or alley, and entrances and exits shall be located to minimize traffic congestion.
4. An off-street loading or unloading area for commercial and industrial vehicles shall be large enough to meet minimum turning radii of the outside wheel paths listed in the following table:
Vehicle Type | Outside Turning Radius |
|---|---|
Single-unit truck | 42' |
Semitrailer (intermediate) | 40' |
Semitrailer | 45' |
A. Purpose. The purpose of these regulations is to provide for the orderly, safe, healthful, attractive development of the area within the city and to promote the health, safety and general welfare of the community.
B. Objective.
1. The objective of these regulations is to establish requirements for the installation and maintenance of landscape elements:
a. To aid in regulating and controlling vehicular and pedestrian circulation in parking areas;
b. To ensure that the off-street paved ground area and the adjoining right-of-way are clearly and visibly delineated;
c. To ensure that those established and acceptable ingress and egress points are clearly delineated;
d. To screen trash containers/ facilities from public view;
e. To enhance the environmental and aesthetic conditions which exist in the Black Hills area;
f. To protect and conserve the value of property;
g. To reduce the amount of stormwater runoff from paved areas;
h. To reduce the level of carbon dioxide and return pure oxygen to the air;
i. To reduce heat and noise, wind and air turbulence, and the glare of automobile lights;
j. To reduce glare of sunlight from parking lot pavements; and
k. To use irrigation waters in an efficient manner.
2. See general requirements, subsection F of this section, to determine minimum specifications for all plant material for which credit will be given in complying with the requirements of these regulations.
C. Definitions.
1. ACCESSWAY. A paved area intended to provide ingress and egress of vehicular traffic from a public right-of-way to an off-street parking area or loading area.
2. BERM. A mound of dirt used for screening or landscaping purposes which is planted with low-lying shrubs or groundcover so as to prevent erosion.
3. BUFFER. A visual screen, composed of masonry, wood or plantings, or a combination thereof, which will be a minimum of 80% opaque.
4. DEVELOPED AREA. That portion of a plot or parcel upon which a building, structure, pavement or other improvements have been placed which does not meet the definition of “undeveloped area.”
5. FRONTAGE. Lineal distance measured along each street right-of-way.
6. GROUNDCOVER. Low-growing plants planted in such a manner as to form a continuous cover over the ground.
7. LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT. Trees, shrubs, groundcover, vines, grasses or earthen berms installed in planting areas for the purpose of fulfilling the requirements of these regulations. (This shall not include rock nor artificial plant materials.)
8. PAVED GROUND SURFACE AREA. Any paved ground surface area (excepting public right-of-way) used for the purpose of driving, parking, storing or displaying of vehicles, boats, trailers and mobile homes, including new and used care lots and other open lot uses.
9. PLANTING AREA. Any area designed for landscape planting having a minimum of 25 square feet of actual plantable area.
10. RECONSTRUCTION. Rehabilitation or replacement of a structure or structures on property which either have been damaged, altered or removed.
11. SHRUB. A woody plant that usually remains low (minimum 2 feet in height) and produces shoots or trunks from the base. It is not usually treelike nor single stemmed.
12. SPREAD. The diameter of tree foliage measured at the broadest point of the tree.
13. TREE. Any self-supporting woody plant which usually produces 1 main trunk and which normally grows to a minimum of 15 feet in height.
14. UNDEVELOPED AREA. That portion of a plot or parcel not occupied by a building, structure, pavement or other improvements and which spans the entire length or width of the property and which is at least 75 feet deep. All undeveloped areas must have a sufficient cover of hardy native plant materials or grass.
15. XERISCAPING. The planting and maintenance of materials which are appropriate for the local conditions requiring little or no irrigation or maintenance.
D. Areas where landscaping is required. Landscaping is required in all industrial, commercial and multiple-family zoning districts; however, landscaping is not required for single-family homes located within multifamily zoning districts. Landscaping is not required in general agricultural, park forest, mobile home residential, low density residential I and low density residential II districts. Landscaping in the urban commercial district is required pursuant to § 17.66.060. The provisions of subsection E of this section shall be followed in determining the amount of landscaping required.
E. Required landscape installation.
1. Landscape requirements.
a. A minimum of 50% of the required landscaping shall be located in the parking lot or within 20 feet of the parking lot for all zoning districts except light industrial and heavy industrial. A maximum of 25% of the required landscaping may be within the public right-of-way. Arterial or collector street right-of-way landscaping shall be limited to shrubs, ground cover or turf. This section does not apply to the urban commercial district.
b. All required landscaping shall comply with the intent and purpose of these regulations and § 12.32.080.
c. Planter islands shall be provided at a ratio of 1 such area for every 50 parking spaces. Each parking space shall be not less than 120 feet from the perimeter of the parking lot or a planter island. Each island planter shall contain a minimum of 100 square feet, and provide a minimum of for 1 tree with shrubs, groundcover and/or mulch covering at the base.
2. Determining required amount of landscape material.
a. Point system. The amount of material shall be based on a point system. The square footage of the developed portion of the lot not covered by a building shall equal the required number of points (unless exempted under subsection b below.)
b. Calculation. If calculation of the required landscape points in accordance with this section results in a total point requirement of 50,000 or more, and at least 25% of the total perimeter of the developed portion of the property abuts or is within 75 feet of a public roadway, and the property is located in an industrial zoning district, the property qualifies for either of the following 2 options:
1) Option no. 1. Irrigated Landscape Design.
a) A lateral zone of evenly spaced vegetation resulting in a 70% buffer (as measured at mature plant spread) shall be required along property lines which are within 75 feet of rights-of-way and residential zoning districts. All vegetation must be planted within 25 feet of the lot line or within 25 feet of easements which are adjoining to the lot line.
b) A minimum of 25% of lineal feet of the vegetation must be medium trees or larger. Medium trees must have at least a 25-foot mature spread.
c) A drip irrigation system with an automated controller is required to irrigate all woody landscape material where either gravel or native grass is to be located around the vegetation.
d) The use of a water-saving sprinkler system with an automated controller is required where turf grass is to be planted around the vegetation buffer.
2) Option no. 2. Nonirrigated Landscape Design.
a) A lateral zone of evenly spaced vegetation resulting in a 100% buffer (as measured at mature plant spread) shall be required along property lines within 75 feet of rights-of-way and residential zoning districts. All vegetation must be planted within 25 feet of the lot line or within 25 feet of easements adjoining to the lot line.
b) A minimum of 25% of lineal feet of the vegetation must be medium trees or larger. Medium trees must have at least a 25-foot mature spread.
c. Point values. Trees and shrubs contribute greatly to the quality of the community’s environment through carbon dioxide absorption and oxygen generation, air purification by precipitation of dust particles, reduction of heat by transpiration and aesthetic qualities. The extent of the preceding positive contributions are a function of the size of the tree rather than the size of the planting area in which the tree is planted. Because of the contributions made by trees and shrubs, to the objectives of these regulations, points shall be given in accord with the schedule which follows.
LANDSCAPE MATERIAL POINTS TABLE
Large Trees | A minimum mature spread of 45 feet. Also, evergreen trees which reach a mature height of at least 20 feet. | 2,000 points |
Medium Trees | A minimum mature spread of 25 feet. | 1,000 points |
Small Trees | A minimum mature spread of 15 feet. | 500 points |
Opaque Hedge | A lineal reach of 15 feet and height of 6 feet. | 500 points |
Shrubs | A minimum mature height of 2 feet. | 250 points |
Ground Cover | One square yard. | 100 points |
Grass | One square yard. | 10 points |
F. Applicability new development areas.
1. Applicability new development. The requirements and standards for the installation and maintenance of landscape elements and site improvements as set forth herein shall apply to all developing commercial, industrial and multifamily areas within the city as per the zoning ordinance. All new development or construction which involves the creation of a building or a parking area or the paving of a parking area shall be in full compliance with the provisions of these regulations.
2. Existing development areas– nonconformance–compliance required. All property with existing development on the effective date of these regulations which is not in compliance with the provisions of these regulations shall be considered nonconforming and allowed to continue until such time as a building permit is granted to enlarge by 20% or more a structure or parking lot on the property or increase the occupant load by 20% or more. Compliance with these regulations for existing development in the urban commercial district is required pursuant to § 17.66.060. A plan showing existing and new development, and the existing and proposed landscaping shall be submitted in accordance with subsection G of this section.
G. General requirements.
1. Installation. All landscaping shall be installed in a sound workmanship-like manner according to accepted good planting and xeriscaping procedures and according to the approved plan. If at the time of final inspection all the requirements of these regulations have not been completed in a satisfactory manner, a certificate of occupancy shall not be issued unless the builder or owner has provided a monetary security guarantee (see subsection J. of this section, security guarantee). All required landscaping shall be installed as per plans submitted.
a. Trees used in parking lots shall be placed far enough back from the curb to accommodate the overhang of the automobile; otherwise, the front bumper of the car will hit the tree trunk.
b. The parking lot shall be screened with shrubs or other barriers. This will reduce visual clutter caused by parked cars, and will make the building more attractive.
c. When planters are used in parking lot interiors, a surface area shall be made available for aeration and water infiltration commensurate with the mature spread of the utilized tree types. This will help ensure that the tree remains healthy and vigorous.
d. Interior parking lot trees shall be deciduous shade trees. These will grow larger, be hardier and provide greater aesthetic and environmental benefits in an interior parking lot situation. Conifers and ornamentals are of greatest value in providing fence foliage in perimeter and buffer areas.
e. Fruit-bearing trees shall not be located where vehicular and pedestrian traffic exists. This will reduce the maintenance of these trees.
f. Curb stops or some form of physical barrier shall be installed around plant material located within the parking lot. This will reduce the possibility of damage to the plant material. Stormwater runoff from the parking lot area may be collected and directed in such a manner as to provide a source of water for landscaping.
g. Trees shall be located such that mature height and spread will not interfere with overhead power lines.
h. Evergreen trees shall be avoided in areas where the mature trees will create hazardous interruption of views to oncoming traffic or where they will create hazardous snow drifting on the parking area or public right-of-way.
i. The use of turf in and around landscaping materials is discouraged. The use of mulches or low water groundcovers can help retain moisture in the soil and reduce total water needs for the landscaped area.
j. Irrigation systems shall be of a drip, bubble or a low trajectory nature to maximize efficiency in water usage.
k. The plant types selected shall be suited to the conditions of the location to minimize maintenance and irrigation needs. A list of hardy native plant materials is available through the Department.
2. Sight distance for landscaping. Landscaping may not obstruct the required sight triangles as provided in § 17.50.335, except as follows: Trees may be allowed in the required site triangle if the tree is located more than 30 feet from the intersection of the curb lines and the trees shall have a minimum of 40-foot spacing between trees; provided that the canopy of the tree is 10 feet or more above grade.
3. Maintenance. The owner of the building or property shall be responsible for the maintenance of all landscape areas. The areas shall be maintained so as to present a healthy, neat and orderly appearance at all times and shall be kept free from refuse and debris. Maintenance shall include the replacement of all dead plant materials.
4. Planting criteria.
a. Trees (deciduous). Planted for the required landscaping under this section shall be a minimum of 1 1/2-inch caliper 12 inches above grade measured immediately after planting. Trees shall be of a species having an average mature spread of crown of greater than 15 feet.
b. Trees (evergreen). Trees shall be a minimum height of 4 feet.
c. Groundcovers. Groundcovers other than grass shall be planted in such a manner as to present a finished appearance and reasonably complete coverage within 1 year after planting.
d. Shrubs. Shrubs shall be a minimum of 1 foot in height when measured immediately after planting.
e. Lawn grass. Grass areas shall be planted in species normally grown as permanent lawns in Rapid City. Native grasses may also be used.
f. Synthetic lawns or plants. Synthetic or artificial lawns or plants shall not be used in lieu of plant requirements in this section.
H. Plan approval.
1. Preparation of plan. It is recommended that the plan be prepared by a landscape architect, architect, landscaper or person of related profession.
2. Plans required. Two copies of the plans showing proposed landscape development and maintenance procedures, including figures to show compliance with these regulations shall be submitted to the Building Inspection Department at the time a building permit is requested. The Building Inspection Department shall route the proposed plans to the Planning Department for their approval. The plans shall consist of:
a. A plot plan drawn to scale normally of not less than 1 inch equals 30 feet including dimensions and distances and clearly delineating any existing and proposed landscape development. The plot plan shall also include drawings of the entire off-street parking area and the locations of the proposed building.
b. In addition to indicating those areas to be landscaped, the plot plan shall indicate the types, locations and sizes of all landscaping materials to be used. The irrigation system shall be detailed showing the layout of the system, system components and water delivery specifics.
c. These plans must be approved prior to issuance of a building permit.
I. Exceptions. The Zoning Board of Adjustment shall have the power to grant variances in special cases where there are unusual and practical difficulties or unnecessary hardships created in meeting the requirements of these regulations. The guidelines to be used in determining whether a variance should be granted are as follows:
1. That the hardships or difficulties of meeting the requirements of these regulations are peculiar to that property, and not general in character;
2. Financial hardship due to meeting the requirements of these regulations is not sufficient to show unnecessary hardship, unless the financial difficulties amount to confiscation of property.
J. Security guarantee.
1. If at the time of final inspection all the requirements of the landscape regulations are not completed in a satisfactory manner and approved by the Building Official or his or her designee, a certificate of occupancy shall not be issued unless the builder or owner has entered into an agreement with the city for improvements and provided a monetary security guarantee in an amount equal to the estimated cost of installation and establishment of the required improvements whereby the improvements will be made and installed without cost to the city in the event of default of the owner.
2. If a security guarantee is being used, the required improvements shall be installed within 9 months from the date of issuance of an occupancy permit. All required landscaping shall be installed as per plans submitted. All bonds and other methods of guarantee shall be approved by the City Attorney.
K. Enforcement. These regulations shall be a minimum standard and shall apply to the incorporated area of the city. The Building Official or his or her designated representative shall be the enforcing official. The enforcing official is charged with the duty of administering the provisions of these regulations as provided for in Chapter 17.54 of this code.
Lighting of all types, excluding street lighting and traffic signals, shall be directed so as to reflect away from all residential districts, and shall be so situated so as not to reflect directly onto any public rights-of-way, so as to create a traffic hazard.
The following regulations shall apply to swimming pools:
A. A private swimming pool shall be any structure intended for swimming, recreational bathing or wading not located within a completely enclosed building, and containing or normally capable of containing water to a depth at any point greater than 24 inches. This includes in-ground, above-ground and on-ground pools; hot tubs; spas and fixed-in-place wading pools. Private swimming pools are permitted in any residential district provided:
1. The pool is intended and is to be used solely for the enjoyment of the occupants of the property on which it is located and their guests;
2. No swimming pool or part thereof, excluding aprons, walks and equipment rooms, shall protrude into any required front or side yard;
3. The swimming pool area shall be so walled or fenced so as to prevent uncontrolled access by children from the street or from adjacent properties or the private swimming pool shall be equipped with an ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials) tested lockable cover. The fence or wall shall be not less than 4 feet in height and maintained in good condition.
B. A community or club swimming pool not open to the public shall be any pool constructed by an association of property owners, or by a private club for use and enjoyment by members of the association or club and their families and guests. Community and club swimming pools shall comply with the following conditions and requirements:
1. The pool is intended solely for the enjoyment of the members and families and guests of members of the association or club under whose ownership or jurisdiction the pool is operated;
2. The pool and accessory structures thereto, including the areas used by the bathers, shall be not closer than 50 feet to any property line of the property on which located; and
3. The swimming pool and all of the area used by the bathers shall be so walled or fenced so as to prevent uncontrolled access by children from the street or adjacent properties. The fence or wall shall be not less than 5 feet in height and maintained in good condition. The area surrounding the enclosure, except for the parking spaces, shall be suitably landscaped with grass, hardy shrubs and trees, and maintained in good condition.
No tent shall be used, erected or maintained as living quarters. Overnight camping tents are permitted on public lands established for camping purposes, and in private camps permitted in districts of this title.
A. Definitions.
1. SIGHT TRIANGLE. The area of visibility required on a corner to allow for the safe operation of vehicles, trains, pedestrians and cyclists in the proximity of intersecting streets, rail lines, sidewalks and bicycle paths.
2. UNCONTROLLED INTER- SECTION. An intersection with no traffic control signs (such as, stop and yield signs).
3. STOP-CONTROLLED INTER- SECTION. An intersection with traffic control stop signs. Alleys, private roads and driveways intersections are considered as a stop-controlled intersections for the purpose of sight triangle requirements.
4. YIELD-CONTROLLED INTER- SECTION. An intersection with traffic control yield signs.
5. SIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS. An intersection with traffic controlled by an automated traffic signal.
6. PEDESTRIAN SIGHT TRIANGLE. The area of visibility to allow for the safe passage of a pedestrian.
7. RAILROAD CROSSING. That area formed by the intersection of a railroad track with any street, highway, private road, driveway or alley.
B. Restrictions.
1. No obstructions to vision shall be allowed within the applicable sight triangle(s). Any object shall be deemed as an obstruction if it is located within any applicable sight triangle and the object is between 2½ feet and 10 feet above the edge of the roadway.
2. When more than 1 sight triangle applies to the same corner all applicable sight triangle requirements must be satisfied.
3. Setback requirements found elsewhere in this code shall not be decreased by this chapter.
C. Point of measurement. All distance herein shall be measured from the edge of travel lane, unless otherwise specified.
D. Uncontrolled intersections. Each uncontrolled intersection shall have a sight triangle of 70 feet on each leg except the intersection of 2 alleys may have a sight triangle of 25 feet on each leg.
E. Stop-controlled intersections. Each stop-controlled intersection shall have a sight triangle based on the speed limits of the adjoining accessways. These distances are shown in Figure 1, a copy of which is available in the Department.
F. Yield-controlled intersections. Each yield-controlled intersection shall have a sight triangle of 70 feet on each leg.
G. Signalized intersections. Signalized intersections should be considered as stop-controlled for the purpose of sight triangle requirements.
H. Pedestrian sight triangle. At intersecting sidewalks or bicycle paths, and at any intersection of a sidewalk or bicycle path with a street, alley or driveway, a 10-foot pedestrian sight triangle shall be maintained.
I. Pedestrian sight triangle legs. Pedestrian sight triangle legs are to be measured from the intersecting edges of sidewalks or bicycle paths, and the paved or unpaved edge of a street, alley or driveway.
J. Railroad crossings. Each railroad crossing shall have a sight triangle and distance according to Table 15.44.040, as amended.
A. Definitions. As used in this section:
FENCE. A barrier constructed of materials other than living shrubbery erected for purpose of protection, confinement, enclosure or privacy. For purposes of this section, there shall be no distinction between FENCES and walls.
FRONT YARD. An open unoccupied space on the same lot with a main building extending the full width of the lot and situated between the street line and the front line of the building projected to the side line of the lot. The depth of the FRONT YARD shall be measured between the front line of the building and the street line.
HEIGHT.
a. For fences and walls shall be defined as the vertical distance from the top rail, masonry unit, board or wire to the ground directly below.
b. When a fence or wall is located on top of a retaining wall, the HEIGHT for fences or walls shall be defined as the vertical distance from the top rail, board or wire to the ground elevation on the uphill side of the retaining wall. When the ground elevation on the uphill side does not meet or exceed the top of the retaining wall, the HEIGHT of the fence or wall may be increased up to 6 inches to account for standard fence material heights.
RETAINING WALL. A wall designed to resist the lateral displacement of soil or other materials.
SECOND FRONT YARD. In the case of a corner or double-frontage lot, a yard abutting a street that is not designated as the street address of the property.
WALL. A barrier constructed of materials other than living shrubbery erected for purpose of protection, confinement, enclosure or privacy. For the purposes of this section, there shall be not distinction between fences and WALLS.
B. Residential, general agricultural, park forest and public zoning districts.
1. Fences and walls. Fences and walls may be erected or maintained; provided that no fence or wall over 4 feet in height shall be erected or maintained in any front yard. On corner lots and double frontage lots, fences shall be no more than 4 feet in height in the required front yard; however, fences no more than 6 feet in height may be allowed in the second front yard when setback a minimum of 10 feet from the property line. In no case shall fences and walls exceed a height of 6 feet unless an exception is granted pursuant to § 17.50.340F.1.
2. Constructed on top of retaining walls. Fences or walls may be constructed on top of retaining walls provided that the maximum height requirements for fences and walls set forth in subsection A. of this section are met.
3. Guardrails required on retaining walls. Unless a fence is already present, guardrails shall be constructed on top of retaining walls in accordance with, and if required by, the current building codes adopted by the City of Rapid City. Such guardrails shall be limited in height to the applicable maximum height for a fence or wall.
C. Commercial zoning districts.
1. Fences and walls in front yards. Fences and walls may be erected or maintained; provided that no fence or wall over 4 feet shall be erected or maintained in any required front yard. On corner lots and double frontage lots, fences shall be no more than 4 feet in height in the required front yard; however, fences no more than 8 feet in height may be allowed in a second front yard when setback a minimum of 10 feet from the property line. In no case shall fences and walls exceed a height of 8 feet unless an exception is granted pursuant to § 17.50.340F.1.
2. Constructed on top of retaining walls. Fences or walls may be constructed on top of retaining walls provided that the maximum height requirements for fences and walls set forth in subsection A. of this section are met.
3. Guardrails required on retaining walls. Unless a fence is already present, guardrails shall be constructed on top of retaining walls in accordance with, and if required by, the current building codes adopted by the City of Rapid City. Such guardrails shall be limited in height to the applicable maximum height for a fence or wall.
D. Industrial and mining and earth resources extraction zoning districts.
1. Erected in front, side, and rear yards. Fences and walls may be erected in front, side and rear yards. In no case shall fences and walls exceed a height of 8 feet unless an exception is granted pursuant to § 17.50.340F.1.
2. Constructed on top of retaining walls. Fences or walls may be constructed on top of retaining walls provided that the maximum height from the highest point of grade on either side of the structure does not exceed 8 feet.
3. Guardrails required on retaining walls. Unless a fence is already present, guardrails shall be constructed on top of retaining walls in accordance with, and if required by, the current building codes adopted by the City of Rapid City. Such guardrails shall be limited in height to the applicable maximum height for a fence or wall.
E. Airport zoning district.
1. Erected in front, side, and rear yards. Fences and walls may be erected in front, side and rear yards. Fences shall not exceed a height of 12 feet.
2. Constructed on top of retaining walls. Fences or walls may be constructed on top of retaining walls provided that the maximum height requirements for fences and walls set forth in subsection A. of the section are met.
3. Guardrails required on retaining walls. Unless a fence is already present, guardrails shall be constructed on top of retaining walls in accordance with, and if required by, the current building codes adopted by the city. Such guardrails shall be limited in height to the applicable maximum height for a fence or wall.
F. Variances and exceptions.
1. Variances to the requirements of this section shall be subject to the Board of Adjustment process in § 17.54.020 and administrative exceptions process in § 17.50.070. Additional fence requirements approved as part of a Planned Development Overlay District shall follow the major and minor amendment procedures process in § 17.50.050. Additional fence requirements approved as part of a planned unit development shall follow the PUD zoning document amendment procedures in § 17.50.060.
2. Barbed wire is allowed on rural properties being used for agricultural purposes such as containing livestock, but not zoned as such, as determined by the Director.
3. Chain link fences for tennis courts, basketball courts, baseball fields, or similar outdoor recreational uses may be constructed to a maximum height of 24 feet provided that the fence is not located within the required setback area. In addition, mesh netting is allowed for these outdoor recreational uses
4. For public and private utility facilities, fences and walls may be erected in front, side and rear yards. Fences on such facilities shall not exceed a height of 12 feet. Fences for such facilities may include anti-climb devices, including barbed wire, necessary to prevent unauthorized access. Utility facilities shall include, but not be limited to, the following: water treatment, purification, storage and pumping facilities; sanitary sewer pump stations and water reclamation facilities; solid waste disposal sites; public utility service yard or electrical receiving or transforming station; and utility substations. Solid waste disposal sites may erect and maintain litter control devices of sufficient size and height to control blowing litter outside of any front, side and rear yards.
5. The Director may permit the use of prohibited fencing materials if it is determined that the allowance is not contrary to the public interest and will not be injurious to the surrounding neighborhood.
G. Fences over 6 feet—permit required. A building permit is required for all fences over 6 feet in height.
H. Location. No fence or wall shall be placed in designated easements unless approved in writing by the City Engineer. No fence or wall shall be erected in public right-of-way, except as approved by the Common Council.
I. Visibility at intersections.
1. No fence, wall, plant material or earthen berm shall be placed or maintained which obstructs the required sight triangle as provided in § 17.50.335 except as follows:
a. A fence may be allowed in the required site triangle if the fence is not more than 30% solid.
b. Trees may be allowed in the required site triangle if the tree is located more than 30 feet from the intersection of the curb lines and the trees shall have a minimum of 40 feet spacing between trees; provided that the canopy of the tree is 10 feet or more above grade.
J. Prohibited fences.
1. No electrified fences nor fences designed to function as an electrified fence shall be permitted in any zoning district except the general agricultural zoning district and the airport zoning district. Any electrified fence lawfully installed shall have a controller which is labeled and listed by an accepted testing laboratory.
2. No barbed wire fencing shall be permitted in any park forest, residential, mobile home, neighborhood commercial, center, public or floodway zoning district except in association with public or private utility facilities as described in 17.50.340F.4. When used in association with a utility, the barbed wire fencing shall be not less than 6 feet above the ground.
3. Barbed wire fencing may be permitted in a general agricultural zoning district to contain livestock and in the airport zoning district.
4. Barbed wire fencing materials may be used as a fence in a central business, general commercial, light industrial, heavy industrial or mining and extraction zoning district when the material is located not less than 6 feet above the ground.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to:
1. Protect residential areas from the adverse impact of excessive traffic, nuisance, noise and other possible effects of commercial activities within residential neighborhoods;
2. Establish criteria and development standards for home occupations conducted in dwelling units;
3. Provide residents the option to use their residences for certain home occupations without altering the residential character of the neighborhood;
4. Assure that public and private services such as streets, water, sewer systems, fire protection and other public services are maintained as designed for residential areas.
B. Definition. A HOME OCCUPATION is any activity conducted for financial gain by the occupants of any dwelling unit which is located within a residential zoned district.
C. Criteria and standards. All home occupations shall meet the following criteria and standards:
1. The use shall be conducted entirely within the dwelling unit and shall be conducted entirely by the residents of the dwelling. No other employees shall be hired.
2. The area set aside for a home occupation shall not exceed 20% of the total floor area of the residence, including garages. The permissible floor area includes that space necessary for storage of goods or products associated with the home occupation.
3. Merchandise offered for sale shall be clearly incidental to the home occupation; provided, however, that, orders may be taken for later delivery off the premises.
4. Delivery of products to the home for business purposes shall not occur more frequently than twice a week. Delivery by trucks or vehicles not ordinarily utilized for residential deliveries shall be prohibited.
5. No toxic, explosive, flammable, combustible, corrosive, etiologic, radioactive or other restricted material shall be stored on site.
6. No mechanical equipment other than that ordinarily utilized within a dwelling unit for household or hobby purposes shall be permissible.
7. No activity shall be conducted which would interfere with radio or television transmission in the area, nor shall there be any offensive noise, smoke, dust or heat noticeable beyond the premises.
8. No home occupation shall require external alteration of the residence or other visible evidence of the conduct of such home occupation.
9. The operation of the home occupation shall not cause or encourage excess vehicular or pedestrian traffic not ordinarily associated with the residential area in which the home occupation is conducted except under the following conditions:
a. Public access to the home occupation shall be by invitation only and there shall ordinarily be no more than 1 vehicle not owned by the occupants on or adjacent to the property for business purposes except that appointments may overlap for time period not exceeding 30 minutes;
b. Occasional parties, meetings or classes associated with home occupations are permissible. The parties, meetings or classes shall in no case be held more than 4 times monthly and vehicles shall in no way impede the safety and flow of traffic within the neighborhood.
10. Advertising associated with the home occupation shall be by phone number only. On-premises advertising shall be limited to 1 nonilluminated sign not exceeding 1 square foot. The legend shall show only the name of the occupant and type of occupation and shall be neutral in color.
11. If the home occupation is the type in which classes are held or instructions given, there shall be no more than 4 students on the premises at any 1 time. Parking restrictions as indicated in subdivision 9. of this subsection shall apply.
12. Home occupations shall be restricted to the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.
D. Major home occupations. Any proposed home occupation which does not meet the criteria as established in this section is deemed a major home occupation and shall require a conditional use as established by § 17.54.030.
A. Garage Sales. Means and includes all general sales, open to the public, conducted from or on a residential premises in any residential zoning district as defined in this title, for a period not exceeding 10 days within a 12-month period and for the purpose of disposing of personal property, including, but not limited to all sales entitled GARAGE, LAWN, YARD, PORCH, ATTIC, ROOM, BACKYARD, PATIO, NEIGHBORHOOD, or RUMMAGE sale.
B. Personal Property. Property which is owned, utilized and maintained by an individual and members of his or her residence and acquired in the normal course of living in or maintaining a residence. It does not include merchandise purchased for resale or obtained on consignment.
C. Any premises on which a garage sale is conducted for more than 10 days in a calendar year is declared a commercial use not permitted in a residential district.
Repealed.
A. Facilities on existing buildings. The installation of microcell wireless communications facilities shall be allowed on the top of existing buildings, as a permitted use in certain zoning districts, if all of the applicable criteria are met. The applicable criteria for microcell wireless facilities on the top of existing buildings are as follows:
1. No new antenna tower is erected, and the microcell facility is located on buildings in compliance with other subsections of this section.
2. No antenna shall be located within 30 inches of any space occupied by or available to the public.
3. The antenna and equipment shelter associated with a microcell wireless site shall be located as far back from the edge of the roof as possible.
4. The antenna may be mounted on a roof only if the height of the antenna, at the highest point, does not extend higher than 12 feet over the height of the building or structure.
5. Façade-mounted antennas shall be as flush to the wall as technically possible and not project beyond 2 feet above the façade of the structure or wall on which it is mounted.
6. Façade-mounted antennas, rooftop antennas, and supporting electrical and mechanical equipment and buildings shall be compatible with the architectural style of the surrounding built environment considering exterior materials, roof form, scale, mass, color, texture and character so as to make the antenna and related equipment as unobtrusive as possible.
7. Antennas, structures and equipment shall not exceed an aggregate total of 25% of the building roof area, not counting equipment located in an existing penthouse or building.
8. Any microcell facility and related structures shall be situated in such a way that no interference with fire-fighting apparatus or emergency access or exits shall result.
9. All necessary plans, specifications and structural calculations shall be submitted to the Building Official, and a building permit application shall be approved, prior to the construction of the microcell facility.
10. Microcell facilities and related structures shall not be allowed on single-family dwellings as defined in § 17.04.225, 2-family dwellings as defined in § 17.04.235, or townhouse dwellings as defined in § 17.04.230.
11. No signage shall be allowed on any microcell facility or related structures.
12. Variances to § 17.50.400A. may be allowed through the Zoning Board of Adjustment as per § 17.54.020 or through a Planned Development as per Chapter 17.50 of the Rapid City Municipal Code.
B. Facilities on poles. The installation of microcell wireless communications facilities on utility poles, telephone poles, utility facilities and light poles shall require a conditional use permit. The applicable criteria are as follows:
1. Antennas shall be located a minimum of 15 feet above ground.
2. No antenna shall exceed 8-1/2 feet in area.
3. If an on ground equipment box associated with the site is used, it shall not exceed 18 square feet in footprint area and 5 feet in height. If an enclosure is mounted on the facilities or pole, it shall not exceed 2 feet by 3 feet by 3 feet. Further, no on-ground equipment boxes may be allowed in a public right-of-way or access easement or front yard setback.
4. If mounted on the top of the facilities or pole, any antenna and any supporting equipment may not exceed more than 10 feet above the top of the facilities or pole.
5. A side-mounted antenna shall have a maximum projection no greater than 24 inches.
6. To the greatest extent possible, antenna and supporting electrical and mechanical equipment should be colored to blend with the supporting structure or any equipment on the supporting structure so as to make the antenna and related equipment as unobtrusive as possible.
7. Any microcell facility and related structures shall be situated in such a way that there shall be no interference with fire-fighting apparatus or emergency access or exits.
8. All necessary plans, specifications and structural calculations shall be submitted to the Building Official, and a building permit application shall be approved, prior to the construction of the microcell facility.
9. Engineered drawings of the pole design, to include wind load and structural integrity, must be submitted prior to obtaining any building permit.
10. No antennas shall be allowed on signs or sign structures.
11. No signage shall be allowed on poles, antennas or equipment boxes.
12. Exceptions to § 17.50.400B. may be allowed through the Zoning Board of Adjustment as per § 17.54.020.
C. Small wireless facilities. The requirements in subsections A. and B. shall not apply to small wireless facilities as defined by 47 C.F.R. § 1.6002(l) as amended or replaced. A wireless provider's placement of small wireless facilities on City property or on City poles or provider's poles within City right-of-way shall be governed by agreement between the City and the provider. No small wireless facilities shall be placed on City property or on City poles or provider's poles within City right-of-way unless and until the provider enters into an agreement with the City governing such use of City property for the small wireless facilities and the small wireless facility is permitted by the City pursuant to that agreement.